UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2015
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Transition Period From
(Not Applicable)
Commission File Number 001-36636
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of the registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
 
05-0412693
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
One Citizens Plaza, Providence, RI 02903
( Address of principal executive offices, including zip code )

(401) 456-7000
( Registrant’s telephone number, including area code )

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. [X] Yes [ ] No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. [ ] Yes [X] No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
[X] Yes [ ] No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). [X] Yes [ ] No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer
[X]
Accelerated filer
[ ]
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
[ ]
Smaller reporting company
[ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). [ ] Yes [X] No

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant was $8,672,625,866 (based on the June 30, 2015 closing price of
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. common shares of $27.31 as reported on the New York Stock Exchange). There were 527,811,625 shares of Registrant’s common stock ($0.01 par value) outstanding on February 1, 2016.
Documents incorporated by reference
Portions of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.’s proxy statement to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with Citizens Financial Group, Inc.’s 2016 annual meeting of stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. Such Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 









1

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS
The following listing provides a comprehensive reference of common acronyms and terms we regularly use in our financial reporting:
AFS
 
Available for Sale
ALLL
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
AOCI
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
ASU
 
Accounting Standards Update
ATM
 
Automated Teller Machine
BHC
 
Bank Holding Company
bps
 
Basis Points
C&I
 
Commercial and Industrial
Capital Plan Rule
 
Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y Capital Plan Rule
CBNA
 
Citizens Bank, N.A.
CBPA
 
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
CCAR
 
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CCO
 
Chief Credit Officer
CET1
 
Common Equity Tier 1
CEO
 
Chief Executive Officer
CFPB
 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
Citizens or CFG or the Company
 
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its Subsidiaries
CLTV
 
Combined Loan-to-Value
CLO
 
Collateralized Loan Obligation
CMO
 
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation
CRA
 
Community Reinvestment Act
CRE
 
Commercial Real Estate
CRO
 
Chief Risk Officer
CSA
 
Credit Support Annex
DFAST
 
Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test
DIF
 
Deposit Insurance Fund
Dodd-Frank Act
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010
DTA
 
Deferred Tax Assets
EPS
 
Earnings Per Share
ESPP
 
Employee Stock Purchase Program
ERISA
 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
Fannie Mae (FNMA)
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
FASB
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FDIA
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Act
FDIC
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHLB
 
Federal Home Loan Bank
FICO
 
Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)
FINRA
 
Financial Industry Regulation Authority
FRB
 
Federal Reserve Bank
FRBG
 
Federal Reserve Board of Governors
Freddie Mac (FHLMC)
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
FTE
 
Full Time Equivalent

2

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

FTP
 
Funds Transfer Pricing
GAAP
 
Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America
GDP
 
Gross Domestic Product
GLBA
 
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999
Ginnie Mae (GNMA)
 
Government National Mortgage Association
HELOC
 
Home Equity Line of Credit
HLS
 
Home Lending Solutions
HTM
 
Held To Maturity
IPO
 
Initial Public Offering
LCR
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LGD
 
Loss Given Default
LIBOR
 
London Interbank Offered Rate
LIHTC
 
Low Income Housing Tax Credit
LTV
 
Loan-to-Value
MBS
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities
MSA
 
Metropolitan Statistical Area
MSR
 
Mortgage Servicing Right
NSFR
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
NYSE
 
New York Stock Exchange
OCC
 
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI
 
Other Comprehensive Income
OFAC
 
Office of Foreign Assets Control
OIS
 
Overnight Index Swap
OTC
 
Over the Counter
PD
 
Probability of Default
peers or peer banks or peer regional banks
 
BB&T, Comerica, Fifth Third, KeyCorp, M&T, PNC, Regions, SunTrust and U.S. Bancorp
RBS
 
The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc or any of its subsidiaries
REITs
 
Real Estate Investment Trusts
ROTCE
 
Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
RPA
 
Risk Participation Agreement
RWA
 
Risk-weighted Assets
SBO
 
Serviced by Others loan portfolio
SCA
 
Strategic Client Acquisition
SEC
 
United States Securities and Exchange Commission
SVaR
 
Stressed Value-at-Risk
TDR
 
Troubled Debt Restructuring
VaR
 
Value-at-Risk




3

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking statements within the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements regarding potential future share repurchases and future dividends are forward-looking statements. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.”

Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management, and on information currently available to management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:
Negative economic conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the job market, consumer confidence and spending habits which may affect, among other things, the level of nonperforming assets, charge-offs and provision expense;
The rate of growth in the economy and employment levels, as well as general business and economic conditions;
Our ability to implement our strategic plan, including the cost savings and efficiency components, and achieve our indicative performance targets;
Our ability to remedy regulatory deficiencies and meet supervisory requirements and expectations;
Liabilities and business restrictions resulting from litigation and regulatory investigations;
Our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the Basel III capital standards) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;
The effect of the current low interest rate environment or changes in interest rates on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, mortgage servicing rights and mortgages held for sale;
Changes in interest rates and market liquidity, as well as the magnitude of such changes, which may reduce interest margins, impact funding sources and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets;
The effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin;
Financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislation and regulation relating to bank products and services;
A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks;
Management’s ability to identify and manage these and other risks; and
Any failure by us to successfully replicate or replace certain functions, systems and infrastructure provided by RBS.
In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the amount and timing of any future common stock dividends or share repurchases will depend on our financial condition, earnings, cash needs, regulatory constraints, capital requirements (including requirements of our subsidiaries), and any other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.

More information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A, included elsewhere in this report.




4

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, with $138.2 billion of total assets as of December 31, 2015 , we were the 13 th largest retail bank holding company in the United States. (1) Our approximately 17,700 colleagues strive to meet the financial needs of customers and prospects through approximately 1,200 branches operating in an 11 -state footprint across the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions and through our online, telephone and mobile banking platforms. Our branch banking footprint contained approximately 30 million households and 3.1 million businesses as of December 31, 2015 . (1) We also maintain over 100 retail and commercial non-branch offices located both in our banking footprint and in other states and the District of Columbia largely contiguous to our footprint. We deliver a comprehensive range of retail and commercial banking products and services to more than five million individuals, institutions and companies and as of December 31, 2015 nearly 70% of our loans were to customers in our footprint and eight contiguous states where we maintain offices.
Our primary subsidiaries are CBNA, a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC, and CBPA, a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank regulated by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and supervised by the FDIC as its primary federal regulator.
Our History
In September 2014, Citizens Financial Group (CFG: NYSE) became a publicly-traded company in the largest traditional bank IPO in U.S. history. Following three subsequent follow on equity offerings in March, July, and November of 2015, Citizens is now fully separated from RBS.
Our history dates back to High Street Bank, founded in 1828, which established Citizens Savings Bank in 1871. Citizens Savings Bank acquired a controlling interest in its founder by the 1940s, renaming the entity Citizens Trust Company. By 1981, we had grown to 29 branches in Rhode Island with approximately $1.0 billion of assets, and in 1988 we became a wholly-owned subsidiary of RBS. Over the following two decades, we grew substantially through a series of over 25 strategic bank acquisitions, which greatly expanded our footprint throughout New England and into the Mid-Atlantic and the Midwest, transforming us from a local retail bank into one of the largest retail U.S. bank holding companies.
Business Segments
We offer a broad set of banking products and services through our two operating segments — Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking — with a focus on providing local delivery and a differentiated customer experience. We seek to ensure that customers select us as their primary banking partner by taking the time to understand their banking needs and we tailor our full range of products and services accordingly.
The following table presents certain financial information for our segments:
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
 
2014
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other  (2)

 
Consolidated
 
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other (2)

 
Consolidated
Total average loans and leases and loans held for sale

$51,484

 

$41,593

 

$3,469

 

$96,546

 

$47,745

 

$37,683

 

$4,316

 

$89,744

Total average deposits and deposits held for sale
69,748

 
23,473

 
5,933

 
99,154

 
68,214

 
19,838

 
4,512

 
92,564

Net interest income
2,198

 
1,162

 
42

 
3,402

 
2,151

 
1,073

 
77

 
3,301

Noninterest income
910

 
415

 
97

 
1,422

 
899

 
429

 
350

 
1,678

Total revenue
3,108

 
1,577

 
139

 
4,824

 
3,050

 
1,502

 
427

 
4,979

Noninterest expense
2,456

 
709

 
94

 
3,259

 
2,513

 
652

 
227

 
3,392

Net income (loss)

$262

 

$579

 

($1
)
 

$840

 

$182

 

$561

 

$122

 

$865

(1) According to SNL Financial.
(2) Includes the financial impact of non-core, liquidating loan portfolios and other non-core assets and liabilities, our treasury activities, wholesale funding activities, securities portfolio, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to the Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking segments. For a description of non-core assets, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Analysis of Financial Condition — December 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014 — Loans and Leases — Non-Core Assets” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report.



5

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Consumer Banking Segment
Consumer Banking serves retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million through a network that as of December 31, 2015 included approximately 1,200 branches operating in an 11 -state footprint across the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, as well as through online, telephone and mobile banking platforms. Consumer Banking products and services include deposit products, mortgage and home equity lending, student loans, auto financing, credit cards, business loans, wealth management and investment services.
Consumer Banking is focused on winning, expanding and retaining customers through its value proposition: “Simple. Clear. Personal.” and is committed to delivering a differentiated experience through convenience and service. We were named one of the “Most Reputable Banks” in the country, according to the American Banker/Reputation Institute Survey of Bank Reputations released in 2015, which focused on factors including products, corporate citizenship, financial performance and company leadership.
Consumer Banking accounted for $51.5 billion , or 55% , of average loans and leases (including loans held for sale) in our operating segments as of December 31, 2015 and is organized around the customer products and services as follows:
Distribution: Provides a multi-channel distribution system a workforce of approximately 7,000 branch colleagues with a network of approximately 1,200 branches, including over 340 in-store locations, as well as approximately 3,200 ATMs. Our network includes approximately 1,300 specialists covering savings and investments, lending needs and business banking. Our online and mobile capabilities offer customers the convenience of paying bills, transferring money between accounts and from person to person, in addition to a host of other everyday transactions through a robust digital platform.
Everyday Banking: Provides customers with deposit and payment products and services, including checking, savings, money market, certificates of deposit, debit cards, credit cards and overdraft protection. The business included approximately 2.2 million checking households and $53.8 billion in average deposits as of December 31, 2015.
Residential Mortgage : Our mortgage business is primarily in footprint and in select out-of-footprint states through a direct-to-consumer call center and a mortgage loan officer base of over 440 as of December 31, 2015. In October of 2015, we brought together the end-to-end mortgage business to maximize talent, strengthen our service quality front-to-back, and simplify how the business operates. Full year 2015 mortgage originations totaled $5.7 billion with a weighted average FICO score of 763 and loan-to-value of 73%.
Consumer Lending: Provides home equity, personal unsecured lines and loans, student lending, and auto finance products. Aligning these lending products enabled sales and operations synergies, sharing of best practices, and better prioritization of resources to maximize growth opportunities.
Home Equity: Offers home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. We originated $4.0 billion of HELOCs in 2015 and were ranked sixth nationally by outstanding balances as of September 30, 2015 (1) and ranked in the top 5 in 8 of our top 9 markets for HELOC originations. (2)  


(1) According to SNL Financial.
(2) According to Equifax as of September 30, 2015.


6

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Student Lending: We launched the Student Lending business in 2009 and have expanded to partner with nearly 2,400 high-quality not-for-profit higher education schools in all 50 states. InSchool loan origination volume has increased from $112 million in 2010 to $387 million in 2015 with a weighted-average FICO score of 771. We launched the Education Refinance Loan (“ERL”) product in January 2014, which provides those who have entered the workforce a way to refinance or consolidate multiple existing private and federal student loans. We originated approximately $230 million ERL loans in 2014 and approximately $1.1 billion in 2015 with a weighted average FICO score of 781.
Indirect Auto Finance: Provides new and used vehicle financing to prime borrowers through a network of over 6,800 automotive dealerships in 43 states as of December 31, 2015. We implemented a new origination platform in October 2013 that has facilitated more granular credit and pricing strategies which will enable us to optimize risk-adjusted returns. The business ranked seventh nationally among regulated depository institutions by outstanding balances as of September 30, 2015 (1) with 2015 origination volume of $7.0 billion with a weighted average FICO score of approximately 744.
Business Banking: Serves businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million through a combination of branch-based employees, business banking officers and relationship managers. As of December 31, 2015 , we employed a team of over 360 bankers with loans outstanding of $3.0 billion and average deposit balances of $13.3 billion.
Wealth Management: Provides a full range of advisory services to clients with an array of banking, investment and insurance products and services through a sales force which includes more than 315 financial consultants, over 160 premier bankers and 13 private banker teams. As of December 31, 2015 , wealth management had approximately $6.5 billion in assets under management (including $2.4 billion of separately managed accounts) and $12.9 billion in investment brokerage assets.
Commercial Banking Segment
Commercial Banking primarily targets companies and institutions with annual revenues of $25 million to $2.5 billion and strives to be the lead bank for its clients. Commercial Banking offers a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including lending and leasing, deposit and treasury management, foreign exchange and interest rate risk management, corporate finance and debt and equity capital markets capabilities. Commercial Banking provides “Thought Leadership” by leveraging an in-depth understanding of our clients’ and prospects’ businesses to proactively deliver compelling financial solutions with quality execution. Commercial Banking focuses each business unit in sectors that maximize its ability to be relevant and deliver value added solutions to our clients. In middle-market, this involves a business unit highly focused on our 11-state footprint. In vertical market-oriented businesses, our focus is national within our areas of expertise.
We believe our Commercial Banking segment provides a compelling value proposition based on “Thought Leadership” for clients. Results are evidenced by a fifth place ranking for client penetration and a fourth place ranking for number of lead relationships in middle-market banking within the footprint. (2)  
Commercial Banking is structured along lines of business, as well as product groups. Both the Capital & Global Markets and the Treasury Solutions product groups support all lines of business. These business lines and product groups work in teams to understand and determine client needs and provide comprehensive solutions to meet those needs. New clients are acquired through a coordinated approach to the market ranging from leveraging deep industry knowledge in specialized banking groups to a geographic coverage model targeting organizations headquartered in the branch geographic footprint.







(1) According to SNL Financial.
(2) According to Greenwich Associates syndicated market research.


7

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

    Commercial Banking accounted for $41.6 billion, or approximately 45% , of average loans and leases (including loans held for sale) in our operating segments as of December 31, 2015 , and is organized as follows:

Corporate Banking: Targets domestic commercial and industrial clients, serving middle-market companies with annual gross revenues of $25 million to $500 million and mid-corporate companies with annual revenues of $500 million to $2.5 billion. The business offers a broad range of products, including lines of credit, term loans, commercial mortgages, domestic and global treasury management solutions, trade services, interest rate products and foreign exchange. Loans are extended on both a secured and unsecured basis, and are substantially all at floating rates of interest. Corporate Banking is a general lending practice, however there are specialty industry verticals addressing U.S. subsidiaries of foreign corporations, technology, government entities, healthcare, oil and gas, not-for-profit and educational institutions, professional firms, franchise finance, and business capital (asset-based lending).
Asset Finance: Offers equipment financing term loans and leases for middle-market and mid-corporate companies, as well as Fortune 500 companies. All transactions are secured by the assets financed and commitments tend to be fully drawn and most leases and loans are fixed rate. Areas of industry specialization include energy, utilities, and chemicals. The business also has expertise in financing corporate aircraft and tax- and non-tax-oriented leases for other long-lived assets such as rail cars.
Commercial Real Estate: Provides customized debt capital solutions for middle-market operators, institutional developers and investors as well as REITs. CRE provides financing for projects in the office, multi-family, industrial, retail, healthcare and hospitality sectors. Loan types include term debt, lines of credit, as well as construction financing. Most loans are secured by commercial real estate properties and are typically non-owner occupied. Owner-occupied commercial real estate is typically originated through our Corporate Banking business.
Capital & Global Markets: Delivers to clients through key product groups including Capital Markets, Corporate Finance, and Global Markets
Capital Markets originates, structures and underwrites multi-bank credit facilities targeting middle-market, mid-corporate and private equity sponsors with a focus on offering value-added ideas to optimize their capital structure. From 2010 through 2015, Capital Markets was involved in closing 607 lead or co-lead transactions.
Corporate Finance provides advisory services to middle-market and mid-corporate companies, including mergers and acquisitions, equity private placements and capital structure advisory. The team works closely with industry sector specialists within debt capital markets on proprietary transaction development which serves to originate deal flow in multiple bank products.
Global Markets is a customer-facing business providing foreign exchange and interest rate risk management services. The lines of business include the centralized leveraged finance team, which provides underwriting and portfolio management expertise for all leveraged transactions and relationships; the private equity team, which serves the unique and time-sensitive needs of private equity firms, management companies and funds; and the sponsor finance team, which provides acquisition and follow-on financing for new and recapitalized portfolio companies of key sponsors.


8

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Treasury Solutions: Supports all lines of business in Commercial Banking and Business Banking with treasury management solutions, including domestic and international cash management, commercial credit cards and trade finance. Treasury Solutions provides products to solve client needs related to receivables, payables, information reporting and liquidity management. Treasury Solutions serves small business banking clients (up to $500,000 annual revenue) up to large mid-corporate clients (over $2.5 billion annual revenue).
Our Competitive Strengths
Our long operating history, through a range of challenging economic cycles, forms the basis of our competitive strengths. From our community bank roots, we bring a commitment to strong customer relationships, local service and an active involvement in the communities we serve. Our acquisitions enabled us to develop significant scale in highly desirable markets and broad product capabilities. The actions taken since the global financial crisis have resulted in a business model with solid asset quality, a stable core deposit mix and a superior capital position. In particular, we believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide a strong foundation from which to execute our strategy to deliver enhanced growth, profitability and returns.
Significant Scale with Strong Market Penetration in Attractive Geographic Markets : We believe our market share and scale in our footprint is central to our success and growth. With approximately 1,200 branches, approximately 3,200 ATMs, approximately 17,700 colleagues, and over 100 non-branch offices as well as our online, telephone and mobile banking platforms, we serve more than five million individuals, institutions and companies. As of June 30, 2015, we ranked second by deposit market share in the New England region (Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Connecticut), and we ranked in the top five in nine of our key MSAs, including Boston, Providence, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh and Cleveland. (1) We believe this strong market share in our core regions, which have relatively diverse economies and affluent demographics, will help us achieve our long-term growth objectives.

The following table sets forth information regarding our competitive position in our principal MSAs:
(dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
MSA
Total Branches
Deposits
Market Rank  
Market Share
Boston, MA
204
$29,167
2
15.5%
Philadelphia, PA
186
16,642
5
5.2
Providence, RI
100
11,065
1
29.8
Pittsburgh, PA
127
9,375
2
9.6
Cleveland, OH
57
5,698
3
8.9
Detroit, MI
90
4,768
8
4.1
Manchester, NH
21
4,639
1
38.3
Albany, NY
25
2,660
2
12.7
Buffalo, NY
41
1,706
4
4.3
Rochester, NY
34
1,578
5
9.5
Source: FDIC, June 2015. Excludes “non-retail banks” as defined by SNL Financial. The scope of “non-retail banks” is subject to the discretion of SNL Financial, but typically includes: industrial bank and non-depository trust charters, institutions with over 20% brokered deposits (of total deposits), institutions with over 20% credit card loans (of total loans), institutions deemed not to broadly participate in the banking services market, and other nonretail competitor banks.

Strong Customer Relationships : We focus on building strong customer relationships by delivering a consistent, high-quality level of service supported by a wide range of products and services. We believe that we provide a distinctive customer experience characterized by offering the personal touch of a local bank with the product selection of a larger financial institution. Our Consumer Banking cross-sell efforts have improved to 5.1 products and services per retail household as of December 31, 2015 compared to 4.4 products and services as of December 31, 2010. Additionally, the overall customer satisfaction index continued to improve in the New England region (up 1% from 2014 to 2015 ). (2) In addition, we maintained our top 10 ranking in the overall national middle market bookrunner league table (by number of syndicated loans) for the full year 2015 (3) and received a number 1 rank in our Net Promoter Score compared to the top four competitors in our footprint based on rolling four-quarter data through September 30, 2015. (1) Net Promoter Score is a customer loyalty metric, which is calculated by subtracting the percentage of customers who on a scale of 1-10 are detractors (rating 0-6) from the percentage of customers who are promoters (rating 9-10).
(1) According to Greenwich Associates syndicated market research.
(2) As measured by J.D. Power and Associates.
(3) According to Thomson Reuters.

9

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Experienced Management Team Supported by a High-Performing and Talented Workforce : Our leadership team of seasoned industry professionals is supported by a highly motivated, diverse set of managers and employees committed to delivering a strong customer value proposition. Our highly experienced and talented executive management team, whose members have more than 20 years of banking experience on average, provides strong leadership to deliver on our overall business objectives. Bruce Van Saun, our Chairman and CEO, has more than 30 years of financial services experience including four years as RBS Finance Director. Earlier in his career, Mr. Van Saun held a number of senior positions at The Bank of New York Mellon, Deutsche Bank, Wasserstein Perella Group and Kidder Peabody & Co. We continued to attract top talent throughout 2015. Don McCree recently joined the bank as our Vice Chairman and Head of Commercial Banking, and Eric Aboaf became our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McCree previously served in a number of senior leadership positions over the course of 31 years at JPMorgan Chase & Co., and Mr. Aboaf most recently held the role of global Treasurer at Citigroup Inc. In addition, we have also hired new leadership in our mortgage and wealth businesses to drive growth in those key areas.
Stable, Low-Cost Core Deposit Base : We have a strong funding profile, with $102.5 billion of total deposits as of December 31, 2015 , consisting of 27% in noninterest-bearing deposits and 73% in interest-bearing deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits provide a lower-cost funding base, and we grew this base to $27.6 billion at December 31, 2015 , up 40% from $19.7 billion at December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , our total average cost of deposits was 0.24%, up from 0.17% for the year ended December 31, 2014 , 0.23% for the year ended December 31, 2013 , 0.40% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 0.54% for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Superior Capital Position : We are among the most well capitalized large regional banks in the United States, with a CET1 ratio of 11.7% as of December 31, 2015 compared to a peer average of 10.4% (1) as of December 31, 2015. Our strong capital position provides us the financial flexibility to continue to invest in our businesses and execute our strategic growth initiatives. Through recent capital optimization efforts, we have sought to better align our capital base with that of our peers banks by reducing our common equity Tier 1 capital and increasing other Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital levels. We continued our capital optimization strategy in 2015 by repurchasing $500 million of common stock funded by the issuance of $250 million of preferred stock and $250 million of subordinated debt.
Solid Asset Quality Throughout a Range of Credit Cycles : Our experienced credit risk professionals and prudent credit culture, combined with centralized processes and consistent underwriting standards across all business lines, have allowed us to maintain strong asset quality through a variety of business cycles. As a result, we weathered the global financial crisis better than our peers: for the two-year period ending December 31, 2009, net charge-offs averaged 1.63% of average loans compared to a peer average of 1.76%. (1) More recently, the credit quality of our loan portfolio has continued to improve with nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets of 0.80% at December 31, 2015 compared to 0.86% and 1.20% as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Net charge-offs declined substantially to 0.30% of average loans in 2015 versus 0.36% in 2014. Our ALLL was 1.23% of total loans at December 31, 2015 compared with 1.28% as of December 31, 2014 . We believe the high quality of our loan portfolio provides us with capacity to prudently seek to add more attractive, higher yielding risk-adjusted returns while still maintaining appropriate risk discipline and solid asset quality.
Commitment to Communities : Community involvement is one of our principal values and we strive to contribute to a better quality of life by serving the communities across our footprint through employee volunteer efforts, a foundation that funds a range of non-profit organizations and executives that provide board leadership to community organizations. These efforts contribute to a culture that seeks to promote positive employee morale and provide differentiated brand awareness in the community relative to peer banks, while also making a positive difference within the communities we serve. Employees gave more than 70,000 volunteer hours in 2015 and also served on over 550 community boards across our footprint. We believe our strong commitment to our communities provides a competitive advantage by strengthening customer relationships and increasing loyalty.
Business Strategy
Building on our core strengths, our objective is to be a top-performing bank that delivers well for each of our stakeholders by offering the best possible banking experience for customers. We plan to achieve this by leveraging our strong customer relationships, leading market share rankings in attractive markets, customer-centric colleagues, and our high quality balance sheet.
Our strategy is designed to maximize the full potential of our business and drive sustainable growth and enhanced profitability. As a core measure of success, our medium-term financial targets include a ROTCE ratio of greater than 10% and an efficiency ratio in the 60% range. Our financial targets are based on numerous assumptions including the yield curve evolving consistent with market implied forward rates and that macroeconomic and competitive conditions are consistent with those used in our planning assumptions.
(1) According to SNL Financial.

10

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

While our strategic plan and our ROTCE target and its components are presented with numerical specificity and we believe such targets to be reasonable given the uncertainties surrounding our assumptions, there are significant risks that these assumptions may not be realized and thus our goals may not be achieved. Accordingly, our actual results may differ from these targets and the differences may be material and adverse, particularly if actual events adversely differ from one or more of our key assumptions. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on any of these assumptions or targets.
We intend to deliver on this by adhering to the following strategic principles:
Offer customers a differentiated experience through the quality of our colleagues, products and services, and foster a culture around customer-centricity, commitment to excellence, leadership, teamwork and integrity.
Build a great brand that invokes trust from customers and reinforces our value proposition of being “Simple. Clear. Personal.” for Consumer customers and providing solutions-oriented “Thought Leadership” to Commercial clients.
Deliver attractive risk-adjusted returns by making good capital and resource allocation decisions, being good stewards of our resources, and rigorously evaluating our execution.
Operate with a strong balance sheet with regards to capital, liquidity and funding, coupled with a well-defined and prudent risk appetite.
Maintain a balanced business mix between Commercial Banking and Consumer Banking.
Position the bank as a ‘community leader’ that makes a positive impact on the communities and local economies we serve.
In order to successfully execute on these principles, we have developed the following strategic priorities, each of which are underpinned by a series of initiatives as summarized below. We have made solid progress on our strategic priorities and the underlying initiatives over the past year, due primarily to the strength of our business model, management team, culture of accountability and risk management.
Position Consumer Banking to deliver improved capabilities and profitability: Consumer Banking offers a “Simple. Clear. Personal.” value proposition to our customers. The focus is on building strong customer relationships along with a robust product portfolio that is designed to be simple and easy to understand while creating a fair value exchange for our customers. The following initiatives are being implemented to execute against our value proposition:
Re-energize household growth and deepen relationships — We strive to grow and deepen existing customer relationships by delivering a differentiated customer experience. We believe this approach will enable us to win, retain and expand customer relationships, as well as increase cross-sell and share of wallet penetration. We will also continue to invest in our online and mobile channels and optimize our distribution network. We recently launched an effort to improve multi-channel sales effectiveness, with the goal of deepening customer relationships using a needs based approach (“Citizens Checkup”).
Expand and enhance Wealth Management — We view our wealth management business as an opportunity for continued growth and as vital to deepening the customer relationship and improving fee income generation.
Build a strong Residential Mortgage business — Recognizing the critical importance of the mortgage product to the customer experience and relationship, we are building out our mortgage team and platform to achieve a solid market share position and generate consistent origination volumes. We are focused on improving penetration with our existing customer base and increasing our origination mix of conforming loans.
Drive growth in Student Lending and installment loans — We have identified the underserved private student lending market as an attractive source of risk-adjusted revenue growth. We are well-positioned for growth in student lending with a unique education refinance product that serves a critical borrower need. We also have strong expertise in unsecured based lending based on a partnership with Apple.
Invest in and grow Business Banking — We have recognized that strengthening efforts in the business banking market is critical to grow profitable relationships and drive scalable growth of the franchise. We view this as an important source for loans, deposits, and cash management revenue.
Optimize indirect Auto business — Our auto initiative supports diversification of revenue generation outside of our traditional retail distribution channels. We continue to optimize this business through prudent expansion of originations across a broader credit spectrum to include predominantly prime borrowers and enhancing our pricing strategy to price loans in more granular ways (e.g., vehicle type, geography).
These initiatives have already resulted in a stronger Consumer franchise in 2015, highlighted by net checking account growth of approximately 28,000 and nearly 2.2 million checking households. Additionally, Consumer Banking average loans and leases of $51.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 grew $3.7 billion, or 8%, from the year ended December 31, 2014 .

11

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Continue the momentum in Commercial Banking: We continue to see further build-out of the Commercial Banking business as critical to achieving a balanced business mix, and consequently have grown the contribution of Commercial loans to be 45% of operating segment loans. The initiatives below have enabled the Commercial Banking business to continue its positive momentum while building upon existing strengths to further develop the “Thought Leadership” value proposition.
Strengthen Middle Market — We are continuing to build on our strong core relationships and capabilities in the middle market, which will drive client growth and better share of wallet penetration. In 2015, we improved customer pricing and cross-sell efforts through enhanced pricing calculators and customer analytics.
Build out Mid-Corporate and Industry Verticals — Since the third quarter of 2013, we have been building capabilities nationally in the mid-corporate space, which is focused on serving larger, mostly public clients with annual revenue of more than $500 million. The geographic expansion has been selective and in markets where our established expertise and product capabilities can be relevant. We have focused our growth on specialty verticals where we can leverage industry expertise (e.g., Healthcare, Technology, Oil and Gas).
Development of Capital & Global Markets — We are strengthening capabilities in Capital Markets to provide comprehensive solutions to meet client needs, including building an institutional sales capability, loan trading desk, broker-dealer, and fixed income capabilities.
Build out Treasury Solutions — We have made investments to upgrade our Treasury Solutions systems and products while also strengthening the leadership team to better meet client needs and diversifying the revenue base into other noninterest income areas. In 2015, we better aligned our Treasury Services pricing to the market, allowing us to continue to invest in our products and capabilities.
Leverage Franchise Finance capabilities with credibility — We are a top provider of capital to leading franchisees from concepts including McDonald’s, Taco Bell, Dunkin’ Donuts, Buffalo Wild Wings, Wendy’s and Applebee’s. We are also broadening our target market to focus on regional restaurant operating companies and expanding penetration of gas station and convenience dealers.
Optimize Commercial Real Estate — New product and market investments we’ve made in CRE have improved asset and return growth in recent years. We will continue to grow our CRE business, while prudently balancing market and product risk with portfolio growth.
Reposition Asset Finance — We are repositioning our asset finance business to focus on cross-sell referrals from our Middle Market and Mid-Corporate businesses (while in the past we leveraged referrals from RBS). In addition, we are focusing on industries and collaterals where we have expertise including trucking, rail, construction, and renewable energy. These moves are designed to improve returns, while focusing on areas where we have demonstrated a strong balance of risk and returns.
The Commercial Banking business has continued to display solid financial results and executed well on these initiatives with loan portfolio growth of $3.9 billion, or 10%, year-over-year along with strong deposit growth as average deposits increased $3.6 billion in 2015 , or 18%, compared to the average level of deposits for 2014 .
Grow the balance sheet to build scale and better leverage our cost base and infrastructure: We have a scalable operating platform that has the capacity to accommodate a significantly larger balance sheet than our current size. Prior to the global financial crisis, we had expanded to nearly $170 billion in assets which was then intentionally contracted in order to reposition the bank and strengthen our business profile through the run off of non-core assets and reduced dependency on wholesale funding.
Over the past year, we have begun to grow the consolidated balance sheet again, through organic growth and selective portfolio purchases:
Total assets increased $5.4 billion to $138.2 billion at December 31, 2015 , or 4%, compared to December 31, 2014 ;
Loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale) increased by $5.6 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2014 , reflecting a $3.0 billion increase in commercial and a $2.6 billion increase in retail loans; and
Total deposits (excluding deposits held for sale) increased $6.8 billion, or 7%, compared with December 31, 2014 , driven by growth in money market, demand, and regular savings.
Balance sheet expansion is critical to executing on our strategic priority of enhancing our return profile and efficiency by better leveraging our existing capital position, infrastructure and expense base.
Develop a high-performing, customer-centric organization and culture: In the midst of an evolving and challenging business environment, we are focused on delivering the best possible banking experience through our colleagues. As such, we strive to ensure that managers and colleagues are customer centric, have a commitment to excellence and live the values and credo every day. To further strengthen the organization’s health, we have embarked on initiatives focused on recruiting, talent management, succession planning, leadership development, organizational structure and incentives.

12

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Continue to embed risk management throughout the organization and build strong relationships with regulators: We remain committed to embedding a comprehensive enterprise risk management program across key management areas. We continued to strengthen our capabilities by fully developing policies and risk appetite, frameworks and standards, clearly articulating roles and responsibilities across all lines of defense, and enabling a culture that reinforces and rewards risk-based behaviors.
Focus on Improved Efficiency and Disciplined Expense Management: We believe that our focus on operational efficiency is critical to our profitability and ability to reinvest in the franchise. We launched an initiative in late 2014 designed to improve the effectiveness, efficiency, and competitiveness of the franchise (“Project Top”). Reflecting our ability to execute, Project Top has achieved approximately $200 million of run-rate expense savings by the end of 2015. As part of our continuous improvement efforts, we began executing on the second phase of efficiency improvements as part of Project Top 2. As part of Project Top 2, there are several efficiency initiatives that focus on improving our operations and better discipline around our third party spend.
Our strategic initiatives are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, relationships, loans, deposits, total revenue and overall profitability. While the above priorities are designed to enhance performance over the long-term, successful execution to date has resulted in improved financial performance in 2015 , as highlighted below:
Net income of $871 million in 2015 (excluding after-tax restructuring charges and special items of $31 million) increased 10% compared to $790 million in 2014 (excluding a net $180 million after-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture and $105 million after-tax restructuring charges and special noninterest expense items);
Net interest margin of 2.75% in 2015 was down eight basis points from 2014 due to the continued effect of the low interest rate environment;
Credit quality continued to improve with net charge-offs declining to 0.30% of average loans in 2015 compared to 0.36% of average loans in 2014; and
ROTCE (excluding restructuring charges and special items) of 6.69% in 2015 increased 56 basis points from 6.13% in 2014.
The adjusted results above are not recognized under GAAP. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report.
Competition
The financial services industry in general and in our branch footprint is highly competitive. Our branch footprint is in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, though certain lines of business serve broader, national markets. Within those markets we face competition from community banks, super-regional and national financial institutions, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies and money market funds. Some of our larger competitors may make available to their customers a broader array of product, pricing and structure alternatives while some smaller competitors may have more liberal lending policies and processes. Competition among providers of financial products and services continues to increase, with consumers having the opportunity to select from a growing variety of traditional and nontraditional alternatives. The ability of non-banking financial institutions to provide services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified competition.
In Consumer Banking, the industry has become increasingly dependent on and oriented towards technology-driven delivery systems, permitting transactions to be conducted by telephone and computer, as well as through online and mobile channels. In addition, technology has lowered the barriers to entry and made it possible for non-bank institutions to attract funds and provide lending and other financial services in our footprint despite not having a physical presence within our footprint. Given their lower cost structure, these institutions are often able to offer rates on deposit products that are higher than what may be average for the market for retail banking institutions with a traditional branch footprint, such as us. The primary factors driving competition for loans and deposits are interest rates, fees charged, customer service levels, convenience, including branch location and hours of operation, and the range of products and services offered. In particular, the competition for home equity lines and auto loans has intensified, resulting in pressure on pricing.
In Commercial Banking, there is intense competition for quality loan originations from traditional banking institutions, particularly large regional banks, as well as commercial finance companies, leasing companies and other non-bank lenders, and institutional investors including CLO managers, hedge funds and private equity firms. Some larger competitors, including certain national banks that have a significant presence in our market area, may offer a broader array of products and, due to their asset size, may sometimes be in a position to hold more exposure on their own balance sheet. We compete on a number of factors including, among others, customer service, quality of execution, range of products offered, price and reputation.

13

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Intellectual Property
In the highly competitive banking industry in which we operate, trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos are important to the success of our business. We own and license a variety of trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos and pending registrations and are spending significant resources to develop our stand-alone brands. In connection with our initial public offering, we entered into a trademark license agreement, pursuant to which we were granted a limited license to use certain RBS trademarks (including the daisywheel logo) for an initial term of five years and, at our option, up to 10 years. The trademark license agreement was partially terminated in 2015, in connection with RBS’s exit of its ownership interest in our common stock. As part of the partial termination, we were required to remove the “RBS” brand name from our products and services, which we completed in the third quarter of 2015. Under the agreement, we lose the right to use the “RBS” acronym in connection with the marketing of any product or service as we rebrand and cease using the RBS brand in connection with such product or service, subject to certain limited exceptions. We have changed the legal names of substantially all of our subsidiaries that included “RBS” and have rebranded CFG and our banking subsidiaries.
Information Technology Systems
We have recently made and continue to make significant investments in our information technology systems for our banking, lending and cash management activities. We believe this is a necessary investment in order to offer new products and improve our overall customer experiences, as well as to provide scale for future growth and acquisitions. The technology investments include replacing systems that support our branch tellers, commercial loans, automobile loans and treasury solutions. Additional investments that are in process include creating an enterprise data warehouse to capture and manage data to better understand our customers, identify our capital requirements and support regulatory reporting and a new mortgage system for our home lending solutions business.
Regulation and Supervision
    Our operations are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination under federal and state law. These laws and regulations cover all aspects of our business, including lending practices, safeguarding deposits, customer privacy and information security, capital structure, transactions with affiliates and conduct and qualifications of personnel. These laws and regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole and not for the protection of shareholders and creditors.
The Dodd-Frank Act, and the rules that followed restructured the financial regulatory regime in the United States. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry, addressing, among other things, systemic risk, capital adequacy, deposit insurance assessments, consumer financial protection, regulation of derivatives and securities markets, restrictions on an insured bank’s transactions with its affiliates, lending limits and mortgage-lending practices. Various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act continue to require the issuance of implementing regulations, making it difficult to anticipate the ultimate overall impact to us, our subsidiaries or the financial industry more generally. Although the overall impact cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty, the Dodd-Frank Act will affect us across a wide range of areas.
As a general matter, the federal banking agencies (the FRB, the OCC and the FDIC) as well as the CFPB are taking a more stringent approach to supervising and regulating financial institutions and financial products and services over which they exercise their respective supervisory authorities, including in connection with enforcement matters. We, our two banking subsidiaries and our products and services are all subject to greater supervisory scrutiny and enhanced supervisory requirements and expectations and face significant challenges in meeting them. We expect to continue to face greater supervisory scrutiny and enhanced supervisory requirements for the foreseeable future.
General
CFG is a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“Bank Holding Company Act”). We have elected to be treated as a financial holding company under amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act as effected by GLBA. We are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FRB, including through the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. The FRB serves as the primary regulator of our consolidated organization.
CBNA is a national banking association. As such, it is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC as its primary federal regulator and by the FDIC as the insurer of its deposits.
CBPA is a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank. Accordingly, it is subject to supervision by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “PA Banking Department”), as its chartering agency, and regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC as the primary federal regulator of state-chartered savings banks and as the insurer of its deposits.
A principal objective of the U.S. bank regulatory system is to protect depositors by ensuring the financial safety and soundness of banks. To that end, the banking regulators have broad regulatory, examination and enforcement authority. The regulators regularly examine our operations, and CFG and our banking subsidiaries are subject to periodic reporting requirements.

14

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

The regulators have various remedies available if they determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of a banking organization’s operations are unsatisfactory. The regulators may also take action if they determine that the banking organization or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation. The regulators have the power to, among other things:
Enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices;
Require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice;
Issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced and could result in disqualifications from certain activities;
Direct increases in capital;
Direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets;
Limit dividends and distributions;
Restrict growth;
Assess civil monetary penalties and require restitution to injured parties;
Remove officers and directors; and
Terminate deposit insurance.
CBNA and CBPA are subject to various requirements and restrictions under federal and state law, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be granted and the interest that may be charged and limitations on the types of investments that may be made, activities that may be engaged in, the opening and closing of branches and types of services that may be offered. The consumer lending and finance activities of CBNA and CBPA are also subject to extensive regulation under various federal and state laws. These statutes impose requirements on the making, enforcement and collection of consumer loans and on the types of disclosures that must be made in connection with such loans. CBNA and CBPA and certain of their subsidiaries are also prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with extensions of credit, leases or sales of property, or furnishing products or services.
In addition, CBNA and CBPA are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the CFPB. The CFPB has broad authority to, among other things, regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products by depository institutions with more than $10 billion in total assets. The CFPB may promulgate rules under a variety of consumer financial protection statutes, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.
Financial Holding Company Regulation
GLBA permits a qualifying bank holding company to become a financial holding company. Financial holding companies may engage in a broader range of activities than those permitted for a bank holding company, which are limited to (i) banking, managing or controlling banks, (ii) furnishing services to or performing services for subsidiaries and (iii) activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. GLBA broadens the scope of permissible activities for financial holding companies to include, among other things, securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and brokerage, merchant banking and other activities that are declared by the FRB, in cooperation with the Treasury Department, to be “financial in nature or incidental thereto” or that the FRB declares unilaterally to be “complementary” to financial activities. In addition, a financial holding company may conduct permissible new financial activities or acquire permissible non-bank financial companies with after-the-fact notice to the FRB.
We have elected to be treated as a financial holding company under amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act as effected by GLBA. To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and its banking subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed, and maintain a CRA rating of at least “Satisfactory.” If a financial holding company ceases to meet these requirements, the FRBs regulations provide that we must enter into an agreement with the FRB to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. Until the financial holding company returns to compliance, the FRB may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its activities, and the company may not commence any of the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies or acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the FRB. In addition, the failure to meet such requirements could result in other material restrictions on the activities of the financial holding company and may also adversely affect the financial holding company’s ability to enter into certain transactions, including acquisition transactions, or obtain necessary approvals in connection therewith. Any restrictions imposed on our activities by the FRB may not necessarily be made known to the public. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the FRB may require divestiture of the financial holding company’s depository institutions. Failure to satisfy the financial holding company requirements could also result in loss of financial holding company status. Bank holding companies and banks must also be both well capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state. In addition, if any insured depository institution subsidiary of a financial holding company fails to maintain at least a “satisfactory” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act, the financial holding company would be subject to similar activities restrictions.

15

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

On March 13, 2014, the OCC determined that CBNA no longer meets the condition to own a financial subsidiary - namely that CBNA must be both well capitalized and well managed. A financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in a broader range of activities, similar to those of a financial holding company, than those permissible for a national bank itself. CBNA has two financial subsidiaries, Citizens Securities, Inc., a registered broker-dealer, and RBS Citizens Insurance Agency, Inc., a dormant entity. CBNA has entered into an agreement with the OCC (the “OCC Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company has developed and submitted to the OCC a remediation plan, that sets forth the specific actions it will take to bring itself back into compliance with the conditions to own a financial subsidiary. CBNA has made substantial progress toward completing those actions. However, until the plan has been completed to the OCC’s satisfaction, CBNA will be subject to restrictions on its ability to acquire control or hold an interest in any new financial subsidiary and to commence new activities in any existing financial subsidiary without the prior consent of the OCC.
Separately, our bank subsidiaries, either together or separately, are also making improvements to their compliance management systems, fair lending compliance, risk management, identity theft and debt cancellation add-on product practices, overdraft fees and deposit reconciliation practices, mortgage servicing, third-party payment processor activities, oversight of third-party providers, consumer compliance program, policies, procedures and training, information security, consumer complaints process and anti-money laundering controls in order to address deficiencies in those areas. These efforts require us to make investments in additional resources and systems and also require a significant commitment of managerial time and attention.
We are also required to make improvements to our overall compliance and operational risk management programs and practices in order to comply with enhanced supervisory requirements and expectations and to address weaknesses in retail credit risk management, liquidity risk management, model risk management, outsourcing and vendor risk management and related oversight and monitoring practices and tools.
Currently, under the Bank Holding Company Act, we may not be able to engage in certain categories of new activities or acquire shares or control of other companies other than in connection with internal reorganizations.
Standards for Safety and Soundness
The FDIA requires the FRB, OCC and FDIC to prescribe operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions, including CBNA and CBPA. The agencies have adopted regulations and interagency guidelines which set forth the safety and soundness standards used to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an agency determines that a bank fails to satisfy any standard, it may require the bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance, consistent with deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans.
Under Section 616 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which codifies the FRB’s long-standing “source of strength” doctrine, any bank holding company that controls an insured depository institution must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its depository institution subsidiary. The statute defines “source of financial strength” as the ability to provide financial assistance in the event of the financial distress at the insured depository institution. The FRB may require a bank holding company to provide such support at times when it may not have the financial resources to do so or when doing so is not otherwise in the interests of CFG or its shareholders or creditors.
CBPA is also subject to supervision by the PA Banking Department. The PA Banking Department may order any Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice. It may also order the termination of any trustee, officer, attorney or employee of a savings bank engaged in objectionable activity.
Dividends
Various federal and state statutory provisions and regulations, as well as regulatory expectations, limit the amount of dividends that we and our subsidiaries may pay. Dividends payable by CBNA, as a national bank subsidiary, are limited to the lesser of the amount calculated under a “recent earnings” test and an “undivided profits” test. Under the recent earnings test, a dividend may not be paid if the total of all dividends declared by a bank in any calendar year is in excess of the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years, less any required transfers to surplus, unless the national bank obtains the approval of the OCC. Under the undivided profits test, a dividend may be paid only to the extent that retained net profits (as defined and interpreted by regulation), including the portion transferred to surplus, exceed bad debts (as defined by regulation). CBNA is currently required to seek the OCC’s approval prior to paying any dividends to us. Federal bank regulatory agencies have issued policy statements which provide that FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of their current operating earnings. Under Pennsylvania law, CBPA may declare and pay dividends only out of accumulated net earnings and only if (i) any required transfer to surplus has been made prior to declaration of the dividend and (ii) payment of the dividend will not reduce surplus.
Furthermore, with respect to both CBNA and CBPA, if, in the opinion of the applicable federal regulatory agency, either is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), the regulator may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from

16

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

such practice. The OCC and the FDIC have indicated that the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice if the payment would reduce a depository institution’s capital to an inadequate level. The banking agencies have significant discretion to limit or even preclude dividends, even if the statutory quantitative thresholds are satisfied.
Supervisory stress tests conducted by the FRB in connection with its annual CCAR process, discussed in greater detail below, affect our ability to make capital distributions. As part of the CCAR process, the FRB evaluates institutions’ capital adequacy and internal capital adequacy assessment processes to ensure that they have sufficient capital to continue operations during periods of economic and financial stress. The FRB must approve any planned distribution of capital in connection with the CCAR process.
In March 2015, the FRBG assessed our current capital plan as submitted and documented under the CCAR process and raised no objection to the plan. Unless we choose to file an amended capital plan prior to April 2016, the maximum levels at which we may declare dividends and repurchase shares of our common stock through June 30, 2016 are governed by our 2015 capital plan, subject to actual financial performance and ongoing compliance with internal governance and all other regulatory requirements. The payment of dividends after June 30, 2016 will be subject to FRB objection or non-objection to our 2016 capital plan to be filed by April 5, 2016.
In addition, under the U.S. Basel III capital framework (described further below), the ability of banks and bank holding companies to pay dividends and make other forms of capital distribution will also depend on their ability to maintain a sufficient capital conservation buffer above minimum risk-based ratio requirements that is composed entirely of CET1 capital. The capital conservation buffer requirements began phasing in on January 1, 2016. The ability of banks and bank holding companies to pay dividends, and the contents of their respective dividend policies, could be impacted by a range of regulatory changes made pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, many of which still require final implementing rules to become effective. In addition, the FRB generally limits a bank holding company’s ability to make quarterly capital distributions — that is, dividends and share repurchases — commencing April 1, 2015 if the amount of the bank’s actual cumulative quarterly capital issuances of instruments that qualify as regulatory capital are less than the bank had indicated in its submitted capital plan as to which it received a non-objection from the FRB, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions.
Federal Deposit Insurance Act
The FDIA imposes various requirements on insured depository institutions. For example, the FDIA requires, among other things, that the federal banking agencies take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements, which are described below in “Capital.” The FDIA sets forth the following five capital tiers: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors that are established by regulation.
The FDIA prohibits any depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, among other things, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with the capital restoration plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” orders to elect a new board of directors, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.
The FDIA prohibits insured banks from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless it is “well-capitalized,” or it is “adequately capitalized” and receives a waiver from the FDIC. A bank that is “adequately capitalized” and that accepts brokered deposits under a waiver from the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of 75 basis points over certain prevailing market rates. The FDIA imposes no such restrictions on a bank that is “well-capitalized.”
     The FDIA requires CBNA and CBPA to pay deposit insurance assessments. Deposit insurance assessments are based on average consolidated total assets, less average tangible equity and various other regulatory factors included in an FDIC assessment scorecard. Deposit insurance assessments are also affected by the minimum reserve ratio with respect to the DIF. The minimum reserve ratio is currently 2%, and the FDIC is free to increase this ratio in the future. In October 2015, the FDIC issued a proposed rule that would increase the reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund to 1.35% of total insured deposits. The proposed rule would impose a surcharge on the assessments of larger depository institutions, beginning the quarter after the reserve ratio first reaches or exceeds 1.15% and continuing through the earlier of the quarter that the reserve ratio first reaches or exceeds 1.35% and December 31, 2018. Under the proposed rule, if the reserve ratio does not reach 1.35% by December 31, 2018, the FDIC would impose a shortfall assessment on larger depository institutions. This may result in increased costs for CBNA and CBPA.

17

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Because of the uncertainty as to the outcome of the FDIC's proposals, we cannot provide any assurance as to the ultimate impact of any surcharges on the amount of deposit insurance expense reported in future periods.
Under the FDIA, banks may also be held liable by the FDIC for certain losses incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the DIF. Either CBNA and CBPA may be liable for losses caused by the other’s default and also may be liable for any assistance provided by the FDIC to the other if it is in danger of default.
Capital
We must comply with capital adequacy standards established by the FRB. CBNA and CBPA must comply with similar capital adequacy standards established by the OCC and FDIC, respectively. We currently have capital in excess of the “well-capitalized” standards described below. For more detail on our regulatory capital, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report.
In July 2013, the FRB, OCC and FDIC issued the U.S. Basel III final rules. The rules implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment. The U.S. Basel III final rules substantially revised the risk-based capital and leverage requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA. The U.S. Basel III final rules became effective for CFG and its depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA, on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions).
The U.S. Basel III final rules, among other things, (i) introduced a new capital measure called CET1, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/ adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the U.S. Basel III final rules, the minimum capital ratios effective as of January 1, 2015 are:
4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;
8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and
4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).
The U.S. Basel III final rules also introduced a new “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and will increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets below the effective minimum (4.5% plus the capital conservation buffer and, if applicable, the countercyclical capital buffer) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.
When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the U.S. Basel III final rules will require CFG, CBNA and CBPA to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%; and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%.
The U.S. Basel III final rules also provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that certain deferred tax assets and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter).
The U.S. Basel III final rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expanded the risk-weighting categories from the general risk-based capital rules to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories.
With respect to CBNA and CBPA, the U.S. Basel III final rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as discussed above in “Federal Deposit Insurance Act.”
Liquidity Standards
Historically, the FRB had evaluated our liquidity as part of the supervisory process, without required formulaic measures. Liquidity risk management and supervision have become increasingly important since the financial crisis. In September 2014, the FRB, OCC and FDIC issued a final rule to implement the Basel III-based U.S. LCR, which is a quantitative liquidity metric

18

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

designed to ensure that a covered bank or bank holding company maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash outflows over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The LCR rule, as adopted, applies in its most comprehensive form only to advanced approaches bank holding companies and depository institutions subsidiaries of such bank holding companies and, in a modified form, to bank holding companies having $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets such as CFG. The modified version of the LCR differs in certain respects from the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, including a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions, and a shorter phase-in schedule that began on January 1, 2015 and ends on January 1, 2017. The rule is currently being phased in with 90% compliance required on January 1, 2016 and 100% compliance required on January 1, 2017. We are required to calculate our LCR on a monthly basis. If a covered company fails to meet the required LCR, it must promptly notify its primary federal banking regulator and may be required to take remedial actions. Under a rule proposed by the FRB in November 2015, we would be required to disclose publicly information about certain components of our LCR beginning January 1, 2018. At December 31, 2015, our LCR was above the January 1, 2016 requirement of 90%.
The Basel Committee also has finalized its NSFR, a quantitative liquidity metric designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon. Although the Basel committee finalized its formulation of the NSFR in 2014 contemplating a January 1, 2018 effective date, the U.S. banking agencies have not yet proposed an NSFR for application to U.S. banking organizations or addressed the scope of banking organizations to which it will apply.
In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FRB has implemented enhanced prudential standards for bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets. See “—Enhanced Prudential Standards.” These regulations will require us to conduct regular liquidity stress testing over various time horizons and to maintain a buffer of higher liquid assets sufficient to cover expected net cash outflows and projected loss or impairment of funding sources for a short-term liquidity stress scenario. This liquidity buffer requirement is designed to complement the Basel III-based U.S. LCR.
      Capital Planning and Stress Testing Requirements
Bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, such as CFG, are required to develop and maintain a capital plan, and to submit the capital plan to the FRB for review under its CCAR process. CCAR is designed to evaluate the capital adequacy, capital adequacy process and planned capital distributions, such as dividend payments and common stock repurchases, of a bank holding company subject to CCAR. As part of CCAR, the FRB evaluates whether a bank holding company has sufficient capital to continue operations under various scenarios of economic and financial market stress (both bank holding company- and FRB- developed, including an “adverse” and “severely adverse” stress scenario developed by the Federal Reserve). The FRB will also evaluate whether the bank holding company has robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for its unique risks.
The capital plan must cover a “planning horizon” of at least nine quarters (beginning with the quarter preceding the submission of the plan). The FRB has broad authority to object to capital plans, and to require bank holding companies to revise and resubmit their capital plans. Bank holding companies are also subject to an ongoing requirement to revise and resubmit their capital plans upon the occurrence of certain events specified by rule, or when required by the FRB. In addition to other limitations, our ability to make any capital distributions (including dividends and share repurchases) is contingent on the FRB’s non-objection to our capital plan under both quantitative and qualitative tests. Should the FRB object to a capital plan, a bank holding company may not make any capital distribution other than those capital distributions that the FRB has indicated non-objection to in writing. Beginning in 2016, participating firms are required to submit their capital plans and stress testing results to the FRB on or before April 5 of each year, instead of on or before January 5 of each year under the prior rules.
The FRB is expected to publish the decisions for all the bank holding companies participating in CCAR 2016, including the reasons for any objection to capital plans, by June 30, 2016. In addition, the Federal Reserve will separately publish the results of its supervisory stress test under both the supervisory severely adverse and adverse scenarios. The information to be released will include, among other things, the FRB’s projection of company-specific information, including post-stress capital ratios and the minimum value of these ratios over the planning horizon.
The FRB recently amended its capital planning and stress testing rules to, among other things, generally limit our ability to make quarterly capital distributions - that is, dividends and share repurchases - commencing July 1, 2016 if the amount of our actual cumulative quarterly capital issuances of instruments that qualify as regulatory capital are less than we had indicated in our submitted capital plan as to which we receive a non-objection from the FRB.
Due to the importance and intensity of the stress tests and the CCAR process, we have dedicated significant resources to comply with stress testing and capital planning requirements and expect to continue to do so in the future.

19

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Final Regulations Under the Volcker Rule
The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in, sponsoring and having certain relationships with private funds such as hedge funds or private equity funds that would be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940 but for the exclusions in sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that act, both subject to certain limited exceptions. The statutory provision is commonly called the “Volcker Rule.” In December 2013, the FRB, OCC, FDIC, the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule. On December 18, 2014, the FRB issued an order extending the Volcker Rule’s conformance period until July 21, 2016, for investments in and relationships with “covered funds” and certain foreign funds that were in place on or prior to December 31, 2013. Subject to these extensions, we had until July 2015 to comply with other provisions of the Volcker Rule. These Volcker Rule prohibitions are expected to impact the ability of U.S. banking organizations to provide investment management products and services that are competitive with non-banking firms generally and with non-U.S. banking organizations in overseas markets. The Volcker Rule would also effectively prohibit short-term trading strategies by any U.S. banking organization if those strategies do not fall under the limited exceptions, such as the exceptions for market making-related activities and risk-mitigating hedging.
Resolution Plans
FRB and FDIC regulations require a bank holding company with more than $50 billion in assets to annually submit a resolution plan that explains the company’s strategy, in the event of material financial distress or failure, for rapid, orderly and systemically safe resolution. If the FRB and the FDIC jointly determine that the resolution plan of a bank holding company is not credible, and the company fails to cure the deficiencies in a timely manner, then the FRB and the FDIC may jointly impose on the company, or on any of its subsidiaries, more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on growth, activities or operations, or require the divestment of certain assets or operations. Because RBS no longer controls us for bank regulatory purposes, we will separately file our own bank holding company resolution plan with the FRB and FDIC in accordance with their regulations, including required timelines.
In addition, an insured depository institution with more than $50 billion in assets, including CBNA, must submit to the FDIC a resolution plan that explains how that institution could be resolved in a manner that is orderly and that ensures that depositors will receive access to insured funds within certain required timeframes. On December 23, 2015, we submitted our resolution plan for CBNA to the FDIC.
Enhanced Prudential Standards
The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FRB to impose liquidity, single counterparty credit limits, risk management and other enhanced prudential standards for bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, including us. Since January 1, 2015, the enhanced prudential standards implemented by the FRB, have required subject bank holding companies to comply with enhanced liquidity and overall risk management standards and maintain a liquidity buffer of unencumbered highly liquid assets based on the results of internal liquidity stress testing. The final rules also established certain requirements and responsibilities for our risk committee and mandates certain risk management standards. Although the liquidity buffer under these rules has some similarities to the LCR (and is described by the agencies as complementary to the LCR), it is a separate requirement that is in addition to the LCR. Final rules on single counterparty credit limits and an early remediation framework have not yet been promulgated.
      Heightened Risk Governance Standards
In September 2014, the OCC finalized guidelines that establish heightened standards for large national banks with average total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, including CBNA. The guidelines set forth minimum standards for the design and implementation of a bank’s risk governance framework, and minimum standards for oversight of that framework by a bank’s board of directors. The guidelines are an extension of the OCC’s “heightened expectations” for large banks that the OCC began informally communicating to certain banks in 2010. The guidelines are intended to protect the safety and soundness of covered banks and improve bank examiners’ ability to assess compliance with the OCC’s expectations. Under the guidelines, a bank could use certain components of its parent company’s risk governance framework, but the framework must ensure that the bank’s risk profile is easily distinguished and separate from the parent for risk management and supervisory purposes. A bank’s board of directors is required to have two members who are independent of the bank and parent company management. A bank’s board of directors is responsible for ensuring that the risk governance framework meets the standards in the guidelines, providing active oversight and a credible challenge to management’s recommendations and decisions and ensuring that the parent company decisions do not jeopardize the safety and soundness of the bank.
Protection of Customer Personal Information and Cybersecurity
The privacy provisions of GLBA generally prohibit financial institutions, including us, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial information of consumer customers to third parties for certain purposes (primarily marketing) unless customers have the

20

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

opportunity to opt out of the disclosure. The Fair Credit Reporting Act restricts information sharing among affiliates for marketing purposes. Both the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V, issued by the FRB, govern the use and provision of information to consumer reporting agencies.
In March 2015, federal regulators issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity. One statement indicates that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate customers accessing Internet-based services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates that a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber attack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber attack. If we fail to observe the regulatory guidance, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties. See Item 1A. Risk Factors for a further discussion of risks related to cybersecurity.
Anti-Tying Restrictions
Generally, a bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property or furnish any services or fix or vary the consideration for them on the condition that (1) the customer obtain or provide some additional credit, property or services from or to that bank or its bank holding company or their subsidiaries or (2) the customer not obtain some other credit, property or services from a competitor, except to the extent reasonable conditions are imposed to assure the soundness of the credit extended. A bank may, however, offer combined-balance products and may otherwise offer more favorable terms if a customer obtains two or more traditional bank products. Certain foreign transactions are exempt from the general rule.
Community Reinvestment Act Requirements
The CRA requires the banking agencies to evaluate the record of us and our banking subsidiaries in meeting the credit needs of our local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA requires each appropriate federal bank regulatory agency, in connection with its examination of a depository institution, to assess such institution’s record in assessing and meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution and assign ratings. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. These evaluations are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility and, in the case of a bank holding company that has elected financial holding company status, a CRA rating of “satisfactory” is required to commence certain new financial activities or to acquire a company engaged in such activities. We received a rating of “satisfactory” in our most-recent CRA evaluation.
Rules Affecting Debit Card Interchange Fees
Interchange fees, or “swipe” fees, are charges that merchants pay to us and other card-issuing banks for processing electronic payment transactions. FRB rules applicable to financial institutions that have assets of $10 billion or more provide that the maximum permissible interchange fee for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. An upward adjustment of no more than 1 cent to an issuer’s debit card interchange fee is allowed if the card issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve certain fraud-prevention standards.
Consumer Financial Protection Regulations
The retail activities of banks are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. Loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:
Federal Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z issued by the CFPB, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C issued by the CFPB, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B issued by the CFPB, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of various prohibited factors in extending credit;
Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and
Service Members Civil Relief Act, applying to all debts incurred prior to commencement of active military service (including credit card and other open-end debt) and limiting the amount of interest, including service and renewal charges and any other fees or charges (other than bona fide insurance) that is related to the obligation or liability.
Deposit operations also are subject to, among others:

21

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD issued by the CFPB, which require disclosure of deposit terms to consumers;
Expected Funds Availability Act and Regulation CC issued by the FRB, which relates to the availability of deposit funds to consumers;
Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and
Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the CFPB, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and consumer rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.
In addition to these federal laws and regulations, the guidance and interpretations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such regulations also influences loan and deposit operations.
The consumer protection provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the transfer of much of the rulemaking, supervision and enforcement authority under various consumer financial laws to the CFPB, and the CFPB’s subsequent regulatory, supervisory, and enforcement activity have created a more intense and complex environment for consumer finance regulation. The CFPB is authorized to, among other things, engage in consumer financial education, monitor consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. The CFPB has significant authority to implement and enforce federal consumer finance laws, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act and new requirements for financial services products provided for in the Dodd-Frank Act. The CFPB also has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, including the authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. We expect increased oversight of financial services products by the CFPB, which are likely to affect our operations. The review of products and practices to prevent such acts and practices is a continuing focus of the CFPB, and of banking regulators more broadly. The ultimate impact of this heightened scrutiny is uncertain but could result in changes to pricing, practices, products and procedures. It also could result in increased costs related to regulatory oversight, supervision and examination, additional remediation efforts and possible penalties.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act provides the CFPB with broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over various consumer financial products and services, including the ability to require reimbursements and other payments to customers for alleged legal violations and to impose significant penalties, as well as injunctive relief that prohibits lenders from engaging in allegedly unlawful practices. The CFPB also has the authority to obtain cease and desist orders providing for affirmative relief and/or monetary penalties. The Dodd-Frank Act and accompanying regulations, including regulations to be promulgated by the CFPB, are being phased in over time. Although some regulations have been promulgated, many others have not yet been proposed or finalized. For example, the CFPB announced that it is considering new rules regarding debt collection practices, and has proposed new regulations of prepaid accounts and proposed amendments to its regulations implementing the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. We cannot predict the terms of all of the final regulations, their intended consequences or how such regulations will affect us or our industry.
The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations. State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The CFPB has finalized a number of significant rules which will impact nearly every aspect of the life cycle of a residential mortgage. The final rules require banks to, among other things: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a new “ability to repay” standard and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage;” (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower’s principal residence; (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator compensation; and (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for appraisals and escrow accounts maintained for “higher priced mortgage loans.” These new rules create operational and strategic challenges for us, as we are both a mortgage originator and a servicer. Additional rulemaking affecting the residential mortgage business is also expected. These rules and any other new regulatory requirements promulgated by the CFPB and other federal or state regulators could require changes to our business, result in increased compliance costs and affect the streams of revenue of such business.
     In addition, our two banking subsidiaries are currently subject to consent orders issued by the OCC and the FDIC in connection with their findings of deceptive marketing and implementation of some of our checking account and funds transfer products and services. Among other things, the consent orders require us to remedy deficiencies and develop stronger compliance controls, policies and procedures. We have made progress and continue to make progress in addressing these requirements, but the consent orders remain in place and we are unable to predict when they may be terminated.

22

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

Commercial Real Estate Lending
Lending operations that involve concentrations of commercial real estate loans are subject to enhanced scrutiny by federal banking regulators. Regulators have advised financial institutions of the risks posed by commercial real estate lending concentrations. Such loans generally include land development, construction loans and loans secured by multifamily property and nonfarm, nonresidential real property where the primary source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property. The relevant regulatory guidance prescribes the following guidelines for examiners to help identify institutions that are potentially exposed to concentration risk and may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny:
Total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of the institution’s total capital, or
Total commercial real estate loans represent 300% or more of the institution’s total capital, and the outstanding balance of the institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months.
In 2009, the federal banking regulators issued additional guidance on commercial real estate lending that emphasizes these considerations.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act contains provisions that may cause us to reduce the amount of our commercial real estate lending and increase the cost of borrowing, including rules relating to risk retention of securitized assets. Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires, among other things, a loan originator or a securitizer of asset-backed securities to retain a percentage of the credit risk of securitized assets. The banking agencies and other federal agencies have jointly promulgated a final rule to implement these requirements.
Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders
A variety of legal limitations restrict us from lending money to, borrowing money from, or in some cases transacting business with CBNA and CBPA. Among such restrictions to which we are subject are Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and FRB Regulation W. Section 23A places limits on certain specified “covered transactions,” which include loans or extensions of credit to, investments in or certain other transactions with affiliates, as well as the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates. The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus for any one affiliate and 20% for all affiliates. Furthermore, within the foregoing limitations as to amount, certain covered transactions must meet specified collateral requirements ranging from 100% to 130%. Also, a bank is prohibited from purchasing low-quality assets from any of its affiliates. Section 608 of the Dodd-Frank Act broadens the definition of “covered transactions” to include derivative transactions and the borrowing or lending of securities if the transaction will cause a bank to have credit exposure to an affiliate. The revised definition also includes the acceptance of debt obligations of an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to a third party. Furthermore, reverse repurchase transactions are viewed as extensions of credit (instead of asset purchases) and thus become subject to collateral requirements. The Federal Reserve has not yet issued regulations to implement Section 608.
     Section 23B prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. Except for limitations on low-quality asset purchases and transactions that are deemed to be unsafe or unsound, Regulation W generally excludes affiliated depository institutions from treatment as affiliates. Transactions between a bank and any of its subsidiaries that are engaged in certain financial activities may be subject to the affiliated transaction limits. The FRB also may designate banking subsidiaries as affiliates.
Pursuant to FRB Regulation O, we are also subject to quantitative restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their related interests. In general, such extensions of credit (i) may not exceed certain dollar limitations, (ii) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties and (iii) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Certain extensions of credit also require the approval of our Board.
Anti-Money Laundering
The USA PATRIOT Act, enacted in 2001 and renewed in 2006, substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. Institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. We are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence in dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. We also must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions. Recent laws provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial information maintained by banks.

23

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS

The USA PATRIOT Act also provides for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering. The statute also creates enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: (i) requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; (ii) promulgating rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; (iii) requiring reports by non-financial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and (iv) mandating the filing of suspicious activities reports if a bank believes a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations. The statute also requires enhanced due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.
In addition, the Federal Bureau of Investigation may send bank regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities. We can be requested to search our records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists and may be required to report any identified relationships or transactions.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
OFAC is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes, and routinely updates, lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, including the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. We are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. If we find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.
      Other Regulatory Matters
We and our subsidiaries and affiliates are subject to numerous examinations by federal and state banking regulators, as well as the SEC, the FINRA and various state insurance and securities regulators. In some cases, regulatory agencies may take supervisory actions that may not be publicly disclosed, and such actions may restrict or limit our activities or activities of our subsidiaries. As part of our regular examination process, our and our banking subsidiaries’ respective regulators may advise us or our banking subsidiaries to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter. We and our subsidiaries have from time to time received requests for information from regulatory authorities at the federal and state level, including from state insurance commissions, state attorneys general, federal agencies or law enforcement authorities, securities regulators and other regulatory authorities, concerning their business practices. Such requests are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business.
In order to remedy certain weaknesses, including the weaknesses cited by the FRB in relation to our capital planning processes and the weaknesses we are working to remedy pursuant to the OCC and FDIC consent orders, and meet our significant regulatory and supervisory challenges, we believe we need to make substantial improvements to our processes, systems and controls. See Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report. We expect to continue to dedicate significant resources and managerial time and attention and to make significant investments in enhanced processes, systems and controls. This in turn may increase our operational costs and limit our ability to implement aspects of our strategic plan or otherwise pursue certain business opportunities. We also expect to make restitution payments to our banking subsidiaries’ customers, which could be significant, arising from certain customer compliance deficiencies and may be required to pay civil money penalties in connection with certain of these deficiencies. We have established reserves in respect of these future payments, but the amounts that we are ultimately obligated to pay could be in excess of our reserves. Moreover, if we are unsuccessful in remedying these weaknesses and meeting the enhanced supervisory requirements and expectations that apply to us and our banking subsidiaries, we could remain subject to existing restrictions or become subject to additional restrictions on our activities, supervisory actions or public enforcement actions, including the payment of civil money penalties.
  Employees
As of December 31, 2015 , we had approximately 17,700 FTEs, which included our approximately 17,100 full-time colleagues, 300 part-time colleagues and approximately 300 positions filled by temporary employees. None of our employees are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.

24

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
We are subject to a number of risks potentially impacting our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a financial services organization, certain elements of risk are inherent in our transactions and operations and are present in the business decisions we make. We, therefore, encounter risk as part of the normal course of our business and we design risk management processes to help manage these risks. Our success is dependent on our ability to identify, understand and manage the risks presented by our business activities so that we can appropriately balance revenue generation and profitability. These risks include, but are not limited to, credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, model risk, technology, regulatory and legal risk and strategic and reputational risk. We discuss our principal risk management processes and, in appropriate places, related historical performance in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Governance” section in Part II, Item 7 of this report.
You should carefully consider the following risk factors that may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Other factors that could affect our business, financial condition and results of operation are discussed in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section above. However, there may be additional risks that are not presently material or known, and factors besides those discussed below, or elsewhere in this or other reports that we file or furnish with the SEC, that could also adversely affect us.
Risks Related to Our Business
We may not be able to successfully execute our strategic plan or achieve our performance targets.
Our strategic plan, which we began to implement in the second half of 2013, involves four principal elements: (i) increasing revenue in both Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking; (ii) enhancing cost reduction efforts across the company; (iii) taking capital actions aimed at better aligning our capital structure with those of regional bank peers; and (iv) the beneficial impact of a rising interest rate environment on our asset-sensitive balance sheet. Our future success and the value of our stock will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively implement our strategic plan. There are risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, associated with each element of our plan. In addition, certain of our key initiatives require regulatory approval, which may not be obtained on a timely basis, if at all. Moreover, even if we do obtain required regulatory approval, it may be conditioned on certain organizational changes, such as those discussed below, that could reduce the profitability of those initiatives. If we are not able to successfully execute our strategic plan, we may never achieve our indicative performance targets and any shortfall may be material.
In addition to the four principal elements of our strategic plan, we also anticipate that our ROTCE will be affected by a number of additional factors. We anticipate a benefit to our ROTCE from run off of our non-core portfolio, which we expect will be offset by the negative impact on our ROTCE of some deterioration in the credit environment as they return to historical levels and a decline in gains on investments in securities. We do not control many aspects of these factors (or others) and actual results could differ from our expectations materially, which could impair our ability to achieve our strategic ROTCE goals. See “Business Strategy” in Part I, Item 1 — Business , included elsewhere in this report for further information.
Supervisory requirements and expectations on us as a financial holding company and a bank holding company, our need to make improvements and devote resources to various aspects of our controls, processes, policies and procedures, and any regulator-imposed limits on our activities could limit our ability to implement our strategic plan, expand our business, improve our financial performance and make capital distributions to our stockholders.
As a result of and in addition to new legislation aimed at regulatory reform, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, and the increased capital and liquidity requirements introduced by the U.S. implementation of the Basel III framework (the capital components of which have become effective), the federal banking agencies (the FRB, the OCC and the FDIC), as well as the CFPB, generally are taking a more stringent approach to supervising and regulating financial institutions and financial products and services over which they exercise their respective supervisory authorities. We, our two banking subsidiaries and our products and services are all subject to greater supervisory scrutiny and enhanced supervisory requirements and expectations and face significant challenges in meeting them. We expect to continue to face greater supervisory scrutiny and enhanced supervisory requirements in the foreseeable future.
We also have been required to make improvements to our overall compliance and operational risk management programs and practices in order to comply with enhanced supervisory requirements and expectations and to address weaknesses in retail credit risk management, liquidity risk management, model risk management, outsourcing and vendor risk management and related oversight and monitoring practices and tools. Our and our banking subsidiaries’ consumer compliance program and controls also require improvement in a variety of areas, including with respect to deposit reconciliation processes, fair lending and mortgage servicing. In addition to the foregoing, as part of the supevisory and examination process, from time to time we and our banking subsidiaries may become, and currently are, subject to prudential restrictions on our activities. Similarly, under the Bank Holding

25

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


Company Act, currently we may not be able to engage in certain categories of new activities or acquire shares or control of other companies other than in connection with internal reorganizations.
While we have made significant progress in enhancing our compliance and risk programs, if we are unsuccessful in remedying these weaknesses and meeting the enhanced supervisory requirements and expectations that apply to us and our banking subsidiaries, we could remain subject to existing restrictions or become subject to additional restrictions on our activities, informal (nonpublic) or formal (public) supervisory actions or public enforcement actions, including the payment of civil money penalties. Any such actions or restrictions, if and in whatever manner imposed, would likely increase our costs and could limit our ability to implement our strategic plans and expand our business, and as a result could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For more information regarding ongoing regulatory actions in which we are involved and certain identified past practices and policies for which we faced formal administrative enforcement actions, see Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 21 “Regulatory Matters” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in the report, for further discussion.
A continuation of the current low interest rate environment or subsequent movements in interest rates may have an adverse effect on our profitability.
Net interest income historically has been, and in the near-to-medium term we anticipate that it will remain a significant component of our total revenue. This is due to the fact that a high percentage of our assets and liabilities have been and will likely continue to be in the form of interest-bearing or interest-related instruments. Changes in interest rates can have a material effect on many areas of our business, including net interest income, deposit costs, loan volume and delinquency, and value of our mortgage servicing rights. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Open Market Committee. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities. If the interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities increase at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest earning assets, our net interest income and other financing income may decline and, with it, a decline in our earnings may occur. Our net interest income and other financing income and our earnings would be similarly affected if the interest rates on our interest earning assets declined at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities.
We cannot control or predict with certainty changes in interest rates. Global, national, regional and local economic conditions, competitive pressures and the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary policies of the FRB, affect interest income and interest expense. Although we have policies and procedures designed to manage the risks associated with changes in market interest rates, as further discussed under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Governance” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report, changes in interest rates still may have an adverse effect on our profitability.
If our assumptions regarding borrower behavior are wrong or overall economic conditions are significantly different than we anticipate, then our risk mitigation may be insufficient to protect against interest rate risk and our net income would be adversely affected.
We could fail to attract, retain or motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel, including our senior management, other key employees or members of our Board, which could impair our ability to successfully execute our strategic plan and otherwise adversely affect our business.
A cornerstone of our strategic plan involves the hiring of a large number of highly skilled and qualified personnel. Accordingly, our ability to implement our strategic plan and our future success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel, including our senior management and other key employees and directors, competitive with our peers. The marketplace for skilled personnel is becoming more competitive, which means the cost of hiring, incentivizing and retaining skilled personnel may continue to increase. The failure to attract or retain, including as a result of an untimely death or illness of key personnel, or replace a sufficient number of appropriately skilled and key personnel could place us at a significant competitive disadvantage and prevent us from successfully implementing our strategy, which could impair our ability to implement our strategic plan successfully, achieve our performance targets and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to meet our obligations, and the cost of funds to do so, depend on our ability to access sources of liquidity and the particular sources available to us.
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not be able to meet our obligations, including funding commitments, as they come due. This risk is inherent in our operations and can be heightened by a number of factors, including an over-reliance on a particular source of funding (including, for example, secured FHLB advances), changes in credit ratings or market-wide phenomena such

26

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


as market dislocation and major disasters. Like many banking groups, our reliance on customer deposits to meet a considerable portion of our funding has grown over recent years, and we continue to seek to increase the proportion of our funding represented by customer deposits. However, these deposits are subject to fluctuation due to certain factors outside our control, such as a loss of confidence by customers in us or in the banking sector generally, increasing competitive pressures for retail or corporate customer deposits, changes in interest rates and returns on other investment classes, which could result in a significant outflow of deposits within a short period of time. To the extent there is competition among U.S. banks for retail customer deposits, this competition may increase the cost of procuring new deposits and/or retaining existing deposits, and otherwise negatively affect our ability to grow our deposit base. An inability to grow, or any material decrease in, our deposits could have a material adverse effect on our ability to satisfy our liquidity needs.
Maintaining a diverse and appropriate funding strategy for our assets consistent with our wider strategic risk appetite and plan remains challenging, and any tightening of credit markets could have a material adverse impact on us. In particular, there is a risk that corporate and financial institution counterparties may seek to reduce their credit exposures to banks and other financial institutions (for example, reflected in reductions in unsecured deposits supplied by these counterparties), which may cause funding from these sources to no longer be available. Under these circumstances, we may need to seek funds from alternative sources, potentially at higher costs than has previously been the case, or may be required to consider disposals of other assets not previously identified for disposal, in order to reduce our funding commitments.
A reduction in our credit ratings, which are based on a number of factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength. Other factors considered by rating agencies include conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. Any downgrade in our ratings would likely increase our borrowing costs, could limit our access to capital markets, and otherwise adversely affect our business. For example, a ratings downgrade could adversely affect our ability to sell or market in the capital markets certain of our securities, including long-term debt, engage in certain longer-term and derivatives transactions and retain our customers, particularly corporate customers who may require a minimum rating threshold in order to place funds with us. In addition, under the terms of certain of our derivatives contracts, we may be required to maintain a minimum credit rating or have to post additional collateral or terminate such contracts. Any of these results of a rating downgrade could increase our cost of funding, reduce our liquidity and have adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our financial performance may be adversely affected by deterioration in borrower credit quality, particularly in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, where our operations are concentrated.
We have exposure to many different industries and risks arising from actual or perceived changes in credit quality and uncertainty over the recoverability of amounts due from borrowers is inherent in our businesses. Our exposure may be exacerbated by the geographic concentration of our operations, which are predominately located in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions. The credit quality of our borrowers may deteriorate for a number of reasons that are outside our control, including as a result of prevailing economic and market conditions and asset valuation. The trends and risks affecting borrower credit quality, particularly in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, have caused, and in the future may cause, us to experience impairment charges, increased repurchase demands, higher costs, additional write-downs and losses and an inability to engage in routine funding transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss.
Our risk management framework is made up of various processes and strategies to manage our risk exposure. The framework to manage risk, including the framework’s underlying assumptions, may not be effective under all conditions and circumstances. If the risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.
One of the main types of risks inherent in our business is credit risk. An important feature of our credit risk management system is to employ an internal credit risk control system through which we identify, measure, monitor and mitigate existing and emerging credit risk of our customers. As this process involves detailed analyses of the customer or credit risk, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human error. In exercising their judgment, our employees may not always be able to assign an accurate credit rating to a customer or credit risk, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system.
In addition, we have undertaken certain actions to enhance our credit policies and guidelines to address potential risks associated with particular industries or types of customers, as discussed in more detail under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Governance” and “— Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7, included

27

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


elsewhere in this report. However, we may not be able to effectively implement these initiatives, or consistently follow and refine our credit risk management system. If any of the foregoing were to occur, it may result in an increase in the level of nonperforming loans and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our accounting estimates and risk management framework rely on analytical forecasting and models.
The processes we use to estimate our inherent loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. Some of our tools and metrics for managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. We rely on quantitative models to measure risks and to estimate certain financial values. Models may be used in such processes as determining the pricing of various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, predicting losses, assessing capital adequacy and calculating regulatory capital levels, as well as estimating the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly designed or implemented models present the risk that our business decisions based on information incorporating such models will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy of that information. Moreover, our models may fail to predict future risk exposures if the information used in the model is incorrect, obsolete or not sufficiently comparable to actual events as they occur. We seek to incorporate appropriate historical data in our models, but the range of market values and behaviors reflected in any period of historical data is not at all times predictive of future developments in any particular period and the period of data we incorporate into our models may turn out to be inappropriate for the future period being modeled. In such case, our ability to manage risk would be limited and our risk exposure and losses could be significantly greater than our models indicated. In addition, if existing or potential customers believe our risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere. This could harm our reputation as well as our revenues and profits. Finally, information we provide to our regulators based on poorly designed or implemented models could also be inaccurate or misleading. Some of the decisions that our regulators make, including those related to capital distributions to our stockholders, could be affected adversely due to their perception that the quality of the models used to generate the relevant information is insufficient.
The preparation of our financial statements requires the use of estimates that may vary from actual results. Particularly, various factors may cause our ALLL to increase.
The preparation of audited consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. Our most critical accounting estimate is the ALLL. The ALLL is a reserve established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense and represents our estimate of incurred but unrealized losses within the existing portfolio of loans. The ALLL is necessary to reserve for estimated loan and lease losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the ALLL reflects our ongoing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan and lease loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and incurred losses inherent in the current loan portfolio.
The determination of the appropriate level of the ALLL inherently involves a degree of subjectivity and requires that we make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, the stagnation of certain economic indicators that we are more susceptible to, such as unemployment and real estate values, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside our control, may require an increase in the ALLL. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our ALLL and may require an increase in the ALLL or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments that can differ from those of our own management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the ALLL—that is, if the ALLL is inadequate—we will need additional loan and lease loss provisions to increase the ALLL. Should such additional provisions become necessary, they would result in a decrease in net income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on us.
The value of our goodwill may decline in the future.
As of December 31, 2015, we had $6.9 billion of goodwill. A significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, substantially slower economic growth or a significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock, any or all of which could be materially impacted by many of the risk factors discussed herein, may necessitate our taking charges in the future related to the impairment of our goodwill.  If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our goodwill is necessary, we would record the appropriate charge, which could be material to our operations. For additional information regarding our goodwill impairment testing, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report.
Operational risks are inherent in our businesses.
Our operations depend on our ability to process a very large number of transactions efficiently and accurately while complying with applicable laws and regulations. Operational risk and losses can result from internal and external fraud; errors by employees or third parties; failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper authorization; failure to comply with

28

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


applicable regulatory requirements and conduct of business rules; equipment failures, including those caused by natural disasters or by electrical, telecommunications or other essential utility outages; business continuity and data security system failures, including those caused by computer viruses, cyber-attacks or unforeseen problems encountered while implementing major new computer systems or upgrades to existing systems; or the inadequacy or failure of systems and controls, including those of our suppliers or counterparties. Although we have implemented risk controls and loss mitigation actions, and substantial resources are devoted to developing efficient procedures, identifying and rectifying weaknesses in existing procedures and training staff, it is not possible to be certain that such actions have been or will be effective in controlling each of the operational risks faced by us. Any weakness in these systems or controls, or any breaches or alleged breaches of such laws or regulations, could result in increased regulatory supervision, enforcement actions and other disciplinary action, and have an adverse impact on our business, applicable authorizations and licenses, reputation and results of operations.
The financial services industry, including the banking sector, is undergoing rapid technological changes as a result of competition and changes in the legal and regulatory framework, and we may not be able to compete effectively as a result of these changes.
The financial services industry, including the banking sector, is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition, new, unexpected technological changes could have a disruptive effect on the way banks offer products and services. We believe our success depends, to a great extent, on our ability to use technology to offer products and services that provide convenience to customers and to create additional efficiencies in our operations. However, we may not be able to, among other things, keep up with the rapid pace of technological changes, effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. As a result, our ability to compete effectively to attract or retain new business may be impaired, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
In addition, changes in the legal and regulatory framework under which we operate require us to update our information systems to ensure compliance. Our need to review and evaluate the impact of ongoing rule proposals, final rules and implementation guidance from regulators further complicates the development and implementation of new information systems for our business. Also, recent regulatory guidance has focused on the need for financial institutions to perform increased due diligence and ongoing monitoring of third-party vendor relationships, thus increasing the scope of management involvement and decreasing the efficiency otherwise resulting from our relationships with third-party technology providers. Given the significant number of ongoing regulatory reform initiatives, it is possible that we incur higher than expected information technology costs in order to comply with current and impending regulations. See “—Supervisory requirements and expectations on us as a financial holding company and a bank holding company , our need to make improvements and devote resources to various aspects of our controls, processes, policies and procedures, and any regulator-imposed limits on our activities, could limit our ability to implement our strategic plan, expand our business, improve our financial performance and make capital distributions to our stockholders.”
Cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service attacks and other cyber-security matters, if successful, could adversely affect how we conduct our business.
We are under continuous threat of loss due to cyber-attacks, especially as we continue to expand customer capabilities to utilize the Internet and other remote channels to transact business. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that we face are e-fraud and loss of sensitive customer data. Loss from e-fraud occurs when cybercriminals extract funds directly from customers’ or our accounts using fraudulent schemes that may include Internet-based funds transfers. We have been subject to a number of e-fraud incidents historically. We have also been subject to attempts to steal sensitive customer data, such as account numbers and social security numbers, through unauthorized access to our computer systems including computer hacking. Such attacks are less frequent but could present significant reputational, legal and regulatory costs to us if successful.
Recently, there has been a series of distributed denial of service attacks on financial services companies, including us. Distributed denial of service attacks are designed to saturate the targeted online network with excessive amounts of network traffic, resulting in slow response times, or in some cases, causing the site to be temporarily unavailable. Generally, these attacks are conducted to interrupt or suspend a company’s access to Internet service. The attacks can adversely affect the performance of a company’s website and in some instances prevent customers from accessing a company’s website. We have implemented certain technology protections such as Customer Profiling and Step-Up Authentication to be in compliance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) Authentication in Internet Banking Environment (“AIBE”) guidelines. However, potential cyber threats that include hacking and other attempts to breach information technology security controls are rapidly evolving and we may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. In the event that a cyber-attack is successful, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems, including due to hacking or other similar attempts to breach information technology security protocols,

29

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. Although we have established policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that these policies and procedures will be successful and that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability.
We rely on third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our information technology.
We rely on third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our information technology functions and the provision of information technology and business process services. For example, (i) certain components and services relating to our online banking system rely on data communications networks operated by unaffiliated third parties, (ii) many of our applications are hosted or maintained by third parties, including our Commercial Loan System, which is hosted and maintained by Automated Financial Systems, Inc., and (iii) our core deposits system is maintained by Fidelity Information Services, Inc. Also, in 2015, we entered into an agreement with IBM Corporation for the provision of a wide range of information technology support services, including end user, data center, network, mainframe, storage and database services. The success of our business depends in part on the continuing ability of these (and other) third parties to perform these functions and services in a timely and satisfactory manner. If we experience a disruption in the provision of any functions or services performed by third parties, we may have difficulty in finding alternate providers on terms favorable to us and in reasonable timeframes. If these services are not performed in a satisfactory manner, we would not be able to serve our customers well. In either situation, our business could incur significant costs and be adversely affected.
We are exposed to reputational risk and the risk of damage to our brands and the brands of our affiliates.
Our success and results depend, in part, on our reputation and the strength of our brands. We are vulnerable to adverse market perception as we operate in an industry where integrity, customer trust and confidence are paramount. We are exposed to the risk that litigation, employee misconduct, operational failures, the outcome of regulatory or other investigations or actions, press speculation and negative publicity, among other factors, could damage our brands or reputation. Our brands and reputation could also be harmed if we sell products or services that do not perform as expected or customers’ expectations for the product are not satisfied.
We may be adversely affected by unpredictable catastrophic events or terrorist attacks and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from serious disaster.
The occurrence of catastrophic events such as hurricanes, tropical storms, tornadoes and other large-scale catastrophes and terrorist attacks could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations if a catastrophe rendered both our production data center in Rhode Island and our recovery data center in North Carolina unusable. Although we recently enhanced our disaster recovery capabilities through the completion of the new, out-of-region backup data center in North Carolina, there can be no assurance that our current disaster recovery plans and capabilities will adequately protect us from serious disaster.
An inability to realize the value of our deferred tax assets could adversely affect operating results.
Our net DTAs are subject to an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that they will be realized for financial statement purposes. In making this determination, we consider all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, as well as potential carry-back of tax to prior years’ taxable income, reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and projected earnings within the statutory tax loss carryover period. We have determined that the DTAs are more likely than not to be realized at December 31, 2015 (except for $123 million related to state DTAs for which a valuation allowance was established). If we were to conclude that a significant portion of the DTAs were not more likely than not to be realized, the required valuation allowance could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We maintain a significant investment in projects that generate tax credits, which we may not be able to fully utilize, or, if utilized, may be subject to recapture or restructuring.
At December 31, 2015 , we maintained an investment of approximately $598 million in entities for which we receive allocations of tax credits, which we utilize to offset our taxable income. We accrued $45 million and $26 million in credits for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , all tax credits have been utilized to offset taxable income. Substantially all of these tax credits are related to development projects that are subject to ongoing compliance requirements over certain periods of time to fully realize their value. If these projects are not operated in full compliance with the required terms, the tax credits could be subject to recapture or restructuring. Further, we may not be able to utilize any future tax credits. If we are unable to utilize our tax credits or, if our tax credits are subject to recapture or restructuring, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

30

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


Any failure by us to successfully replicate or replace certain functions, systems and infrastructure previously provided by RBS or fail to resolve conflicts of interest or disputes between RBS and us in areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships could have a material adverse effect on us.
We will need to replicate or replace certain functions, systems and infrastructure to which we no longer have the same access since our separation from RBS, including services we receive pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement. We will also need to make infrastructure investments in order to operate without the same access to RBS’s existing operational and administrative infrastructure. Any failure to successfully implement these initiatives or to do so in a timely manner could have an adverse effect on us.
Although RBS has fully exited its ownership stake in our common stock, questions relating to conflicts of interest and actual disputes may arise between RBS and us in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships. Areas in which conflicts of interest or disputes between RBS and us could arise include, but are not limited to, interruptions to or problems with services provided under the Transitional Services Agreement with RBS that increase our costs both for the processing of business and the potential remediation of disputes and other commercial and referral arrangements with RBS. If we are unable to identify or execute on opportunities that offset any decrease or termination of any commercial relationships with RBS, our financial results may be adversely affected. Moreover, disagreements may arise between us and RBS regarding the provision or quality of any such services rendered, which may materially adversely affect this portion of our business.
Risks Related to Our Industry
Any deterioration in national economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is affected by national economic conditions, as well as perceptions of those conditions and future economic prospects. Changes in such economic conditions are not predictable and cannot be controlled. Adverse economic conditions could require us to charge off a higher percentage of loans and increase provision for credit losses, which would reduce our net income and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, our business was significantly affected by the global economic and financial crisis that began in 2008. The falling home prices, increased rate of foreclosure and high levels of unemployment in the United States triggered significant write-downs by us and other financial institutions. These write-downs adversely impacted our financial results in material respects. Although the U.S. economy continues to recover, an interruption or reversal of this recovery would adversely affect the financial services industry and banking sector.
We operate in an industry that is highly competitive, which could result in losing business or margin declines and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate in a highly competitive industry. The industry could become even more competitive as a result of reform of the financial services industry resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislative, regulatory and technological changes, as well as continued consolidation. We face aggressive competition from other domestic and foreign lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial services, including non-banking financial institutions that are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks and bank holding companies, securities firms and insurance companies, and competitors that may have greater financial resources .
With respect to non-banking financial institutions, technology and other changes have lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. For example, consumers can maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. Some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations we are and, therefore, may have greater flexibility in competing for business. As a result of these and other sources of competition, we could lose business to competitors or be forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract clients, either of which would adversely affect our profitability and business.
The conditions of other financial institutions or of the financial services industry could adversely affect our operations and financial conditions.
Financial services institutions that deal with each other are interconnected as a result of trading, investment, liquidity management, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. Within the financial services industry, the default by any one institution could lead to defaults by other institutions. Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems and losses or defaults by other institutions, as the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions are closely related as a result of these credit, trading, clearing and other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a counterparty may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by various institutions. This

31

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


systemic risk may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, banks and exchanges with which we interact on a daily basis, or key funding providers such as the FHLBs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our access to liquidity or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Regulations Governing Our Industry
As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, we are subject to comprehensive regulation that could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, we are subject to comprehensive regulation, supervision and examination by the FRB. In addition, CBNA is subject to comprehensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC and CBPA is subject to comprehensive regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC and the PA Banking Department. Our regulators supervise us through regular examinations and other means that allow the regulators to gauge management’s ability to identify, assess and control risk in all areas of operations in a safe and sound manner and to ensure compliance with laws and regulations. In the course of their supervision and examinations, our regulators may require improvements in various areas. If we are unable to implement and maintain any required actions in a timely and effective manner, we could become subject to informal (non-public) or formal (public) supervisory actions and public enforcement orders that could lead to significant restrictions on our existing business or on our ability to engage in any new business. Such forms of supervisory action could include, without limitation, written agreements, cease and desist orders, and consent orders and may, among other things, result in restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, requirements to increase capital, restrictions on our activities, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, and enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders. We could also be required to dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed period. The terms of any such supervisory or enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are a bank holding company that has elected to become a financial holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. Financial holding companies are allowed to engage in certain financial activities in which a bank holding company is not otherwise permitted to engage. However, to maintain financial holding company status, a bank holding company (and all of its depository institution subsidiaries) must be “well capitalized” and “well managed.” If a bank holding company ceases to meet these capital and management requirements, there are many penalties it would be faced with, including (i) the FRB may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its activities, and (ii) it may not undertake any of the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies or acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the FRB. If a company does not return to compliance within 180 days, which period may be extended, the FRB may require divestiture of that company’s depository institutions. To the extent we do not meet the requirements to be a financial holding company in the future, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to disclose some restrictions or limitations on our operations imposed by our regulators.
From time to time, bank regulatory agencies take supervisory actions that restrict or limit a financial institution’s activities and lead it to raise capital or subject it to other requirements. Directives issued to enforce such actions may be confidential and thus, in some instances, we are not permitted to publicly disclose these actions. In addition, as part of our regular examination process, our and our banking subsidiaries’ respective regulators may advise us or our banking subsidiaries to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter. Any such actions or restrictions, if and in whatever manner imposed, could adversely affect our costs and revenues. Moreover, efforts to comply with any such nonpublic supervisory actions or restrictions may require material investments in additional resources and systems, as well as a significant commitment of managerial time and attention. As a result, such supervisory actions or restrictions, if and in whatever manner imposed, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations; and, in certain instances, we may not be able to publicly disclose these matters.
The regulatory environment in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business and earnings.
We are heavily regulated by bank and other regulatory agencies at the federal and state levels. This regulatory oversight is established to protect depositors, the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, and the banking system as a whole, not security holders. Changes to statutes, regulations, rules or policies including the interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, rules or policies could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways including subjecting us to additional costs, limiting the types of financial services and other products we may offer, limiting our ability to pursue acquisitions and increasing the ability of third parties, including non-banks, to offer competing financial services and products.
We are subject to capital adequacy and liquidity standards, and if we fail to meet these standards our financial condition and operations would be adversely affected.
We are subject to several capital adequacy and liquidity standards. To the extent that we are unable to meet these standards, our ability to make distributions of capital will be limited and we may be subject to additional supervisory actions and limitations on our activities. See “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 — Business, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis

32

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital” and “— Liquidity” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report, for further discussion of the regulations to which we are subject.
We could be required to act as a “source of strength” to our banking subsidiaries, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
FRB policy historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. This support may be required by the FRB at times when we might otherwise determine not to provide it or when doing so is not otherwise in the interests of CFG or our stockholders or creditors, and may include one or more of the following:
We may be compelled to contribute capital to our subsidiary banks, including by engaging in a public offering to raise such capital. Furthermore, any extensions of credit from us to our banking subsidiaries that are included in the relevant bank’s capital would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks.
In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment that the bank holding company had been required to make to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.
In certain circumstances one of our banking subsidiaries could be assessed for losses incurred by the other. In addition, in the event of impairment of the capital stock of one of our banking subsidiaries, we, as our banking subsidiary’s stockholder, could be required to pay such deficiency.
We depend on our banking subsidiaries for most of our revenue, and restrictions on dividends and other distributions by our banking subsidiaries could affect our liquidity and ability to fulfill our obligations.
As a bank holding company, we are a separate and distinct legal entity from our banking subsidiaries: CBNA and CBPA. We typically receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends from our banking subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our equity and interest and principal on our debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations, as well as regulatory expectations, limit the amount of dividends that our banking subsidiaries may pay to us. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event CBNA or CPBA is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on our common stock. The inability to receive dividends from CBNA or CPBA could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
See “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 — Business, and and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report.
We are and may be subject to regulatory actions that may have a material impact on our business.
We may become or are involved, from time to time, in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business. These regulatory actions involve, among other matters, accounting, consumer compliance and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief that may require changes to our business or otherwise materially impact our business.
In regulatory actions, such as those referred to above, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or possible to reasonably estimate the amount of any loss. We cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings will be resolved or what the eventual fine, penalty or other relief, conditions or restrictions, if any, may be, particularly for actions that are in their early stages of investigation. We expect to make significant restitution payments to our banking subsidiaries’ customers arising from certain of the consumer compliance issues and also expect to pay civil money penalties in connection with certain of these issues. Adverse regulatory actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are and may be subject to litigation that may have a material impact on our business.
Our operations are diverse and complex and we operate in legal and regulatory environments that expose us to potentially significant litigation risk. In the normal course of business, we have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities as a financial services institution, including with respect to alleged unfair or deceptive business practices and mis-selling of certain products. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress. Moreover, a number of recent judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is

33

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


founded on the premise that a lender has either violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or stockholders. This could increase the amount of private litigation to which we are subject. For more information regarding ongoing significant legal proceedings in which we are involved and certain identified past practices and policies for which we could face potential civil litigation, see Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in the report, for further discussion.
The Dodd-Frank Act has changed and will likely continue to substantially change the legal and regulatory framework under which we operate our business.
Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial-services industry, addressing, among other things, (i) systemic risk, (ii) capital adequacy, (iii) consumer financial protection, (iv) interchange fees, (v) mortgage lending practices, and (vi) regulation of derivatives and securities markets. A significant number of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act still require extensive rulemaking and interpretation by regulatory authorities. In several cases, authorities have extended implementation periods and delayed effective dates. Accordingly, in many respects the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and its effects on the U.S. financial system and on us will not be known for an extended period of time. See Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 — Business, included elsewhere in this report, for further discussion of the regulations to which we are subject.

Some of these and other major changes under the Dodd-Frank Act could materially impact the profitability of our business, the value of assets we hold or the collateral available for coverage under our loans, require changes to our business practices or force us to discontinue businesses and expose us to additional costs, taxes, liabilities, enforcement actions and reputational risk.
The CFPB’s residential mortgage regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The CFPB finalized a number of significant rules that will impact nearly every aspect of the lifecycle of a residential mortgage. These rules implement the Dodd-Frank Act amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The final rules require banks to, among other things: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a new “reasonable ability to repay” test and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage,” (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower’s principal residence, (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator compensation, and (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for appraisals and escrow accounts maintained for “higher priced mortgage loans.” These new rules create operational and strategic challenges for us, as we are both a mortgage originator and a servicer. For example, business models for cost, pricing, delivery, compensation and risk management will need to be reevaluated and potentially revised, perhaps substantially. Additionally, programming changes and enhancements to systems will be necessary to comply with the new rules. We also expect additional rulemaking affecting our residential mortgage business to be forthcoming. These rules and any other new regulatory requirements promulgated by the CFPB and state regulatory authorities could require changes to our business, in addition to the changes we have been required to make thus far. Such changes would result in increased compliance costs and potential changes to our product offerings, which would have an adverse effect on the revenue derived from such business.
The Dodd-Frank Act’s consumer protection regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The FRB enacted consumer protection regulations related to automated overdraft payment programs offered by financial institutions. Prior to the enactment of these regulations, our overdraft and insufficient funds fees represented a significant amount of noninterest fees. Since taking effect on July 1, 2010, the fees received by us for automated overdraft payment services have decreased, thereby adversely impacting our noninterest income. Complying with these regulations has resulted in increased operational costs for us, which may continue to rise. The actual impact of these regulations in future periods could vary due to a variety of factors, including changes in customer behavior, economic conditions and other factors, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The CFPB has since then published additional studies of overdraft practices and has announced that it is considering enacting further regulations regarding overdrafts and related services.
The consumer protection provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the examination, supervision and enforcement of those laws and implementing regulations by the CFPB have created a more intense and complex environment for consumer finance regulation. The CFPB is authorized to engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. We expect increased oversight of financial

34

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


services products by the CFPB, which is likely to affect our operations. The CFPB has significant authority to implement and enforce federal consumer finance laws, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act and new requirements for financial services products provided for in the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the authority to identify and prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices (“UDAAP”). The review of products and practices to prevent UDAAP is a continuing focus of the CFPB, and of banking regulators more broadly. The ultimate impact of this heightened scrutiny is uncertain but could result in changes to pricing, practices, products and procedures. It could also result in increased costs related to regulatory oversight, supervision and examination, additional remediation efforts and possible penalties.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act provides the CFPB with broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over various consumer financial products and services, including the ability to require reimbursements and other payments to customers for alleged legal violations, and to impose significant penalties, as well as injunctive relief that prohibits lenders from engaging in allegedly unlawful practices. The CFPB also has the authority to obtain cease and desist orders providing for affirmative relief and/or monetary penalties. The Dodd-Frank Act and accompanying regulations, including regulations to be promulgated by the CFPB, are being phased in over time, and while some regulations have been promulgated, many others have not yet been proposed or finalized. For example, the CFPB has announced that it is considering new rules regarding debt collection practices, and has proposed new regulations of prepaid accounts and proposed amendments to its regulations implementing the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. We cannot predict the terms of all of the final regulations, their intended consequences or how such regulations will affect us or our industry.
The Dodd-Frank Act does not prevent states from adopting stricter consumer protection standards. State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Compliance with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules involve significant cost and effort.
We are subject to rules and regulations regarding money laundering and the financing of terrorism. Monitoring compliance with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules can put a significant financial burden on banks and other financial institutions and poses significant technical challenges. Although we believe our current policies and procedures are sufficient to comply with applicable rules and regulations, we cannot guarantee that our anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing policies and procedures completely prevent situations of money laundering or terrorism financing. Any such failure events may have severe consequences, including sanctions, fines and reputational consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may become subject to more stringent regulatory requirements and activity restrictions, or have to restructure, if the FRB and FDIC determine that our resolution plan is not credible.
FRB and FDIC regulations require bank holding companies with more than $50 billion in assets to submit resolution plans that, in the event of material financial distress or failure, establish the rapid, orderly and systemically safe liquidation of the company under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Separately, insured depository institutions with more than $50 billion in assets must submit to the FDIC a resolution plan whereby they can be resolved in a manner that is orderly and that ensures that depositors will receive access to insured funds within certain required timeframes. If the FRB and the FDIC jointly determine that the resolution plan of a bank holding company is not credible, and the company fails to cure the deficiencies in a timely manner, then the FRB and the FDIC may jointly impose on the company, or on any of its subsidiaries, more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on growth, activities or operations, or require the divestment of certain assets or operations. If the FRB and the FDIC determine that our resolution plan is not credible or would not facilitate our orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, we could become subject to more stringent regulatory requirements or business restrictions, or have to divest certain of our assets or businesses. Any such measures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to our Common Stock
Our stock price may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
You should consider an investment in our common stock to be risky, and you should invest in our common stock only if you can withstand a significant loss and wide fluctuation in the market value of your investment. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:
quarterly variations in our results of operations or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;

35

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
RISK FACTORS


our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products or services, enhancements, significant contracts, acquisitions or strategic investments;
fluctuations in the market valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;
future sales of our common stock;
additions or departures of members of our senior management or other key personnel;
changes in industry conditions or perceptions; and
changes in applicable laws, rules or regulations and other dynamics.
Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market price of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies.
These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, systemic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, loss of investor confidence, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to securities class action litigation that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management.
We may not pay cash dividends on our common stock.
Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as its board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Also, as a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay dividends is dependent on certain federal regulatory considerations, including the guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board regarding capital adequacy and dividends. Additionally, we are required to submit annual capital plans to the Federal Reserve for review before we can take certain capital actions, including declaring and paying dividends and repurchasing or redeeming capital securities. If our capital plan or any amendment to our capital plan is objected to for any reason, our ability to declare and pay dividends on our capital stock may be limited. Further, if we are unable to satisfy the capital requirements applicable to us for any reason, we may be limited in our ability to declare and pay dividends on our capital stock. See “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 — Business, included elsewhere in this report, for further discussion of the regulations to which we are subject.
“Anti-takeover” provisions and the regulations to which we are subject may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change in control would be beneficial to stockholders.
We are a bank holding company incorporated in the state of Delaware. Anti-takeover provisions in Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as regulatory approvals that would be required under federal law, could make it more difficult for a third party to take control of us and may prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares of our common stock. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could reduce the amount that stockholders might get if we are sold.
We believe these provisions protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board and by providing our Board with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. However, these provisions apply even if the offer may be determined to be beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board determines is not in our best interest and that of our stockholders.
Furthermore, banking laws impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act.



36

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our headquarters is in Providence, Rhode Island. As of December 31, 2015 , we leased approximately 5.5 million square feet of office and retail branch space. Our portfolio of leased space consisted of 3.6 million square feet of retail branch space which spanned eleven states and 1.9 million square feet of non-branch office space. As of December 31, 2015 , we owned an additional 600,000 square feet of office and branch space. We operated 82 branches in Rhode Island, 44 in Connecticut, 246 in Massachusetts, 20 in Vermont, 71 in New Hampshire, 146 in New York, 11 in New Jersey, 358 in Pennsylvania, 23 in Delaware, 114 in Ohio and 97 in Michigan. Of these branches, 1,171 were leased and the rest were owned. These properties were used by both the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking segments. Management believes the terms of the various leases were consistent with market standards and were derived through arm’s-length bargaining. We also believe that our properties are in good operating condition and adequately serve our current business operations. We anticipate that suitable additional or alternative space, including those under lease options, will be available at commercially reasonable terms for future expansion.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Information required by this item is presented in Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.


37

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The common stock of Citizens is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CFG.” As of January 5, 2016, our common stock was owned by one holder of record (Cede & Co.) and approximately 104,000 beneficial shareholders whose shares were held in “street name” through a broker or bank. Information regarding the high and low sale prices of our common stock and cash dividends declared on such shares, as required by this item, is presented in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quarterly Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report. Information regarding restrictions on dividends, as required by this Item, is presented in Note 21 “Regulatory Matters” and Note 27 “Parent Company Only Financials” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report. Information relating to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance is presented in “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in Part III, Item 12, included elsewhere in this report.
The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder returns relative to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500® index, a commonly referenced U.S. equity benchmark consisting of leading companies from diverse economic sectors; the KBW Nasdaq Bank Index (“BKX”), composed of 24 leading national money center and regional banks and thrifts; and a group of other banks that constitute our regional banks peers (BB&T, Comerica, Fifth Third, KeyCorp, M&T, PNC, Regions, SunTrust and U.S. Bancorp) for our performance since September 24, 2014, Citizens’ initial day of trading. The graph assumes $100 invested at the closing price on September 24, 2014 in each of CFG common stock, the S&P 500 index, the BKX and the peer group average and assumes all dividends were reinvested on the date paid. The points on the graph represent the date our shares first began to trade on the NYSE and fiscal quarter-end amounts based on the last trading day in each fiscal quarter.
This graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 
9/24/2014

9/30/2014

12/31/2014

3/31/2015

6/30/2015

9/30/2015

12/31/2015

CFG

$100


$101


$108


$105


$120


$105


$116

S&P 500 Index
100

99

104

105

105

98

105

KBW BKX Index
100

98

103

100

108

98

103

Peer Regional Bank Average

$100


$99


$105


$104


$107


$99


$105


38

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived the selected Consolidated Statement of Operating data for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , 2013 and the selected Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report. We derived the selected Consolidated Statement of Operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the selected Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements, not included herein. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.
You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 and our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, both included elsewhere in this report .
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
   2015
 
   2014
 
   2013
 
   2012
 
   2011
OPERATING DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$3,402

 

$3,301

 

$3,058

 

$3,227

 

$3,320

Noninterest income
1,422

 
1,678

 
1,632

 
1,667

 
1,711

Total revenue
4,824

 
4,979

 
4,690

 
4,894

 
5,031

Provision for credit losses
302

 
319

 
479

 
413

 
882

Noninterest expense
3,259

 
3,392

 
7,679

 
3,457

 
3,371

Noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
3,259

 
3,392

 
3,244

 
3,457

 
3,371

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
1,263

 
1,268

 
(3,468
)
 
1,024

 
778

Income tax expense (benefit)
423

 
403

 
(42
)
 
381

 
272

Net income (loss)
840

 
865

 
(3,426
)
 
643

 
506

Net income, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
840

 
865

 
654

 
643

 
506

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
833

 
865

 
(3,426
)
 
643

 
506

Net income available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
833

 
865

 
654

 
643

 
506

Net income (loss) per average common share - basic (2)
1.55

 
1.55

 
(6.12
)
 
1.15

 
0.90

Net income (loss) per average common share - diluted (2)
1.55

 
1.55

 
(6.12
)
 
1.15

 
0.90

Net income per average common share - basic, excluding goodwill impairment (1) (2)
1.55

 
1.55

 
1.17

 
1.15

 
0.90

Net income per average common share - diluted, excluding goodwill impairment (1) (2)
1.55

 
1.55

 
1.17

 
1.15

 
0.90

Dividends declared and paid per common share
0.40

 
1.43

 
2.12

 
0.27

 

OTHER OPERATING DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average common equity (3)
4.30
%
 
4.46
%
 
(15.69
%)
 
2.69
%
 
2.19
%
Return on average common equity, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
4.30

 
4.46

 
3.00

 
2.69

 
2.19

Return on average tangible common equity (1)
6.45

 
6.71

 
(25.91
)
 
4.86

 
4.18

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment  (1)
6.45

 
6.71

 
4.95

 
4.86

 
4.18

Return on average total assets (4)
0.62

 
0.68

 
(2.83
)
 
0.50

 
0.39

Return on average total assets, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
0.62

 
0.68

 
0.54

 
0.50

 
0.39

Return on average total tangible assets (1)
0.65

 
0.71

 
(3.05
)
 
0.55

 
0.43

Return on average total tangible assets, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
0.65

 
0.71

 
0.58

 
0.55

 
0.43

Efficiency ratio  (1)
67.56

 
68.12

 
163.73

 
70.64

 
67.00

Efficiency ratio, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
67.56

 
68.12

 
69.17

 
70.64

 
67.00

Net interest margin (5)
2.75

 
2.83

 
2.85

 
2.89

 
2.97


39

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


 
As of December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

 
2011

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$138,208

 

$132,857

 

$122,154

 

$127,053

 

$129,654

Loans and leases  (6)
99,042

 
93,410

 
85,859

 
87,248

 
86,795

Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,216

 
1,195

 
1,221

 
1,255

 
1,698

Total securities
24,075

 
24,704

 
21,274

 
19,439

 
23,371

Goodwill
6,876

 
6,876

 
6,876

 
11,311

 
11,311

Total liabilities
118,562

 
113,589

 
102,958

 
102,924

 
106,261

Total deposits (7)
102,539

 
95,707

 
86,903

 
95,148

 
92,888

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
802

 
4,276

 
4,791

 
3,601

 
4,152

Other short-term borrowed funds
2,630

 
6,253

 
2,251

 
501

 
3,100

Long-term borrowed funds
9,886

 
4,642

 
1,405

 
694

 
3,242

Total stockholders’ equity
19,646

 
19,268

 
19,196

 
24,129

 
23,393

OTHER BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Quality Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a % of total loans and leases
1.23
%
 
1.28
%
 
1.42
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.96
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a % of nonperforming loans and leases
115

 
109

 
86

 
67

 
95

Nonperforming loans and leases as a % of total loans and leases
1.07

 
1.18

 
1.65

 
2.14

 
2.06

Capital Ratios: (8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CET1 capital ratio (9)
11.7

 
12.4

 
13.5

 
13.9

 
13.3

Tier 1 capital ratio  (10)
12.0

 
12.4

 
13.5

 
14.2

 
13.9

Total capital ratio (11)
15.3

 
15.8

 
16.1

 
15.8

 
15.1

Tier 1 leverage ratio (12)
10.5

 
10.6

 
11.6

 
12.1

 
11.6


(1) These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in Part II, Item 7, included elsewhere in this report.
(2) Earnings per share information reflects a 165,582-for-1 forward stock split effective on August 22, 2014.
(3) “Return on average common equity” is defined as net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by average common equity.
(4) “Return on average total assets” is defined as net income (loss) divided by average total assets.
(5) “Net interest margin” is defined as net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
(6) Excludes loans held for sale of $365 million, $281 million, $1.3 billion, $646 million, and $564 million as of December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.
(7) Excludes deposits held for sale of $5.3 billion as of December 31, 2013.
(8) Basel III transitional rules for institutions applying the Standardized approach to calculating risk-weighted assets became effective January 1, 2015. The capital ratios and associated components as of December 31, 2015 are prepared using the Basel III Standardized transitional approach. The capital ratios and associated components for periods December 31, 2014 and prior are prepared under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(9) CET1 under Basel III replaced the concept of tier 1 common capital that existed under Basel I effective January 1, 2015. “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of December 31, 2015 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 common capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 common equity divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(10) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(11) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “Total capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(12) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 leverage ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.



40

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

41

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS





42

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Overview
We are one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions, with $138.2 billion of total assets as of December 31, 2015 . Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we deliver a broad range of retail and commercial banking products and services to individuals, institutions and companies. Our approximately 17,700 colleagues strive to meet the financial needs of customers and prospects through approximately 1,200 branches and approximately 3,200 ATMs operated in 11 states in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions and through our online, telephone and mobile banking platforms. We conduct our banking operations through two wholly-owned banking subsidiaries, Citizens Bank, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania.
We operate our business through two operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Consumer Banking accounted for $51.5 billion and $47.7 billion , or approximately 53% of our average loan and lease balances (including loans held for sale) for both the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 . Consumer Banking serves retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million with products and services that include deposit products, mortgage and home equity lending, student loans, auto financing, credit cards, business loans and wealth management and investment services.
Commercial Banking accounted for $41.6 billion and $37.7 billion , or approximately 43% and 42% of our average loan and lease balances (including loans held for sale) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Commercial Banking offers corporate, institutional and not-for-profit clients a full range of wholesale banking products and services including lending and deposits, capital markets, treasury services, foreign exchange and interest hedging, leasing and asset finance, specialty finance and trade finance.
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , we had $2.3 billion and $3.1 billion , respectively, of non-core asset balances, which were included in Other along with our treasury function, securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, goodwill, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to the Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking segments. Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. We have actively managed these assets down since they were designated as non-core on June 30, 2009; this portfolio has decreased by an additional 25% as of December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 . The largest component of our non-core portfolio is our home equity products serviced by others (a portion of which we now service internally).
Recent Events
On December 3, 2015, the Company issued $750 million of 4.300% fixed-rate subordinated notes due 2025, and used the proceeds to repurchase $750 million of subordinated debt held by RBS.
On November 23, 2015, The Company announced that the Company had reached agreement with RBS to address RBS’s then ownership of $2 billion of the subordinated notes. On December 3, 2015, the Company repurchased $750 million of the subordinated notes held by RBS. In addition, the Company secured the ability through July 2016 to purchase $500 million of our subordinated notes held by RBS, subject to regulatory approval and ratings agency considerations. The remaining $750 million of subordinated notes held by RBS includes $333 million of 5.158% Fixed-to-Floating Callable Notes due 2023 and callable in 2018, $250 million of 4.153% Notes due 2024, and $167 million of 4.023% Notes due 2024.
On November 3, 2015, RBS completed the sale of all of its remaining shares of CFG’s common stock. In the registered underwritten public offering, RBS sold 110,461,782 shares, or 20.9% of CFG’s outstanding common stock, to the underwriters at a price of $23.38 per share. In connection with completion of the offering, Mr. Robert Gillespie, who served as RBS’s board representative, resigned from the CFG Board of Directors, effective November 3, 2015. The CFG Board of Directors appointed Christine Cumming, former First Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, to the board effective as of October 1, 2015.
On August 3, 2015, RBS completed the sale of 98,900,000 shares, or 18.4%, of CFG’s outstanding common stock, at a public offering price of $26.00 per share. On the same day, CFG used the net proceeds of its public offering of $250 million aggregate principal amount 4.350% Subordinated Notes due 2025 issued on July 31, 2015, to repurchase 9,615,384 shares of its outstanding common stock directly from RBS at $26.00 per share. Immediately following the completion of this stock repurchase transaction, RBS owned 110,461,782 shares, or 20.9%, of CFG’s outstanding common stock.
On April 6, 2015, we completed a private offering of $250 million, or 250,000 shares, of 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $25.00 per share with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The net proceeds of the Preferred Stock offering were used to repurchase 10,473,397 shares of our common stock from RBS, at a purchase price equal to the volume-weighted average price of our common stock for all traded volume during the five trading days preceding the repurchase agreement date of April 1, 2015.
On March 30, 2015, RBS completed the sale of 155,250,000 shares, or 28%, of our outstanding common stock at a price to the public of $23.75 per share.

43

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS




Key Factors Affecting Our Business
Macro-economic conditions
Our business is affected by national and regional economic conditions, as well as the perception of future conditions and economic prospects. The significant macro-economic factors that impact our business include interest rates, the health of the housing market, the rate of the U.S.’s economic expansion, and unemployment levels.
The U.S. economy continued to expand at a moderate pace, with real GDP rising by 2.4% in 2015, following 2.4% growth in 2014. Growth in household spending has declined and the housing sector has slowed as well with the three month average of existing home sales falling to 5.2 million units from 5.5 million units in the previous quarter. Business fixed investment and net exports remained soft.
The labor market continued to improve, with moderate job gains and declining unemployment. The U.S. unemployment rate dropped to 5.0% at December 31, 2015 from 5.6% at December 31, 2014 . Average monthly nonfarm employment increased by 228,000 in 2015, after increasing a revised 251,000 in 2014.
The FRB maintained very accommodative monetary policy conditions during 2015, notwithstanding the small 25 bps rate increase in December, and continues to target a 0.25% to 0.50% federal funds rate range at the short end of the yield curve. Interest rates remain relatively low. See “—Interest rates” below for further discussion of the impact of interest rates on our results. Observable inflation levels remain below the FRB’s longer-term objective of 2% . Further labor market improvement and the dissipation of the effects of a decline in energy and import prices are expected to bring inflation closer to the FRB’s inflation objective.
Credit trends
Credit trends remained favorable in 2015 with a year-over-year reduction in both net charge-offs and nonperforming loans. Net charge-offs in 2015 of $284 million decreased $39 million from $323 million in 2014 , driven by favorable credit conditions and higher recoveries. Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of total average loans improved to 0.30% in 2015 , compared to 0.36% in 2014 . Asset quality remained strong and within expectations.
Interest rates
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (usually loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the spread between the contractual yield on such assets and the contractual cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as local economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRB and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to “—Risk Governance” and “—Market Risk — Non-Trading Risk.”
The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is largely based on short-term interest rates, which are primarily driven by the FRB’s actions. However, the yields generated by our loans and securities are typically driven by both short-term and long-term interest rates, which are set by the market or, at times, by the FRB’s actions. The level of net interest income is therefore influenced by movements in such interest rates and the pace at which such movements occur. In 2014 and 2015, short-term and long-term interest rates remained at very low levels by historical standards, with many benchmark rates, such as the federal funds rate and one- and three-month LIBOR, near zero. Further declines in the yield curve or a decline in longer-term yields relative to short-term yields (a flatter yield curve) would have an adverse impact on our net interest margin and net interest income.
In 2014 and 2015, the FRB maintained a highly accommodative monetary policy, and indicated that this policy would remain in effect for a considerable time after its asset purchase program ended on October 29, 2014 and the economic recovery strengthens in the United States. More recently, the FRB has started to move down the path of interest rate normalization by raising the federal funds rate by 25 basis points. However, the FRB will likely continue to target a highly accommodative monetary policy for some time to come. As of December 31, 2015 , the FRB had ended its asset purchases of Treasury securities and agency mortgage-backed securities. However, until further notice, the FRB will continue to re-invest run off from its $1.7 trillion mortgage-backed portfolio.

44

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Regulatory trends
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, which continue to evolve as the legal and regulatory framework governing our operations continues to change. The current operating environment also has heightened regulatory expectations around many regulations including consumer compliance, the Bank Secrecy Act, anti-money laundering compliance, and increased internal audit activities. As a result of these heightened expectations, we expect to incur additional costs for additional compliance personnel and/or professional fees associated with advisors and consultants.
Dodd-Frank regulation
As described under “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 — Business included elsewhere in this report, we are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act is complex, and many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to final rulemaking or phased implementation that will take effect over several years. The Dodd-Frank Act will continue to impact our earnings through fee reductions, higher costs and imposition of new restrictions on us. The Dodd-Frank Act may also continue to have a material adverse impact on the value of certain assets and liabilities held on our balance sheet. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will depend on regulatory interpretation and rulemaking as well as the success of any of our actions to mitigate the negative impacts of certain provisions. Key parts of the Dodd-Frank Act that specifically impact our business are the repeal of a previous prohibition against payment of interest on demand deposits, which became effective in July 2011, and the introduction of a capital planning and stress-testing framework developed by the FRBG, known as CCAR and DFAST. The DFAST process projects net income, loan losses and capital ratios during a nine-quarter horizon under hypothetical, stressful macroeconomic and financial market scenarios developed by the FRBG as well as certain mandated assumptions about capital distributions prescribed in the DFAST rule.
In March and July of 2015 we published estimated impacts of stress, as required by applicable regulation processes, which may be accessed on our regulatory filings and disclosures page on http://investor.citizensbank.com. In 2016, we will publish the disclosure requirements in June and October. Consistent with the purpose of these exercises and the assumptions used to assess our performance during hypothetical economic conditions, the projected results under the required stress scenarios show severe negative impacts on earnings. However, these pro forma results should not be interpreted to be management expectations in light of the current economic and operating environment. During March 2015, the Federal Reserve also published results from the latest supervisory stress tests performed for and by large bank holding companies supervised by the Federal Reserve (See FRB website). In 2016, the Federal Reserve is expected to publish results from the 2016 supervisory stress test performed for and by large bank holding companies supervised by the Federal Reserve in June. These tests are conducted and published by the FRB annually in fulfillment of CCAR and DFAST requirements.
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CCAR is an annual exercise by the FRBG to ensure that the largest bank holding companies have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress and robust forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks.
As part of CCAR, the FRBG evaluates institutions’ capital adequacy, internal capital adequacy assessment processes and their plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. The FRBG may either object to our capital plan, in whole or in part, or provide a notice of non-objection. If the FRBG objects to our capital plan, we may not make any capital distribution other than those with respect to which the FRBG has indicated its non-objection.
In March 2015, the FRBG assessed our current capital plan as submitted and documented under the CCAR process and raised no objection to the plan. Unless we choose to file an amended capital plan prior to April 2016, the maximum levels at which we may declare dividends and repurchase shares of our common stock through June 30, 2016 are governed by our 2015 capital plan, subject to actual financial performance and ongoing compliance with internal governance and all other regulatory requirements.
For subsequent cycles, beginning in 2016, BHCs will be required to submit their annual capital plans and stress testing results to the Federal Reserve on or before April 5.
Repeal of the prohibition on depository institutions paying interest on demand deposits
We began offering interest-bearing corporate checking accounts after the 2011 repeal of the prohibition on depository institutions paying interest on demand deposits. Currently, industrywide interest rates for this product are very low and thus far the impact of the repeal has not had a significant effect on our results. However, market rates could increase more significantly in the future. If we need to pay higher interest rates on checking accounts to maintain current clients or attract new clients, our interest expense would increase, perhaps materially. Furthermore, if we fail to offer interest rates at a sufficient level to retain demand deposits, our core deposits may be reduced, which would require us to obtain funding in other ways or limit potential future asset growth.

45

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Basel III final rules applicable to us and our banking subsidiaries
In July 2013, the FRB, OCC, and FDIC issued the U.S. Basel III final rules. The rules implement the Committee on Banking Supervision’s Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment. The U.S. Basel III final rules substantially revised the risked-based capital and leverage requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA. The U.S. Basel III final rules became effective for CFG and its depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA, on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions). In order to comply with the new capital requirements, we established internal capital ratio targets that meet or exceed U.S. regulatory expectations under fully phased-in Basel III rules, and increased our capital requirements in anticipation of the transition that is underway.
HELOC payment shock
Attention has been given by regulators, rating agencies, and the general press regarding the potential for increased exposure to credit losses associated with HELOCs that were originated during the period of rapid home price appreciation between 2003 and 2007. Industrywide, many of the HELOCs originated during this timeframe were structured with an extended interest-only payment period followed by a requirement to convert to a higher payment amount that would begin fully amortizing both principal and interest beginning at a certain date in the future. As of December 31, 2015 , approximately 29% of our $15.1 billion HELOC portfolio, or $4.4 billion in drawn balances were subject to a payment reset or balloon payment between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2018, including $80 million in balloon balances where full payment is due at the end of a ten-year interest only draw period.
To help manage this exposure, in September 2013 we launched a comprehensive program designed to provide heightened customer outreach to inform, educate and assist customers through the reset process as well as to offer alternative financing and forbearance options. Results indicate that our efforts to assist customers at risk of default have successfully reduced delinquency and charge-off rates compared to our original expectations.
As of December 31, 2015 , for the $1.6 billion of our HELOC portfolio that was originally structured with a reset period in 2013 and 2014, 94% of the balances were refinanced, paid off or were current on payments, 3% were past due and 3% had been charged off. As of December 31, 2015 , for the $1.3 billion in balances originally structured with a reset period in 2015, 94% of the balances were refinanced, paid off or were current on payments, 5% were past due and 1% had been charged off. A total of $995 million of these balances are scheduled to reset in 2016. Factors that affect our future expectations for charge-off risk for the portion of our HELOC portfolio subject to reset periods in the future include improved loan-to-value ratios resulting from continued home price appreciation, stable portfolio credit score profiles and more robust loss mitigation efforts.
Factors Affecting Comparability of Our Results
Goodwill
During the 19-year period from 1988 to 2007, we completed a series of more than 25 acquisitions of other financial institutions and financial assets and liabilities. We accounted for these types of business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. Under this accounting method, the acquired company’s net assets are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Under relevant accounting guidance, we are required to review goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of any of our business units might be less than its carrying value. The valuation of goodwill is dependent on forward-looking expectations related to the performance of the U.S. economy and our associated financial performance.
The prolonged delay in the full recovery of the U.S. economy, and the impact of that delay on our earnings expectations, prompted us to record a $4.4 billion pre-tax ($4.1 billion after-tax) goodwill impairment as of June 30, 2013 related to our Consumer Banking reporting unit. For segment reporting purposes, the impairment charge is reflected in Other.
Although the U.S. economy had at the time demonstrated signs of recovery, notably improvements in unemployment and housing, the pace and extent of recovery in these indicators, as well as in overall gross domestic product, lagged behind previous expectations. The impact of the slow recovery was most evident in Consumer Banking. The forecasted lower economic growth for the United States, coupled with increasing costs of complying with the new regulatory framework in the financial industry, resulted in a deceleration of expected growth for Consumer Banking’s future income, which resulted in our recording of a goodwill impairment charge during the second quarter of 2013. We have recorded goodwill impairment charges in the past, most recently in 2013, and any further impairment to our goodwill could materially affect our results in any given period. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had a carrying value of goodwill of $6.9 billion. For additional information regarding our goodwill impairment testing, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 9 “Goodwill” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

46

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Investment in our business
We regularly incur expenses associated with investments in our infrastructure. For example, from 2010 to 2015 we invested $1.6 billion in infrastructure and technology, and plan to invest a total of $245 million in 2016 and about $160 million in 2017. We invested $219 million in our infrastructure in 2015. These investments, which are designed to lower our operating costs and improve our customer experience, include significant programs to enhance our resiliency, upgrade customer-facing technology and streamline operations. Recent significant investments included the 2013 launch of our new teller system, new commercial loan platform and new auto loan platform and the 2013 upgrade of the majority of our ATM network, including equipping more than 1,450 ATMs with advanced deposit-taking functionality as well as additional investment in our Treasury Solutions platform in 2014. In the third quarter of 2015 we enhanced our data resiliency via a new back up data center and began rolling out a new mortgage platform. We expect that these investments will increase our long-term overall efficiency and add to our capacity to increase revenue.
Operating expenses to operate as a fully independent public company
As part of our transition to a fully independent public company, we incurred cumulative one-time expenditures of approximately $52 million through the end of 2015, including capitalized costs of approximately $14 million , as well as ongoing incremental expenses of approximately $34 million per year. These ongoing costs include higher local charges associated with exiting worldwide vendor relationships and incremental expenses to support information technology, compliance, corporate governance, regulatory, financial and risk infrastructure that are necessary to enable us to operate as a fully independent public company.

Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used by Management
As a banking institution, we manage and evaluate various aspects of our results of operations and our financial condition. We evaluate the levels and trends of the line items included in our balance sheet and statement of operations, as well as various financial ratios that are commonly used in our industry. We analyze these ratios and financial trends against our own historical performance, our budgeted performance and the financial condition and performance of comparable banking institutions in our region and nationally.
The primary line items we use in our key performance metrics to manage and evaluate our statement of operations include net interest income, noninterest income, total revenue, provision for credit losses, noninterest expense and net income (loss). The primary line items we use in our key performance metrics to manage and evaluate our balance sheet data include loans and leases, securities, allowance for credit losses, deposits, borrowed funds and derivatives.
Net interest income
Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (usually loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the spread between the contractual yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. Net interest income is impacted by the relative mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, movements in market interest rates, levels of nonperforming assets and pricing pressure from competitors. The mix of interest-earning assets is influenced by loan demand and by management’s continual assessment of the rate of return and relative risk associated with various classes of interest-earning assets.
The mix of interest-bearing liabilities is influenced by management’s assessment of the need for lower cost funding sources weighed against relationships with customers and growth requirements and is impacted by competition for deposits in our market and the availability and pricing of other sources of funds.
Noninterest income
The primary components of our noninterest income are service charges and fees, card fees, trust and investment services fees and mortgage banking fees.
Total revenue
Total revenue is the sum of our net interest income and our noninterest income.
Provision for credit losses
The provision for credit losses is the amount of expense that, based on our judgment, is required to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an amount that reflects probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate under relevant accounting guidance. The provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses as well as the provision for unfunded commitments. The determination of the amount of the allowance for credit losses is complex and involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. For additional information regarding the provision for credit losses, see “—Critical

47

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
Noninterest expense
Noninterest expense includes salaries and employee benefits, outside services, occupancy expense, equipment expense, amortization of software, goodwill impairment, and other operating expenses.
Net income (loss)
We evaluate our net income (loss) based on measures including return on average common equity, return on average total assets and return on average tangible common equity.
Loans and leases
We classify our loans and leases pursuant to the following classes: commercial, commercial real estate, leases, residential mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced by others, home equity lines of credit serviced by others, automobile, student, credit cards and other retail.
Loans are reported at the amount of their outstanding principal, net of charge-offs, unearned income, deferred loan origination fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts (on purchased loans). Deferred loan origination fees and costs and purchase discounts and premiums are amortized as an adjustment of yield over the life of the loan, using the level yield interest method. Unamortized amounts remaining upon prepayment or sale are recorded as interest income or gain (loss) on sale, respectively. Credit card receivables include billed and uncollected interest and fees.
Leases are classified at the inception of the lease by type. Lease receivables, including leveraged leases, are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of unearned and deferred income, including unamortized investment credits. Lease residual values are reviewed at least annually for other-than-temporary impairment, with valuation adjustments recognized currently against noninterest income. Leveraged leases are reported net of non-recourse debt. Unearned income is recognized to yield a level rate of return on the net investment in the leases.
Mortgage loans and commercial loans held for sale are carried at fair value.
Securities
Our securities portfolio is managed to seek return while maintaining prudent levels of quality, market risk and liquidity. Investments in debt and equity securities are carried in four portfolios: AFS, HTM, trading securities and other investment securities. We determine the appropriate classification at the time of purchase. Securities in our AFS portfolio will be held for indefinite periods of time and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk or other factors relevant to our asset and liability strategy. Securities in our AFS portfolio are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in OCI, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of taxes. Securities are classified as HTM because we have the ability and intent to hold the securities to maturity, and securities in our HTM portfolio are carried at amortized cost. Other investment securities are composed mainly of FHLB stock and FRB stock (which are carried at cost), and money market mutual fund investments held by the Company’s broker-dealer (which are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in noninterest income).
Allowance for credit losses
Our estimate of probable losses in the loan and lease portfolios is recorded in the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Together these are referred to as the allowance for credit losses. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses using the following ratios: ALLL as a percentage of total loans and leases; ALLL as a percentage of nonperforming loans and leases; and nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases. For additional information, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” and Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
Deposits
Our deposits include: on demand checking, checking with interest, regular savings accounts, money market accounts and term deposits.

48

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Borrowed funds
As of December 31, 2015 , our total short-term borrowed funds included federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreement to repurchase, the current portion of FHLB advances and other short-term borrowed funds. As of December 31, 2015 , our long-term borrowed funds included subordinated debt, unsecured notes, Federal Home loan advances and other long-term borrowed funds. For additional information, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Borrowed Funds,” and Note 12 “Borrowed Funds” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
Derivatives
We use pay-fixed swaps to lengthen liabilities synthetically and offset duration in fixed-rate assets. We also use pay-fixed swaps to hedge floating-rate wholesale funding.
We use receive-fixed interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate exposure on our medium term borrowings. We also use receive-fixed swaps to minimize the exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on our floating rate assets. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives designated as hedges reflect the market value of these hedge instruments.
We sell interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forwards to commercial customers. Offsetting swap and forward agreements are simultaneously transacted to minimize our market risk associated with the customer derivative contracts. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives not designated as hedges reflect the market value of these transactions. For additional information, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Derivatives,” and Note 16 “Derivatives” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
Key performance metrics and non-GAAP financial measures
We consider various measures when evaluating our performance and making day-to-day operating decisions, as well as evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:
Return on average common equity, which we define as net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by average common equity;
Return on average tangible common equity, which we define as net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by average common equity excluding average goodwill (net of related deferred tax liability) and average other intangibles;
Return on average total assets, which we define as net income (loss) divided by average total assets;
Return on average total tangible assets, which we define as net income (loss) divided by average total assets excluding average goodwill (net of related deferred tax liability) and average other intangibles;
Efficiency ratio, which we define as the ratio of our total noninterest expense to the sum of net interest income and total noninterest income. We measure our efficiency ratio to evaluate the efficiency of our operations as it helps us monitor how costs are changing compared to our income. A decrease in our efficiency ratio represents improvement; and
Net interest margin, which we calculate by dividing annualized net interest income for the period by average total interest-earning assets, is a key measure that we use to evaluate our net interest income.
 
Certain of the above financial measures, including return on average tangible common equity, return on average total tangible assets and the efficiency ratio are not recognized under GAAP. In addition, we present net income (loss), net income (loss) available to common stockholders, and return on average tangible common equity,and efficiency ratio net of goodwill impairment restructuring charges and special items. We believe these non-GAAP measures provide useful information to investors because these are among the measures used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions. In addition, we believe restructuring charges and special items in any period do not reflect the operational performance of the business in that period and, accordingly, it is useful to consider these line items with and without restructuring charges and special items. We believe this presentation also increases comparability of period-to-period results.
We consider pro forma capital ratios defined by banking regulators but not effective at each period end to be non-GAAP financial measures. As analysts and banking regulators may evaluate our capital adequacy using these pro forma ratios, we believe they are useful to provide investors the ability to evaluate our capital adequacy on the same basis.
Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-GAAP measures, but instead to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.

49

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The following table reconciles non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP:
 
 
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions, except per-share amounts)
Ref.
 
       2015
 
       2014
 
       2013
 
       2012
 
       2011
Noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense (GAAP)
A
 

$3,259

 

$3,392

 

$7,679

 

$3,457

 

$3,371

Less: Goodwill impairment (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
4,435

 

 

Noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
B
 

$3,259

 

$3,392

 

$3,244

 

$3,457

 

$3,371

Net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) (GAAP)
C
 

$840

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
 

$643

 

$506

Add: Goodwill impairment, net of income tax benefit (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
4,080

 

 

Net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
D
 

$840

 

$865

 

$654

 

$643

 

$506

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders (GAAP)
E
 

$833

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
 

$643

 

$506

Add: Goodwill impairment, net of income tax benefit (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
4,080

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
F
 

$833

 

$865

 

$654

 

$643

 

$506

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average common equity, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average common equity (GAAP)
G
 

$19,354

 

$19,399

 

$21,834

 

$23,938

 

$23,137

Return on average common equity, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
F/G
 
4.30
%
 
4.46
%
 
3.00
 %
 
2.69
%
 
2.19
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average common equity (GAAP)

 

$19,354

 

$19,399

 

$21,834

 

$23,938

 

$23,137

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
6,876

 
6,876

 
9,063

 
11,311

 
11,311

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
4

 
7

 
9

 
12

 
15

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
445

 
377

 
459

 
617

 
295

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
H
 

$12,919

 

$12,893

 

$13,221

 

$13,232

 

$12,106

Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
E/H
 
6.45
%
 
6.71
%
 
(25.91
)%
 
4.86
%
 
4.18
%
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
F/H
 
6.45
%
 
6.71
%
 
4.95
 %
 
4.86
%
 
4.18
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average total assets, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total assets (GAAP)
I
 

$135,070

 

$127,624

 

$120,866

 

$127,666

 

$128,344

Return on average total assets, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
D/I
 
0.62
%
 
0.68
%
 
0.54
 %
 
0.50
%
 
0.39
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average total tangible assets, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total assets (GAAP)
I
 

$135,070

 

$127,624

 

$120,866

 

$127,666

 

$128,344

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
6,876

 
6,876

 
9,063

 
11,311

 
11,311

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
4

 
7

 
9

 
12

 
15

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
445

 
377

 
459

 
617

 
295

Average tangible assets (non-GAAP)
J
 

$128,635

 

$121,118

 

$112,253

 

$116,960

 

$117,313

Return on average total tangible assets (non-GAAP)
C/J
 
0.65
%
 
0.71
%
 
(3.05
)%
 
0.55
%
 
0.43
%
Return on average total tangible assets, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
D/J
 
0.65
%
 
0.71
%
 
0.58
 %
 
0.55
%
 
0.43
%

50

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



 
 
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions, except per-share amounts)
Ref.
 
       2015
 
       2014
 
       2013
 
       2012
 
       2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense (GAAP)
A
 

$3,259

 

$3,392

 

$7,679

 

$3,457

 

$3,371

Net interest income (GAAP)
 
 

$3,402

 

$3,301

 

$3,058

 

$3,227

 

$3,320

Noninterest income (GAAP)
 
 
1,422

 
1,678

 
1,632

 
1,667

 
1,711

Total revenue (GAAP)
K
 

$4,824

 

$4,979

 

$4,690

 

$4,894

 

$5,031

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)
A/K
 
67.56
%
 
68.12
%
 
163.73
 %
 
70.64
%
 
67.00
%
Efficiency ratio, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
B/K
 
67.56
%
 
68.12
%
 
69.17
 %
 
70.64
%
 
67.00
%
Net income (loss) per average common share-basic and diluted, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average common shares outstanding - basic (GAAP)
L
 
535,599,731

 
556,674,146

 
559,998,324

 
559,998,324

 
559,998,324

Average common shares outstanding - diluted (GAAP)
M
 
538,220,898

 
557,724,936

 
559,998,324

 
559,998,324

 
559,998,324

Net income (loss) (GAAP)
E
 

$833

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
 

$643

 

$506

Add: Goodwill impairment, net of income tax benefit (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
4,080

 

 

Net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
F
 

$833

 

$865

 

$654

 

$643

 

$506

Net income (loss) per average common share-basic, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
F/L
 
1.55

 
1.55

 
1.17

 
1.15

 
0.90

Net income (loss) per average common share-diluted, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
F/M
 
1.55

 
1.55

 
1.17

 
1.15

 
0.90


51

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
Ref.
 
       2015
 
       2014
 
       2013
Total revenue, excluding special items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue (GAAP)
K
 

$4,824

 

$4,979

 

$4,690

Less: Special items - Gain on Chicago Divestiture
 
 

 
288

 

 Total revenue, excluding special items (non-GAAP)
N
 

$4,824

 

$4,691

 

$4,690

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense (GAAP)
A
 

$3,259

 

$3,392

 

$7,679

Less: Goodwill impairment (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
4,435

Less: Restructuring charges (GAAP)
 
 
26

 
114

 
26

Less: Special items (1)
 
 
24

 
55

 

 Noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)
O
 

$3,209

 

$3,223

 

$3,218

Efficiency ratio, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)
O/N
 
66.52
%
 
68.70
%
 
68.61
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) (GAAP)
C
 

$840

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
Add: Goodwill impairment (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
4,080

Add: Restructuring charges (GAAP)
 
 
16

 
72

 
17

Special items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less: Net gain on the Chicago Divestiture (GAAP)
 
 

 
180

 

Add: Regulatory charges (GAAP)
 
 
1

 
22

 

Add: Separation expenses / IPO related (GAAP)
 
 
14

 
11

 

 Net income, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)

 

$871

 

$790

 

$671

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders (GAAP)
E
 

$833

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
Add: Goodwill impairment (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
4,080

Add: Restructuring charges (GAAP)
 
 
16

 
72

 
17

Special items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less: Net gain on the Chicago Divestiture (GAAP)
 
 

 
180

 

Add: Regulatory charges (GAAP)
 
 
1

 
22

 

Add: Separation expenses / IPO related (GAAP)
 
 
14

 
11

 

 Net income available to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)
P
 

$864

 

$790

 

$671

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average common equity (GAAP)
G
 

$19,354

 

$19,399

 

$21,834

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
6,876

 
6,876

 
9,063

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
4

 
7

 
9

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
445

 
377

 
459

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
H
 

$12,919

 

$12,893

 

$13,221

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
E/H
 
6.45
%
 
6.71
%
 
(25.91
%)
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)
P/H
 
6.69
%
 
6.13
%
 
5.08
 %
(1) Special items include the following: regulatory charges, separation items and IPO related expenses.




52

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



 
 
 
As of and for the Year Ended December31,
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(dollars in millions)
Ref.
 
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Other
Consolidated
 
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Other
Consolidated
 
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Other
Consolidated
Net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) (GAAP)
Q
 

$262


$579


($1
)

$840

 

$182


$561


$122


$865

 

$242


$514


($4,182
)

($3,426
)
Add: Goodwill impairment, net of income tax benefit (GAAP)
 
 




 




 


4,080

4,080

Net income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
R
 

$262


$579


($1
)

$840

 

$182


$561


$122


$865

 

$242


$514


($102
)

$654

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) (GAAP)
Q
 

$262


$579


($1
)

$840

 

$182


$561


$122


$865

 

$242


$514


($4,182
)

($3,426
)
Less: Preferred stock dividends
 
 


7

7

 




 




Net income (loss) available to common stockholders (GAAP)
S
 

$262


$579


($8
)

$833

 

$182


$561


$122


$865

 

$242


$514


($4,182
)

($3,426
)
Add: Goodwill impairment, net of income tax benefit (GAAP)
 
 




 




 


4,080

4,080

Net income available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
T
 

$262


$579


($8
)

$833

 

$182


$561


$122


$865

 

$242


$514


($102
)

$654

Efficiency ratio:
 

 
 
 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue (GAAP)
U
 

$3,108


$1,577


$139


$4,824

 

$3,050


$1,502


$427


$4,979

 

$3,201


$1,420


$69


$4,690

Noninterest expense (GAAP)
V
 

$2,456


$709


$94


$3,259

 

$2,513


$652


$227


$3,392

 

$2,522


$635


$4,522


$7,679

Less: Goodwill impairment (GAAP)
 
 

$—


$—


$—


$—

 
$


$—


$—


$—

 

$—


$—


$4,435


$4,435

Noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment (non- GAAP)
W
 

$2,456


$709


$94


$3,259

 

$2,513


$652


$227


$3,392

 

$2,522


$635


$87


$3,244

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)
V/U
 
79.02
%
44.94
%
NM

67.56
%
 
82.39
%
43.30
%
NM

68.12
%
 
78.76
%
44.66
%
NM

163.73
 %
Efficiency ratio, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
W/U
 
79.02
%
44.94
%
NM

67.56
%
 
82.39
%
43.30
%
NM

68.12
%
 
78.76
%
44.66
%
NM

69.17
 %
Return on average total tangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total assets (GAAP)
 
 

$52,848


$42,800


$39,422


$135,070

 

$48,939


$38,483


$40,202


$127,624

 

$46,465


$35,229


$39,172


$120,866

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 


6,876

6,876

 


6,876

6,876

 


9,063

9,063

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 


4

4

 


7

7

 


9

9

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 


445

445

 


377

377

 


459

459

Average total tangible assets (non-GAAP)
X
 

$52,848


$42,800


$32,987


$128,635

 

$48,939


$38,483


$33,696


$121,118

 

$46,465


$35,229


$30,559


$112,253

Return on average total tangible assets (non-GAAP)
Q/X
 
0.50
%
1.35
%
NM

0.65
%
 
0.37
%
1.46
%
NM

0.71
%
 
0.52
%
1.46
%
NM

(3.05
)%
Return on average total tangible assets, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP)
R/X
 
0.50
%
1.35
%
NM

0.65
%
 
0.37
%
1.46
%
NM

0.71
%
 
0.52
%
1.46
%
NM

0.58
 %
Return on average tangible common equity:
 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
Average common equity (GAAP) (2)
 
 

$4,739


$4,666


$9,949


$19,354

 

$4,665


$4,174


$10,560


$19,399

 

$4,395


$3,897


$13,542


$21,834

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 


6,876

6,876

 


6,876

6,876

 


9,063

9,063

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 


4

4

 


7

7

 


9

9

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 


445

445

 


377

377

 


459

459

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(2)
Y
 

$4,739


$4,666


$3,514


$12,919

 

$4,665


$4,174


$4,054


$12,893

 

$4,395


$3,897


$4,929


$13,221

Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (2)
S/Y
 
5.53
%
12.41
%
NM

6.45
%
 
3.90
%
13.43
%
NM

6.71
%
 
5.48
%
13.20
%
NM

(25.91
)%
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment (non-GAAP) (2)
T/Y
 
5.53
%
12.41
%
NM

6.45
%
 
3.90
%
13.43
%
NM

6.71
%
 
5.48
%
13.20
%
NM

4.95
 %
(2)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for common equity tier 1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.

53

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2014

Highlights
For the year ended December 31, 2015:
Net income of $840 million decreased $25 million , compared to $865 million in 2014;
Net income included $31 million in after-tax restructuring charges and special noninterest expense items, compared with a net $180 million after-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture and $105 million after-tax in restructuring charges and special noninterest expense items in 2014. Excluding the restructuring charges and special items, net income increased $81 million , or 10% , to $871 million, (1) from $790 million (1) in 2014;
Net income available to common stockholders of $833 million decreased $32 million, compared to $865 million in 2014. Excluding the impact of the Chicago Divestiture gain, restructuring charges and special items net income available to common stockholders of $864 million (1) increased $74 million, or 9%, from 2014.
Net interest income of $3.4 billion increased $101 million , or 3% , from $3.3 billion in 2014, as the benefit of earning asset growth and a reduction in pay-fixed swap costs was partially offset by continued pressure from the relatively persistent low-rate environment on loan yields and mix, the effect of the Chicago Divestiture, higher borrowing costs related to debt issuances, and higher deposit costs;
Net interest margin of 2.75% decreased 8 basis points, compared to 2.83% in 2014, given the impact of the continued low-rate environment on loan yields and mix, higher borrowing costs related to the issuance of subordinated debt and senior notes, higher deposit costs and the impact of the Chicago Divestiture;
Noninterest income of $1.4 billion decreased $256 million , or 15% , compared to $1.7 billion in 2014, which included a $288 million pre-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture. Excluding the Chicago Divestiture gain, noninterest income increased $32 million, or 2%, as higher mortgage banking fees, bank-owned life insurance income, other income, and service charges and fees were partially offset by lower foreign exchange and trade finance fees, capital markets fees, trust and investment services fees and card fees;
Noninterest expense of $3.3 billion was down $133 million , or 4% , compared to $3.4 billion in 2014 driven by a $119 million decrease in restructuring charges and special items, and the impact of the Chicago Divestiture as investments to drive future growth were offset by the benefit of efficiency initiatives;
Provision for credit losses totaled $302 million , down $17 million , or 5% , from $319 million in 2014, reflecting continued improvement in credit quality. Results in 2015 included a net provision build of $18 million compared with a net $4 million release in 2014;
Return on average tangible common equity ratio of 6.45% (1) compared to 6.71% (1) for 2014. Excluding the impact of restructuring charges and special items mentioned above, our return on average tangible common equity improved to 6.69% (1) from 6.13% (1) in 2014;
Average loans and leases of $96.2 billion increased $7.1 billion , or 8% , from $ 89.0 billion in 2014, driven by commercial loan growth and growth in auto, residential mortgage, and student loans, partially offset by a decrease in home equity balances and a reduction in the non-core loan portfolio;
Average interest-bearing deposits of $72.5 billion increased $8.1 billion , or 13% , from $ 64.4 billion (excluding deposits held for sale) in 2014, driven by growth in all deposit products;
Net charge-offs of $284 million decreased $39 million , or 12% , from $323 million in 2014 reflecting continued improvement in credit quality. The ALLL of $1.2 billion increased $21 million compared to year end 2014. ALLL to total loans and leases was 1.23% as of December 31, 2015 , compared with 1.28% as of December 31, 2014. ALLL to non-performing loans and leases ratio was 115% as of December 31, 2015 , compared with 109% as of December 31, 2014; and
Net income per average common share, basic and diluted, was $1.55 for 2015, which was unchanged from 2014 due to the impact on 2015 earnings per share of a $7 million preferred stock dividend.
(1) These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

54

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net Income
Net income totaled $840 million in 2015, down $25 million , or 3% , from $865 million in 2014, driven by a $106 million after-tax decrease in restructuring charges and special items. 2015 results included $31 million of after-tax restructuring charges. 2014 results included the benefit of a $180 million after-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture and $105 million of after-tax restructuring charges related to our separation from RBS and enhanced efficiencies across the organization. Excluding the restructuring charges and special items, net income increased $81 million , or 10% , from 2014, driven by a pre-tax $133 million increase in revenue and a pre-tax $14 million decrease in noninterest expense.
The following table details the significant components of our net income for the periods indicated:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
  Change
 
Percent
Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$3,402

 

$3,301

 

$101

 
3%
Noninterest income
1,422

 
1,678

 
(256
)
 
(15)
Total revenue
4,824

 
4,979

 
(155
)
 
(3)
Total revenue, excluding special items (1)
4,824

 
4,691

 
133

 
3
Provision for credit losses
302

 
319

 
(17
)
 
(5)
Noninterest expense
3,259

 
3,392

 
(133
)
 
(4)
Noninterest expense, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
3,209

 
3,223

 
(14
)
 
Income before income tax expense
1,263

 
1,268

 
(5
)
 
Income tax expense
423

 
403

 
20

 
5
Net income
840

 
865

 
(25
)
 
(3)
Net income, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
871

 
790

 
81

 
10
Net income available to common stockholders
833

 
865

 
(32
)
 
(4)
Net income available to common stockholders, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
864

 
790

 
74

 
9
Return on average tangible common equity  (1)
6.45
%
 
6.71
%
 
(26
) bps
 
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
6.69
%
 
6.13
%
 
56
 bps
 
(1)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of this non-GAAP financial measure, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



55

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net Interest Income
The following table shows the major components of net interest income and net interest margin:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
Change
(dollars in millions)
Average
Balances
Income/
Expense
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
Income/
Expense
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
Yields/
Rates
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks

$1,746


$5

0.29
%
 

$2,113


$5

0.22
%
 

($367
)
7 bps
Taxable investment securities
24,649

621

2.52

 
24,319

619

2.55

 
330

(3)
Non-taxable investment securities
9


2.60

 
11


2.60

 
(2
)
Total investment securities
24,658

621

2.52

 
24,330

619

2.55

 
328

(3)
Commercial
32,673

951

2.87

 
29,993

900

2.96

 
2,680

(9)
Commercial real estate
8,231

211

2.53

 
7,158

183

2.52

 
1,073

1
Leases
3,902

97

2.50

 
3,776

103

2.73

 
126

(23)
Total commercial
44,806

1,259

2.78

 
40,927

1,186

2.86

 
3,879

(8)
Residential mortgages
12,338

465

3.77

 
10,729

425

3.96

 
1,609

(19)
Home equity loans
3,025

163

5.38

 
3,877

205

5.29

 
(852
)
9
Home equity lines of credit
14,958

441

2.95

 
15,552

450

2.89

 
(594
)
6
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,117

77

6.94

 
1,352

91

6.75

 
(235
)
19
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
453

11

2.44

 
609

16

2.68

 
(156
)
(24)
Automobile
13,516

372

2.75

 
11,011

282

2.57

 
2,505

18
Student
3,313

167

5.03

 
2,148

102

4.74

 
1,165

29
Credit cards
1,621

178

10.97

 
1,651

167

10.14

 
(30
)
83
Other retail
1,003

78

7.75

 
1,186

88

7.43

 
(183
)
32
Total retail
51,344

1,952

3.80

 
48,115

1,826

3.80

 
3,229

Total loans and leases
96,150

3,211

3.32

 
89,042

3,012

3.37

 
7,108

(5)
Loans held for sale, at fair value
301

10

3.47

 
163

5

3.10

 
138

37
Other loans held for sale
95

7

7.22

 
539

23

4.17

 
(444
)
305
Interest-earning assets
122,950

3,854

3.12

 
116,187

3,664

3.14

 
6,763

(2)
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1,196
)
 
 
 
(1,230
)
 
 
 
34

 
Goodwill
6,876

 
 
 
6,876

 
 
 

 
Other noninterest-earning assets
6,440

 
 
 
5,791

 
 
 
649

 
Total noninterest-earning assets
12,120

 
 
 
11,437

 
 
 
683

 
Total assets

$135,070

 
 
 

$127,624

 
 
 

$7,446

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking with interest

$16,666


$19

0.11
%
 

$14,507


$12

0.08
%
 

$2,159

3 bps
Money market and savings
43,458

117

0.27

 
39,579

77

0.19

 
3,879

8
Term deposits
12,424

101

0.82

 
10,317

67

0.65

 
2,107

17
Total interest-bearing deposits
72,548

237

0.33

 
64,403

156

0.24

 
8,145

9
Interest-bearing deposits held for sale



 
1,960

4

0.22

 
(1,960
)
(22)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
3,364

16

0.46

 
5,699

32

0.55

 
(2,335
)
(9)
Other short-term borrowed funds
5,865

67

1.13

 
5,640

89

1.56

 
225

(43)
Long-term borrowed funds
4,479

132

2.95

 
1,907

82

4.25

 
2,572

(130)
Total borrowed funds
13,708

215

1.56

 
13,246

203

1.51

 
462

5
Total interest-bearing liabilities
86,256

452

0.52

 
79,609

363

0.45

 
6,647

7
Demand deposits
26,606

 
 
 
25,739

 
 
 
867

 
Demand deposits held for sale

 
 
 
462

 
 
 
(462
)
 
Other liabilities
2,671

 
 
 
2,415

 
 
 
256

 
Total liabilities
115,533

 
 
 
108,225

 
 
 
7,308

 
Stockholders’ equity
19,537

 
 
 
19,399

 
 
 
138

 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$135,070

 
 
 

$127,624

 
 
 

$7,446

 
Interest rate spread
 
 
2.60

 
 
 
2.69

 
 
(9)
Net interest income
 

$3,402

 
 
 

$3,301

 
 


 
Net interest margin
 
 
2.75
%
 
 
 
2.83
%
 
 
(8)bps
Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and demand)

$99,154


$237

0.24
%
 

$92,564


$160

0.17
%
 

$6,590

7 bps
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2) Balances are net of certain short-term receivables associated with reverse repurchase agreements. Interest expense includes the full cost of the repurchase agreements and certain hedging costs. The rate on federal funds purchased is elevated due to the impact from pay-fixed interest rate swaps that are scheduled to run off by the end of 2016 . See “—Analysis of Financial Condition — December 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014 — Derivatives” for further information.

56

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net interest income of $ 3.4 billion in 2015 increased $101 million , or 3% , compared to $3.3 billion in 2014, as the benefit of earning asset growth and a reduction in pay-fixed swap costs was partially offset by continued pressure from the relatively persistent low-rate environment on loan yields and mix, higher borrowing costs related to debt issuances, and higher deposit costs.
Average interest-earning assets increased $ 6.8 billion , or 6% , from 2014 due to a $ 3.9 billion increase in average commercial loans and leases, and a $ 3.2 billion increase in average retail loans as growth in auto, mortgage, and student loan balances, were partially offset by lower home equity outstandings, and a reduction in the non-core loan portfolio.
2015 net interest margin of 2.75% declined eight basis points compared to 2.83% in 2014 as the benefit of lower pay-fixed swap costs was more than offset by increased deposit costs, higher senior and subordinated debt borrowing costs and a modest decrease in loan yields. 2015 average interest-earning asset yields of 3.12% declined two basis points from 3.14% in 2014, reflecting the decline in the commercial loan and lease portfolio yields given the continued impact of the relatively persistent low-rate environment. Investment portfolio income of $ 621 million in 2015 remained relatively stable compared to $619 million in 2014.
    Total interest-bearing deposit costs of $ 237 million in 2015 increased $81 million , or 52% , from $156 million in 2014 and reflected a nine basis point increase in the rate paid on deposits to 0.33% from 0.24% . The increase in deposit costs reflected a shift in mix to longer duration deposits, largely term and money market products. The cost of term deposits increased to 0.82% in 2015 from 0.65% in 2014 , and money market accounts and savings accounts increased to 0.27% in 2015 from 0.19% in 2014 .
Total borrowed funds costs of $215 million in 2015 increased modestly from 2014 . Within the federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowed funds, pay-fixed swap expense declined to $58 million for 2015 compared to $99 million in 2014 . Including the impact of hedging costs, total borrowed funds rates increased to 1.56% from 1.51% in 2014 . The increase in long-term borrowing expense of $50 million was driven by an increase in senior and subordinated debt as we continued to realign our liability and capital structure to better align with peers.
Noninterest Income
The following table details the significant components of our noninterest income:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Service charges and fees

$575

 

$574

 

$1

 
%
Card fees
232

 
233

 
(1
)
 

Trust and investment services fees
157

 
158

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Mortgage banking fees
101

 
71

 
30

 
42

Capital markets fees
88

 
91

 
(3
)
 
(3
)
Foreign exchange and trade finance fees
90

 
95

 
(5
)
 
(5
)
Bank-owned life insurance income
56

 
49

 
7

 
14

Securities gains, net
29

 
28

 
1

 
4

Other income (1)
94

 
379

 
(285
)
 
(75
)
Noninterest income

$1,422

 

$1,678

 

($256
)
 
(15
%)
(1) Includes net securities impairment losses on securities available for sale recognized in earnings and other income. Additionally, noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 reflects a $288 million pre-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture.
Noninterest income of $1.4 billion in 2015 decreased $256 million , or 15% , compared to $1.7 billion in 2014, which included a $288 million pre-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture. Excluding the gain, noninterest income increased $32 million. Service charges and fees, card fees and trust and investment services fees remained relatively stable. Mortgage banking fees increased $30 million reflecting the benefit of improved portfolio sales gains and higher origination volumes. Capital markets fees decreased $3 million , reflecting lower overall market conditions. Securities gains remained relatively stable. Other income, excluding the impact of the $288 million pre-tax Chicago gain recorded in the second quarter of 2014, increased $3 million .
Provision for Credit Losses
Provision for credit losses of $302 million in 2015 declined $17 million from $319 million in 2014, reflecting continued improvement in credit quality. Net charge-offs for 2015 totaled $284 million , or 0.30% of average loans, compared to $323 million , or 0.36% , in 2014. The provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses as well as the provision for unfunded commitments.
The provision for loan and lease losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate an appropriate and adequate ALLL. The total provision for credit losses included the provision for loan and lease losses as well as the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonperforming Assets” for more information.

57

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS




Noninterest Expense
The following table displays the significant components of our noninterest expense for the periods indicated:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Salaries and employee benefits

$1,636

 

$1,678

 

($42
)
 
(3
%)
Outside services
371

 
420

 
(49
)
 
(12
)
Occupancy
319

 
326

 
(7
)
 
(2
)
Equipment expense
257

 
250

 
7

 
3

Amortization of software
146

 
145

 
1

 
1

Other operating expense
530

 
573

 
(43
)
 
(8
)
Noninterest expense

$3,259

 

$3,392

 

($133
)
 
(4
%)
        
Noninterest expense of $3.3 billion in 2015 declined $133 million or 4% , compared to $3.4 billion 2014, driven by a $119 million decrease in restructuring charges and special items. Excluding the impact of the restructuring charges and special items, noninterest expense decreased $14 million, driven by lower occupancy expense, salaries and employee benefits and other operating expense, partially offset by higher equipment, amortization of software, and outside services. Results reflected the impact of the Chicago Divestiture and investments to drive future growth, offset by the benefit of efficiency initiatives.

Provision for Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes of $423 million decreased from $403 million in 2014 , respectively and reflected an effective tax rate of 33.5% , which increased from 31.8% in 2014 . The increase in the effective income tax rate related to the tax-rate impact of combined reporting legislation, non-deductible permanent expense items, and the adoption of ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The application of this guidance resulted in the reclassification of the amortization of these investments to income tax expense from noninterest income. Furthermore, these increases were partially offset by the tax rate impact of the gain on the Chicago Divestiture in the second quarter of 2014 .
At December 31, 2015 , we reported a net deferred tax liability of $730 million , compared to a $493 million liability at December 31, 2014 . The increase in the net deferred tax liability was primarily attributable to the increase in the deferred tax liability related to temporary differences of $261 million. For further discussion, see Note 15 “Income Taxes” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.


58

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Business Segments
We operate our business through two operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Segment results are derived from our business-line profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing managed assets, liabilities, capital and their related revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses. Residual assets, liabilities, capital and their related revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses are attributed to Other.
Other includes our treasury function, securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, goodwill and goodwill impairment, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking. Other also includes our non-core assets. Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. The non-core portfolio totaled $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2015 , down 25% from December 31, 2014 . The largest component of our non-core portfolio is our home equity products currently or formerly serviced by others portfolio.
The following tables present certain financial data of our business segments:
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
(dollars in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

(1)  
Consolidated
Net interest income

$2,198

 

$1,162

 

$42

 

$3,402

Noninterest income
910

 
415

 
97

 
1,422

Total revenue
3,108

 
1,577

 
139

 
4,824

Noninterest expense
2,456

 
709

 
94

 
3,259

Profit before provision for credit losses
652

 
868

 
45

 
1,565

Provision for credit losses
252

 
(13
)
 
63

 
302

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
400

 
881

 
(18
)
 
1,263

Income tax expense (benefit)
138

 
302

 
(17
)
 
423

Net income (loss)

$262

 

$579

 

($1
)
 

$840

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (year-end)

$53,344

 

$42,987

 

$3,076

 

$99,407

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$52,848

 

$42,800

 

$39,422

 

$135,070

Loans and leases and loans held for sale
51,484

 
41,593

 
3,469

 
96,546

Deposits
69,748

 
23,473

 
5,933

 
99,154

Interest-earning assets
51,525

 
41,689

 
29,736

 
122,950

Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
4.27
%
 
2.79
%
 
NM

 
2.75
%
Efficiency ratio (2)
79.02

 
44.94

 
NM

 
67.56

Average loans to average deposits ratio (3)
73.81

 
177.19

 
NM

 
97.37

Return on average total tangible assets (2)
0.50

 
1.35

 
NM

 
0.65

Return on average tangible common equity (2) (4)
5.53

 
12.41

 
NM

 
6.45

(1) Includes the financial impact of non-core, liquidating loan portfolios and other non-core assets, our treasury activities, wholesale funding activities, securities portfolio, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to our Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking segments. For a description of non-core assets, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — December 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014 — Loans and Leases-Non-Core Assets.”
(2)   These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(3) Ratios include loans and leases held for sale.
(4)   Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Our capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally, however, capital is allocated to the operating segments to support evaluation of business performance. Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for common equity tier 1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital. Interest income and expense is determined based on the assets and liabilities managed by the business segment. Because funding and asset liability management is a central function, funds transfer-pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used, or credit for the funds provided, to all business segment assets, liabilities and capital, respectively, using a matched-funding concept. The residual effect on net interest income of asset/liability management, including the residual net interest income related to the funds transfer pricing process, is included in Other.

59

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Provision for credit losses is allocated to each business segment based on actual net charge-offs that have been recognized by the business segment. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.
Noninterest income and expense directly managed by each business segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct revenues and costs are accounted for within each segment’s financial results in a manner similar to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by the business segment. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business segments that directly support another business segment’s operations are charged to the applicable business segment based on its utilization of those services.
Income taxes are assessed to each business segment at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.
Developing and applying methodologies used to allocate items among the business segments is a dynamic process. Accordingly, financial results may be revised periodically as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines change, or our organizational structure changes.
Consumer Banking
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change
 
Percent

Net interest income

$2,198

 

$2,151

 

$47

 
2
%
Noninterest income
910

 
899

 
11

 
1

Total revenue
3,108

 
3,050

 
58

 
2

Noninterest expense
2,456

 
2,513

 
(57
)
 
(2
)
Profit before provision for credit losses
652

 
537

 
115

 
21

Provision for credit losses
252

 
259

 
(7
)
 
(3
)
Income before income tax expense
400

 
278

 
122

 
44

Income tax expense
138

 
96

 
42

 
44

Net income

$262

 

$182

 

$80

 
44

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (year-end)

$53,344

 

$49,919

 

$3,425

 
7

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$52,848

 

$48,939

 

$3,909

 
8

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
51,484

 
47,745

 
3,739

 
8

Deposits and deposits held for sale (2)
69,748

 
68,214

 
1,534

 
2

Interest-earning assets
51,525

 
47,777

 
3,748

 
8
%
Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
4.27
%
 
4.50
%
 
(23) bps

 

Efficiency ratio (3)
79.02

 
82.39

 
(337) bps

 

Average loans to average deposits ratio (4)
73.81

 
69.99

 
382 bps

 

Return on average total tangible assets  (3)
0.50

 
0.37

 
13 bps

 

Return on average tangible common equity   (3) (5)
5.53

 
3.90

 
163 bps

 


(1)   Average loans held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2014 include loans relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(2) Average deposits held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2014 include deposits relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(3)   These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(4) Ratios include both loans and leases held for sale and deposits held for sale.
(5)   Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Consumer Banking net income of $262 million in 2015 increased $80 million , or 44% , from 2014, reflecting higher revenue and lower expense.
Consumer Banking total revenue of $3.1 billion in 2015 increased $ 58 million from 2014 despite the impact of the Chicago Divestiture, driven by loan and deposit growth as well as growth in overall fee revenue tied to mortgage banking and service charges, net.
Net interest income of $2.2 billion increased 2% from 2014, driven by the benefit of loan growth, with particular strength in auto, residential mortgage and student loans of $910 million partially offset by the effect of the relatively persistent low-rate

60

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



environment as well as the impact of the Chicago Divestiture. Noninterest income increased 1% driven by strength in mortgage banking and higher service charges, partially offset by the Chicago Divestiture.
Noninterest expense of $2.5 billion in 2015 decreased $57 million , or 2% , from $2.5 billion in 2014, reflecting a combination of Chicago Divestiture and cost saving actions and offset by the continued investment in the business to drive future growth.
Provision for credit losses of $252 million in 2015 decreased $7 million , or 3% , from $259 million in 2014, reflecting continued improvement in credit quality, partially offset by the continued growth in loan balances.
Commercial Banking
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change
 
Percent

Net interest income

$1,162

 

$1,073

 

$89

 
8
%
Noninterest income
415

 
429

 
(14
)
 
(3
)
Total revenue
1,577

 
1,502

 
75

 
5

Noninterest expense
709

 
652

 
57

 
9

Profit before provision for credit losses
868

 
850

 
18

 
2

Provision for credit losses
(13
)
 
(6
)
 
(7
)
 
(117
)
Income before income tax expense
881

 
856

 
25

 
3

Income tax expense
302

 
295

 
7

 
2

Net income

$579

 

$561

 

$18

 
3

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (year-end)

$42,987

 

$39,861

 

$3,126

 
8

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$42,800

 

$38,483

 

$4,317

 
11

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
41,593

 
37,683

 
3,910

 
10

Deposits and deposits held for sale (2)
23,473

 
19,838

 
3,635

 
18

Interest-earning assets
41,689

 
37,809

 
3,880

 
10

Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
2.79
%
 
2.84
%
 
(5) bps

 

Efficiency ratio (3)
44.94

 
43.37

 
157 bps

 

Average loans to average deposits ratio (4)
177.19

 
189.96

 
(1,277) bps

 

Return on average total tangible assets  (3)
1.35

 
1.46

 
(11) bps

 

Return on average tangible common equity   (3) (5)
12.41

 
13.43

 
(102) bps

 


(1)   Average loans held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2014 include loans relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(2) Average deposits held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2014 include deposits relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(3)   These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(4) Ratios include both loans and leases held for sale and deposits held for sale.
(5)   Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Commercial Banking net income of $579 million increased $18 million , or 3% , from 2014, as an increase in net interest income driven by strong balance sheet growth, deposit cost improvement and reduced impairment costs more than offset lower noninterest income and an increase in noninterest expense.
Net interest income of $1.2 billion in 2015 increased $89 million , or 8% , from 2014, reflecting the benefit of an increase of $3.9 billion in average loan balances and $3.6 billion in average deposits, partially offset by spread compression.
Noninterest income of $415 million in 2015 decreased $14 million , or 3% , from 2014 as the benefit of an increase in service charges and fees, interest rate products, and card fees was more than offset by lower leasing income, foreign exchange and trade finance fees, and capital markets fee income.
Noninterest expense of $709 million in 2015 increase d $57 million , or 9% , from $652 million in 2014, reflecting increased salary and benefits costs, outside services, and insurance expense, including continued investments to drive future growth.
Provision for credit losses resulted in a net recovery of $13 million in 2015 compared to a net recovery of $6 million in 2014 and reflected continued improvement in credit quality.

61

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Other
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Net interest income

$42

 

$77

 

($35
)
 
(45
%)
Noninterest income
97

 
350

 
(253
)
 
(72
)
Total revenue
139

 
427

 
(288
)
 
(67
)
Noninterest expense
94

 
227

 
(133
)
 
(59
)
Profit before provision for credit losses
45

 
200

 
(155
)
 
(78
)
Provision for credit losses
63

 
66

 
(3
)
 
(5
)
(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense
(18
)
 
134

 
(152
)
 
(113
)
Income tax (benefit) expense
(17
)
 
12

 
(29
)
 
(242
)
Net (loss) income

($1
)
 

$122

 

($123
)
 
(101
)
Loans and leases and loans held for sale (year-end)

$3,076

 

$3,911

 

($835
)
 
(21
)
Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$39,422

 

$40,202

 

($780
)
 
(2
)
Loans and leases and loans held for sale
3,469

 
4,316

 
(847
)
 
(20
)
Deposits and deposits held for sale
5,933

 
4,512

 
1,421

 
31

Interest-earning assets
29,736

 
30,601

 
(865
)
 
(3
)
Other recorded a net loss of $1 million in 2015 compared to net income of $122 million in 2014. The net loss in 2015 included $31 million of after-tax restructuring charges and special items. Net income in 2014 included a $180 million after-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture partially offset by $105 million of after-tax restructuring charges and special items. Excluding these items, net income decreased by $17 million.
Net interest income in 2015 decrease d $35 million to $42 million compared to $77 million in 2014. The decrease was driven primarily by an increase in wholesale funding costs, and lower non-core loans, partially offset by a reduction in interest rate swap costs.
Noninterest income in 2015 decreased $253 million driven by the $288 million pre-tax gain on the Chicago Divestiture. Excluding the gain, noninterest income increased $35 million driven by an accounting change for low-income housing investments, which is offset in income tax expense.
Noninterest expense in 2015 of $94 million decreased $133 million from 2014, reflecting lower restructuring charges and special items of $119 million and lower employee incentive costs.
The provision for credit losses in 2015 decreased $3 million to $63 million compared to $66 million in 2014, reflecting stable credit quality and a decrease in non-core net charge-offs of $23 million to $44 million in 2015 compared to $67 million in 2014. On a quarterly basis, we review and refine our estimate of the allowance for credit losses, taking into consideration changes in portfolio size and composition, historical loss experience, internal risk ratings, current economic conditions, industry-performance trends and other pertinent information. The provision also reflected an increase in overall credit exposure associated with growth in our loan portfolio.
Total assets as of December 31, 2015 included $2.1 billion and $4.7 billion of goodwill related to the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units, respectively. For further information regarding the reconciliation of segment results to GAAP results, see Note 24 “Business Segments” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.


62

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2013

Highlights
For the year ended December 31, 2014:
Net income of $865 million increased $4.3 billion compared to a loss of $3.4 billion in 2013;
Net income included a net $180 million after-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture and $105 million after-tax restructuring charges and special noninterest expense items largely related to our separation from RBS and ongoing efforts to improve processes and enhance efficiencies across the organization. 2013 included an after-tax goodwill impairment charge of $4.1 billion. Excluding the Chicago gain, restructuring charges and special items and the goodwill impairment charge, net income increased $119 million, or 18%, to $790 million (1) , from $671 million (1) in 2013;
Net interest income of $3.3 billion increased $243 million, or 8%, from $3.1 billion in 2013, largely reflecting growth in investment securities and loan portfolios, and a reduction in pay-fixed swap costs and deposit costs as we continued to reduce our reliance on higher cost certificate of deposit and money market deposits. These results were partially offset by the impact of declining loan yields given the relatively persistent low-rate environment and higher long-term borrowing costs;
Net interest margin of 2.83%, compared to 2.85% in 2013, remained relatively stable as the impact of continued pressure on commercial and retail loan yields and higher long-term borrowing costs were partially offset by a reduction in pay-fixed swap costs and deposit costs;
Noninterest income of $1.7 billion included a $288 million pre-tax gain on the Chicago Divestiture, and increased $46 million, or 3%, to $1.7 billion, compared to $1.6 billion in 2013. Excluding the gain, noninterest income decreased $242 million, or 15%, driven by the effect of a $116 million reduction in net securities gains, lower mortgage banking fees, and lower service charges and fees, which were partially offset by growth in trust and investment services fees and capital markets fees;
Noninterest expense of $3.4 billion decreased $4.3 billion, or 56%, compared to $7.7 billion in 2013, which included a pre-tax $4.4 billion goodwill impairment charge. Results in 2014 included $169 million in pre-tax restructuring charges and special items compared with $26 million in 2013. Excluding the goodwill impairment and restructuring charges and special items, noninterest expense remained relatively stable;
Provision for credit losses totaled $319 million and decreased $160 million, or 33%, from $479 million in 2013. Results in 2014 included a net provision release of $4 million compared with a $22 million release in 2013;
Our return on average tangible common equity ratio improved to 6.71% (1) , from (25.91%) (1) in 2013. Excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items mentioned above, our return on average tangible common equity improved to 6.13% (1) from 5.08% (1) in 2013;
Average loans and leases of $89.0 billion increased $3.6 billion, or 4%, from $85.4 billion in 2013, due to growth in commercial loans, residential mortgages and auto loans, which more than offset the reduction in home equity loans and lines of credit;
Average interest-bearing deposits of $64.4 billion decreased $3.5 billion, or 5%, from $67.9 billion in 2013, primarily driven by a $2.0 billion decrease associated with the Chicago Divestiture as well as a reduction of higher cost money market and term deposits; and
Net income per average common share, basic and diluted, was $1.55 in 2014, compared to a loss of $6.12 in 2013, which included a goodwill impairment charge of $7.29 per share.
(1) These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”


63

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net Income (Loss)
Net income totaled $865 million in 2014, and included $75 million of after-tax net restructuring charges and special items related to our separation from RBS, efforts to improve processes and enhance efficiencies across the organization, and the Chicago Divestiture. These results increased $4.3 billion from 2013, which included a $4.1 billion after-tax goodwill impairment charge. Excluding the gain, restructuring charges and special items and impairment charge noted above, 2014 net income increased $119 million, or 18%, from 2013, as the benefit of lower provision for credit losses and higher net interest income was partially offset by the effect of lower noninterest income and increased noninterest expense.
The special items and restructuring charges in 2014 included a $288 million pre-tax gain ($180 million after tax) on the sale of the Chicago-area deposits, $17 million of pre-tax expenses ($11 million after tax) related to the Chicago Divestiture, $97 million of pre-tax expenses ($61 million after tax), related to our efficiency initiatives, $20 million of pre-tax expenses ($11 million after tax) related to our separation from RBS, and $35 million of other pre-tax expenses ($22 million after tax) related to regulatory initiatives. The restructuring charges in 2013 related to our implementation of a new branch image capture system on the teller line which automated several key processes within the branch network, and our decision to close certain branches, which resulted in lease termination costs and other fixed asset write-offs.
The following table details the significant components of our net income (loss) for the periods indicated:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2014
 
 2013
 
Change
 
     Percent
Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$3,301

 

$3,058

 

$243

 
8
 %
Noninterest income
1,678

 
1,632

 
46

 
3

Total revenue
4,979

 
4,690

 
289

 
6

Total revenue, excluding special items (1)
4,691

 
4,690

 
1

 

Provision for credit losses
319

 
479

 
(160
)
 
(33
)
Noninterest expense
3,392

 
7,679

 
(4,287
)
 
(56
)
Noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
3,392

 
3,244

 
148

 
5

Noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items (1)
3,223

 
3,218

 
5

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
1,268

 
(3,468
)
 
4,736

 
137

Income tax expense (benefit)
403

 
(42
)
 
445

 
1,060

Net income (loss)
865

 
(3,426
)
 
4,291

 
125

Net income, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
865

 
654

 
211

 
32

Net income, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items (1)
790

 
671

 
119

 
18

Return on average tangible common equity  (1)
6.71
%
 
(25.91
%)
 
NM

 

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment (1)
6.71
%
 
4.95
%
 
176
 bps
 

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items (1)
6.13
%
 
5.08
%
 
105
 bps
 

(1)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of this non-GAAP financial measure, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”


64

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net Interest Income
The following table shows the major components of net interest income and net interest margin:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Average
Balances
 
Income/
Expense
 
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
 
Income/
Expense
 
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
 
Yields/
Rates
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks

$2,113

 

$5

 
0.22
%
 

$2,278

 

$11

 
0.46
%
 

($165
)
 
(24) bps
Taxable investment securities
24,319

 
619

 
2.55

 
19,062

 
477

 
2.50

 
5,257

 
5
Non-taxable investment securities
11

 

 
2.60

 
12

 

 
2.66

 
(1
)
 
(6)
Total investment securities
24,330

 
619

 
2.55

 
19,074

 
477

 
2.50

 
5,256

 
5
Commercial
29,993

 
900

 
2.96

 
28,654

 
900

 
3.10

 
1,339

 
(14)
Commercial real estate
7,158

 
183

 
2.52

 
6,568

 
178

 
2.67

 
590

 
(15)
Leases
3,776

 
103

 
2.73

 
3,463

 
105

 
3.05

 
313

 
(32)
Total commercial
40,927

 
1,186

 
2.86

 
38,685

 
1,183

 
3.02

 
2,242

 
(16)
Residential mortgages
10,729

 
425

 
3.96

 
9,104

 
360

 
3.96

 
1,625

 
Home equity loans
3,877

 
205

 
5.29

 
4,606

 
246

 
5.35

 
(729
)
 
(6)
Home equity lines of credit
15,552

 
450

 
2.89

 
16,337

 
463

 
2.83

 
(785
)
 
6
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,352

 
91

 
6.75

 
1,724

 
115

 
6.65

 
(372
)
 
10
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
609

 
16

 
2.68

 
768

 
22

 
2.88

 
(159
)
 
(20)
Automobile
11,011

 
282

 
2.57

 
8,857

 
235

 
2.65

 
2,154

 
(8)
Student
2,148

 
102

 
4.74

 
2,202

 
95

 
4.30

 
(54
)
 
44
Credit cards
1,651

 
167

 
10.14

 
1,669

 
175

 
10.46

 
(18
)
 
(32)
Other retail
1,186

 
88

 
7.43

 
1,453

 
107

 
7.36

 
(267
)
 
7
Total retail
48,115

 
1,826

 
3.80

 
46,720

 
1,818

 
3.89

 
1,395

 
(9)
Total loans and leases
89,042

 
3,012

 
3.37

 
85,405

 
3,001

 
3.50

 
3,637

 
(13)
Loans held for sale, at fair value
163

 
5

 
3.10

 
392

 
12

 
3.07

 
(229
)
 
3
Other loans held for sale
539

 
23

 
4.17

 

 

 

 
539

 
NM
Interest-earning assets
116,187

 
3,664

 
3.14

 
107,149

 
3,501

 
3.25

 
9,038

 
(11)
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1,230
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,219
)
 
 
 
 
 
(11
)
 
 
Goodwill
6,876

 
 
 
 
 
9,063

 
 
 
 
 
(2,187
)
 
 
Other noninterest-earning assets
5,791

 
 
 
 
 
5,873

 
 
 
 
 
(82
)
 
 
Total noninterest-earning assets
11,437

 
 
 
 
 
13,717

 
 
 
 
 
(2,280
)
 
 
Total assets

$127,624

 
 
 
 
 

$120,866

 
 
 
 
 

$6,758

 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking with interest

$14,507

 

$12

 
0.08
%
 

$14,096

 

$8

 
0.06
%
 

$411

 
2 bps
Money market and savings
39,579

 
77

 
0.19

 
42,575

 
105

 
0.25

 
(2,996
)
 
(6)
Term deposits
10,317

 
67

 
0.65

 
11,266

 
103

 
0.91

 
(949
)
 
(26)
Total interest-bearing deposits
64,403

 
156

 
0.24

 
67,937

 
216

 
0.32

 
(3,534
)
 
(8)
Interest-bearing deposits held for sale
1,960

 
4

 
0.22

 

 

 

 
1,960

 
22
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
5,699

 
32

 
0.55

 
2,400

 
192

 
7.89

 
3,299

 
NM
Other short-term borrowed funds
5,640

 
89

 
1.56

 
251

 
4

 
1.64

 
5,389

 
(8)
Long-term borrowed funds
1,907

 
82

 
4.25

 
778

 
31

 
3.93

 
1,129

 
32
Total borrowed funds
13,246

 
203

 
1.51

 
3,429

 
227

 
6.53

 
9,817

 
NM
Total interest-bearing liabilities
79,609

 
363

 
0.45

 
71,366

 
443

 
0.61

 
8,243

 
(16)
Demand deposits
25,739

 
 
 
 
 
25,399

 
 
 
 
 
340

 
 
Demand deposits held for sale
462

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
462

 
 
Other liabilities
2,415

 
 
 
 
 
2,267

 
 
 
 
 
148

 
 
Total liabilities
108,225

 
 
 
 
 
99,032

 
 
 
 
 
9,193

 
 
Stockholders' equity
19,399

 
 
 
 
 
21,834

 
 
 
 
 
(2,435
)
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$127,624

 
 
 
 
 

$120,866

 
 
 
 
 

$6,758

 
 
Interest rate spread
 
 
 
 
2.69

 
 
 
 
 
2.64

 
 
 
5
Net interest income
 
 

$3,301

 
 
 
 
 

$3,058

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
 
 
 
 
2.83
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.85
%
 
 
 
(2) bps
Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and demand)

$92,564

 

$160

 
0.17
%
 

$93,336

 

$216

 
0.23
%
 

($772
)
 
(6) bps
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2) Balances are net of certain short-term receivables associated with reverse repurchase agreements. Interest expense includes the full cost of the repurchase agreements and certain hedging costs. The rate on federal funds purchased is elevated due to the impact from pay-fixed interest rate swaps that are scheduled to run off by the end of 2015. See “—Analysis of Financial Condition — December 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014 — Derivatives” for further information.

65

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net interest income of $3.3 billion in 2014 increased $243 million, or 8%, from $3.1 billion in 2013 driven by growth in average interest-earning assets, a reduction in interest rate hedging costs, as well as lower deposit costs. These benefits were partially offset by the effect of declining loan yields and a continued shift in loan mix to lower yielding loans, increased borrowing costs related to our issuance of subordinated debt and the effect of the Chicago Divestiture. Average interest-earning assets of $116.2 billion in 2014 increased $9.0 billion from 2013 driven by a $5.3 billion increase in the investment securities portfolio, a $2.2 billion increase in commercial loans, a $1.6 billion increase in residential mortgages, and a $2.2 billion increase in automobile loans, partially offset by a $2.0 billion decrease in home equity outstandings, a $54 million reduction in student loans, and a $267 million decrease in other retail loans.
2014 net interest margin of 2.83% remained broadly stable compared to 2.85% in 2013 despite continued pressure from the relatively persistent low interest-rate environment. Average interest-earning asset yields continued to decline at a pace that exceeded our ability to reduce our cost of interest-bearing deposits. 2014 average interest-earning asset yields of 3.14% declined 11 basis points from 3.25% in 2013, largely reflecting a 13 basis point decline in the loan and lease portfolio yield despite a five basis point improvement in the securities portfolio yield. The decline in loan and lease yields was driven by the effect of a reduction in higher-yielding consumer real estate secured outstandings. In addition, intense industry-wide competition for commercial loans continued to compress spreads on new originations and resulted in additional downward pressure on overall loan yields. Investment portfolio income of $619 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $142 million, or 30%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.
    Total interest-bearing deposit costs of $156 million in 2014 decreased $60 million, or 28%, from $216 million in 2013 and reflected an eight basis point decrease in the rate paid on deposits to 0.24% from 0.32%. The cost of term deposits decreased to 0.65% in 2014 from 0.91% in 2013, while rates on money market and savings declined to 0.19% in 2014 from 0.25% in 2013. Due to the historically low interest rate environment, many deposit products have hit pricing floors at or near zero, limiting further rate reduction and thus compressing margins.
The total borrowed funds costs of $203 million in 2014 declined $24 million, or 11%, from $227 million in 2013 driven by the benefit of a $101 million reduction in pay-fixed swap costs which was partially offset by an increase in long-term borrowed funds costs largely related to our issuance of subordinated debt.
Total borrowed funds rates declined to 1.51% in 2014 from 6.53% in 2013. Within the federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement category and other short-term borrowed funds categories, pay-fixed swap expense declined to $99 million in 2014 from $200 million in 2013. Excluding the impact of hedging costs, 2014 borrowed funds costs were 0.78% compared to 1.16% in 2013.
Noninterest Income
The following table details the significant components of our noninterest income:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2014

 
2013

 
Change

 
Percent
Service charges and fees

$574

 

$640

 

($66
)
 
(10
%)
Card fees
233

 
234

 
(1
)
 

Mortgage banking fees
71

 
153

 
(82
)
 
(54
)
Trust and investment services fees
158

 
149

 
9

 
6

Foreign exchange and trade finance fees
95

 
97

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Capital markets fees
91

 
53

 
38

 
72

Bank-owned life insurance income
49

 
50

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Securities gains, net
28

 
144

 
(116
)
 
(81
)
Other income (1)
379

 
112

 
267

 
238

Noninterest income

$1,678

 

$1,632

 

$46

 
3
%
(1) Includes net securities impairment losses on securities available for sale recognized in earnings and other income. Additionally, noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 reflects a $288 million pre-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture.

Noninterest income of $1.7 billion in 2014 increased $46 million, or 3%, from $1.6 billion in 2013, driven by a $288 million pre-tax gain on the Chicago Divestiture, which was recorded in other income, and a $38 million increase in capital markets fees, partially offset by a $116 million decrease in net securities gains, an $82 million decrease in mortgage banking fees, and a $66 million decrease in service charges and fees. Mortgage banking fees reflected overall lower origination volume, the decision to hold more loans on-balance sheet, and were also negatively impacted by a reduction in the recovery of mortgage servicing rights

66

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



valuations from the prior year. The decrease in service charges and fees are driven by lower personal overdraft fees resulting from a November 2013 change to our check-posting methodology.

Provision for Credit Losses
Provision for credit losses of $319 million in 2014 decreased $160 million from $479 million in 2013, driven by a $178 million reduction in net charge-offs. Additionally, while overall credit quality continued to improve in 2014, the rate of improvement slowed relative to 2013. As a result, 2014 provision for credit losses included a release of $4 million from the allowance for credit losses (the amount by which net charge-offs exceeded the provision) compared with a release of $22 million in 2013. The provision for loan and lease losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate an appropriate and adequate ALLL. The total provision for credit losses included the provision for loan and lease losses as well as the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonperforming Assets” for more information.

Noninterest Expense
The following table displays the significant components of our noninterest expense:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2014

 
2013

 
Change

 
Percent

Salaries and employee benefits

$1,678

 

$1,652

 

$26

 
2
%
Outside services
420

 
360

 
60

 
17

Occupancy
326

 
327

 
(1
)
 

Equipment expense
250

 
275

 
(25
)
 
(9
)
Amortization of software
145

 
102

 
43

 
42

Goodwill impairment

 
4,435

 
(4,435
)
 
(100
)
Other operating expense
573

 
528

 
45

 
9

Noninterest expense

$3,392

 

$7,679

 

($4,287
)
 
(56
%)
Noninterest expense of $3.4 billion in 2014 decreased $4.3 billion from 2013, which included a $4.4 billion pre-tax goodwill impairment charge. Our 2014 noninterest expense included $169 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and special items largely related to our separation from RBS as well as ongoing efforts to improve processes and enhance efficiencies across the organization compared with $26 million of restructuring charges and special items in 2013. The 2014 charge included $78 million in outside services, $44 million in salaries and employee benefits, $16 million in occupancy, $6 million in software, $4 million in equipment and $21 million in other operating expense. Excluding the restructuring charges and special items and the goodwill impairment, noninterest expense remained relatively stable, as the benefit of our efficiency initiatives helped offset investment in the business to drive future earnings growth as well as higher regulatory costs. See Note 22 “Exit Costs and Restructuring Reserves” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
In 2014, we recorded income tax expense of $403 million, compared to an income tax benefit of $42 million in 2013. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were 31.8% and 1.2%, respectively. The increase in the effective rate largely reflected the tax rate impact of the goodwill impairment charge taken in 2013. Goodwill not deductible for tax purposes accounted for 78.4% of the total goodwill impairment charge and generated a reduction of 35.1% in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013.
At December 31, 2014, we reported a net deferred tax liability of $493 million, compared to a $199 million liability at December 31, 2013. The increase in the net deferred tax liability was attributable to the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards of $76 million (which decreased the deferred tax asset), a decrease in the tax effect on OCI of $153 million (which also decreased the deferred tax asset) and an increase in the deferred tax liability related to temporary differences of $65 million. For further discussion, see Note 15 “Income Taxes” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.


67

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Business Segments
The following tables present certain financial data of our business segments:
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014
(dollars in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

(4)  
Consolidated
Net interest income

$2,151

 

$1,073

 

$77

 

$3,301

Noninterest income
899

 
429

 
350

 
1,678

Total revenue
3,050

 
1,502

 
427

 
4,979

Noninterest expense
2,513

 
652

 
227

 
3,392

Profit before provision for credit losses
537

 
850

 
200

 
1,587

Provision for credit losses
259

 
(6
)
 
66

 
319

Income before income tax expense
278

 
856

 
134

 
1,268

Income tax expense
96

 
295

 
12

 
403

Net income

$182

 

$561

 

$122

 

$865

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (year-end) (1)

$49,919

 

$39,861

 

$3,911

 

$93,691

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$48,939

 

$38,483

 

$40,202

 

$127,624

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
47,745

 
37,683

 
4,316

 
89,744

Deposits and deposits held for sale
68,214

 
19,838

 
4,513

 
92,565

Interest-earning assets
47,777

 
37,809

 
30,601

 
116,187

Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
4.50
%
 
2.84
%
 
NM

 
2.83
%
Efficiency ratio (2)
82.39

 
43.37

 
NM

 
68.12

Average loans to average deposits ratio
69.99

 
189.96

 
NM

 
96.95

Return on average total tangible assets (2)
0.37

 
1.46

 
NM

 
0.71

Return on average tangible common equity (2) (3)
3.90

 
13.43

 
NM

 
6.71

(1)  Loans held for sale refer to mortgage loans held for sale recorded in the Consumer Banking segment, as well as the loans relating to the Chicago Divestiture, which were recorded in both the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking segments.
(2)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(3)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
(4)  Includes the financial impact of non-core, liquidating loan portfolios and other non-core assets, our treasury activities, wholesale funding activities, securities portfolio, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to our Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking segments. For a description of non-core assets, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — December 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014 — Loans and Leases-Non-Core Assets.”
We operate our business through two operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Segment results are derived from our business line profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing managed assets, liabilities, capital and their related revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses. Residual assets, liabilities, capital and their related revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses are attributed to Other.
 
Other includes our treasury function, securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, goodwill and goodwill impairment, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking. Other also includes our non-core assets. Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. The non-core portfolio totaled $3.1 billion as of December 31, 2014, down 19% from December 31, 2013. The largest component of our non-core portfolio is our home equity products currently or formerly serviced by others portfolio.
Our capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally; however, capital is allocated to the operating segments to support evaluation of business performance. Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for common equity Tier 1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital. Interest income and expense is determined based on the assets and liabilities managed by the business segment. Because funding and asset liability management is a central function, funds transfer-pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used, or credit for the funds provided, to all business segment assets, liabilities and capital, respectively, using a matched funding concept. The residual effect on net interest income of asset/liability management, including the residual net interest income related to the funds transfer pricing process, is included in Other.

68

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Provision for credit losses is allocated to each business segment based on actual net charge-offs that have been recognized by the business segment. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.
Noninterest income and expense directly managed by each business segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct revenues and costs are accounted for within each segment’s financial results in a manner similar to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by the business segment. Generally, operating losses are charged to the business segment when the loss event is realized in a manner similar to a loan charge-off. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business segments that directly support another business segment’s operations are charged to the applicable business segment based on its utilization of those services.
Income taxes are assessed to each business segment at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.
Developing and applying methodologies used to allocate items among the business segments is a dynamic process. Accordingly, financial results may be revised periodically as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines change, or our organizational structure changes.
Consumer Banking
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
              2014
 
              2013
 
Change
 
Percent
Net interest income

$2,151

 

$2,176

 

($25
)
 
(1
%)
Noninterest income
899

 
1,025

 
(126
)
 
(12
)
Total revenue
3,050

 
3,201

 
(151
)
 
(5
)
Noninterest expense
2,513

 
2,522

 
(9
)
 

Profit before provision for credit losses
537

 
679

 
(142
)
 
(21
)
Provision for credit losses
259

 
308

 
(49
)
 
(16
)
Income before income tax expense
278

 
371

 
(93
)
 
(25
)
Income tax expense
96

 
129

 
(33
)
 
(26
)
Net income

$182

 

$242

 

($60
)
 
(25
)
Loans and leases and loans held for sale (year-end) (1)

$49,919

 

$45,019

 

$4,900

 
11

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$48,939

 

$46,465

 

$2,474

 
5

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
47,745

 
45,106

 
2,639

 
6

Deposits and deposits held for sale
68,214

 
72,158

 
(3,944
)
 
(5
)
Interest-earning assets
47,777

 
45,135

 
2,642

 
6
%
Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
4.50
%
 
4.82
%
 
(32) bps

 

Efficiency ratio (2)
82.39

 
78.76

 
363 bps

 

Average loans to average deposits ratio
69.99

 
62.51

 
748 bps

 

Return on average total tangible assets (2)
0.37

 
0.52

 
(15) bps

 

Return on average tangible common equity  (2) (3)
3.90

 
5.48

 
(158) bps

 

(1)  Loans held for sale include mortgage loans held for sale and loans relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(2)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(3)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Consumer Banking segment net income of $182 million in 2014 decreased $60 million, or 25%, from $242 million in 2013, as the benefit of a reduction in provision for credit losses was more than offset by lower revenue, driven by overall mortgage banking headwinds, and lower service charges and fee income.
Total revenue was $3.1 billion in 2014, down $151 million, or 5%, from $3.2 billion in 2013. Net interest income of $2.2 billion in 2014 remained broadly stable with the prior year, as the benefit of lower deposit costs and loan growth was more than offset by the effect of the relatively persistent low-rate environment and the Chicago Divestiture. Loan growth reflected higher residential mortgage and auto loan outstandings, partially offset by lower home equity outstandings. Noninterest income of $899 million decreased $126 million, or 12%, from $1.0 billion in 2013, driven by lower mortgage banking fees, service charges and fees, and the impact of the Chicago Divestiture, partially offset by growth in trust and investment services fees and a gain on sale of discontinued student loan portfolio.

69

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Mortgage banking fees of $71 million in 2014 decreased $82 million, driven by overall lower origination volume and the decision to hold more loans on-balance sheet. Mortgage banking fees were also negatively impacted by a reduction in the recovery of mortgage servicing rights valuations from the prior year. Service charges and fees of $416 million decreased $58 million, or 12%, from 2013, driven by the impact of a change in check-posting order as well as the Chicago Divestiture. Results also reflected the benefit of growth in trust and investment services fees as well as a $9 million gain on sale of student loans.
Noninterest expense of $2.5 billion in 2014 remained relatively stable with the prior year as the benefit of our efficiency initiatives and the impact of the Chicago Divestiture were offset by continued investment in the business to drive future growth.
Provision for credit losses of $259 million in 2014 decreased $49 million, or 16%, from $308 million in 2013, reflecting improved credit quality.
Commercial Banking
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
              2014
 
              2013
 
Change
 
Percent
Net interest income

$1,073

 

$1,031

 

$42

 
4
%
Noninterest income
429

 
389

 
40

 
10

Total revenue
1,502

 
1,420

 
82

 
6

Noninterest expense
652

 
635

 
17

 
3

Profit before provision for credit losses
850

 
785

 
65

 
8

Provision for credit losses
(6
)
 
(7
)
 
1

 
14

Income before income tax expense
856

 
792

 
64

 
8

Income tax expense
295

 
278

 
17

 
6

Net income

$561

 

$514

 

$47

 
9

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (year-end) (1)

$39,861

 

$36,155

 

$3,706

 
10

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$38,483

 

$35,229

 

$3,254

 
9

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
37,683

 
34,647

 
3,036

 
9

Deposits and deposits held for sale
19,838

 
17,516

 
2,322

 
13

Interest-earning assets
37,809

 
34,771

 
3,038

 
9
%
Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
2.84
%
 
2.97
%
 
(13) bps

 

Efficiency ratio (2)
43.37

 
44.66

 
(129) bps

 

Average loans to average deposits ratio
189.96

 
197.80

 
(784) bps

 

Return on average total tangible assets (2)
1.46

 
1.46

 
— bps

 

Return on average tangible common equity  (2) (3)
13.43

 
13.20

 
23 bps

 

(1)  Loans held for sale include loans relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(2)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(3)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Commercial Banking net income of $561 million in 2014 increased $47 million, or 9%, from $514 million in 2013, driven by an $82 million increase in total revenue, partially offset by higher expenses and slightly lower credit net recoveries.
Net interest income of $1.1 billion in 2014 increased $42 million, or 4%, from $1.0 billion in 2013, largely due to a $3.0 billion increase in interest-earning assets and a $2.3 billion increase in customer deposits which was partially offset by continued downward pressure on loan yields given the relatively persistent low-rate environment and increased industry-wide competition.
Noninterest income of $429 million in 2014 increased $40 million, or 10%, from $389 million in 2013, as a $51 million increase in leasing income and capital markets fees was partially offset by lower interest rate product, foreign exchange and trade finance fees.
Noninterest expense of $652 million in 2014 increased $17 million from $635 million in 2013.
Provision for credit losses in 2014 reflected a net recovery on prior period charge-offs of $6 million compared with a net recovery of $7 million in 2013.

70

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Other
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2014

 
2013

 
Change

 
Percent
Net interest income (expense)

$77

 

($149
)
 

$226

 
152
%
Noninterest income
350

 
218

 
132

 
61

Total revenue
427

 
69

 
358

 
519

Noninterest expense
227

 
4,522

 
(4,295
)
 
(95
)
Profit (loss) before provision for credit losses
200

 
(4,453
)
 
4,653

 
104

Provision for credit losses
66

 
178

 
(112
)
 
(63
)
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
134

 
(4,631
)
 
4,765

 
103

Income tax expense (benefit)
12

 
(449
)
 
461

 
103

Net income (loss)

$122

 

($4,182
)
 

$4,304

 
103

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (year-end)

$3,911

 

$5,939

 

($2,028
)
 
(34
)
Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$40,202

 

$39,172

 

$1,030

 
3

Loans and leases and loans held for sale
4,316

 
6,044

 
(1,728
)
 
(29
)
Deposits and deposits held for sale
4,512

 
3,662

 
851

 
23

Interest-earning assets
30,601

 
27,243

 
3,358

 
12
 %
Other recorded net income of $122 million in 2014 compared with a net loss of $4.2 billion in 2013, which included an after-tax goodwill impairment charge of $4.1 billion. Excluding the goodwill impairment, the net loss in 2013 was $102 million. Net income in 2014 included a $180 million after-tax gain related to the Chicago Divestiture, partially offset by $105 million of after-tax restructuring charges and special items. Net loss in 2013 also included $17 million of after-tax restructuring charges and special items. Excluding these items, net income increased $132 million driven by higher net interest income as well as lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest income.
 
Net interest income in 2014 increased $226 million to $77 million compared to an expense of $149 million in 2013. The increase was driven by the benefit of a $5.1 billion increase in average investment securities, a reduction in interest rate swap costs, and an increase in residual net interest income related to funds transfer pricing, partially offset by higher wholesale funding costs, and a $1.3 billion decrease in average non-core loan balances.
Noninterest income in 2014 increased $132 million driven by the $288 million pre-tax gain on the Chicago Divestiture. Excluding the gain, noninterest income decreased $156 million driven by a $116 million reduction in securities gains and higher net losses on low-income housing investments, which are more than offset by increased tax credits.
Noninterest expense in 2014 of $227 million included $169 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and special items and decreased $4.3 billion from 2013, which included the $4.4 billion pre-tax goodwill impairment charge, and $26 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and special items. Excluding the goodwill impairment, restructuring charges and special items, noninterest expense decreased $3 million largely reflecting lower costs related to the non-core loan portfolio, largely offset by higher employee incentive costs. For further information about these special items, including expected additional future costs, see Note 22 “Exit Costs and Restructuring Reserves” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
The provision for credit losses within Other mainly represents the residual change in the consolidated allowance for credit losses after attributing the respective net charge-offs to the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking segments. It also includes net charge-offs related to the non-core portfolio. The provision for credit losses in 2014 decreased $112 million to $66 million compared to $178 million in 2013, reflecting continued improvement in credit quality and decreased non-core net charge-offs of $128 million. On a quarterly basis, we review and refine our estimate of the allowance for credit losses, taking into consideration changes in portfolio size and composition, historical loss experience, internal risk ratings, current economic conditions, industry performance trends and other pertinent information. In 2014, changes in these factors led to a net release of $4 million in the allowance for credit losses compared with a net release of $22 million in 2013. The provision also reflected an increase in overall credit exposure associated with growth in our loan portfolio.
Total assets as of December 31, 2014 included $2.1 billion and $4.7 billion of goodwill related to the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units, respectively. For further information regarding the reconciliation of segment results to GAAP results, see Note 24 “Business Segments” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

71

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS




Analysis of Financial Condition — December 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014
Loans and Leases
The following table shows the composition of loans and leases, including non-core loans, as of:
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
 Percent

Commercial

$33,264

 

$31,431

 

$1,833

 
6
 %
Commercial real estate
8,971

 
7,809

 
1,162

 
15

Leases
3,979

 
3,986

 
(7
)
 

Total commercial
46,214

 
43,226

 
2,988

 
7

Residential mortgages
13,318

 
11,832

 
1,486

 
13

Home equity loans
2,557

 
3,424

 
(867
)
 
(25
)
Home equity lines of credit
14,674

 
15,423

 
(749
)
 
(5
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
986

 
1,228

 
(242
)
 
(20
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
389

 
550

 
(161
)
 
(29
)
Automobile
13,828

 
12,706

 
1,122

 
9

Student
4,359

 
2,256

 
2,103

 
93

Credit cards
1,634

 
1,693

 
(59
)
 
(3
)
Other retail
1,083

 
1,072

 
11

 
1

Total retail
52,828

 
50,184

 
2,644

 
5

Total loans and leases (2) (3)

$99,042

 

$93,410

 

$5,632

 
6
%
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
( 2)  Excluded from the table above are loans held for sale totaling $365 million and $281 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
(3) Mortgage loans serviced for others by our subsidiaries are not included above, and amounted to $17.6 billion and $17.9 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Our loans and leases are disclosed in portfolio segments and classes. Our loan and lease portfolio segments are commercial and retail. The classes of loans and leases are: commercial, commercial real estate, leases, residential mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced by others, home equity lines of credit serviced by others, automobile, student, credit cards and other retail.
Total loans and leases of $99.0 billion as of December 31, 2015 , increased $5.6 billion , or 6% , from $93.4 billion as of December 31, 2014 , reflecting growth in retail and commercial. Total commercial loans and leases of $46.2 billion grew $3.0 billion , or 7% , from $43.2 billion as of December 31, 2014 , reflecting commercial loan growth of $1.8 billion and growth in commercial real estate of $1.2 billion . Total retail loans of $52.8 billion increased $2.6 billion , or 5% , from $50.2 billion as of December 31, 2014 , as a $2.1 billion increase in student, a $1.5 billion increase in residential mortgages, and a $1.1 billion increase in auto, were partially offset by lower home equity balances, including continued run off in the non-core portfolio.
The effect of loan purchases and sales in 2015, net of run off of previously purchased loans, increased year-end loans by $1.2 billion. See Note 4 “Loans and Leases” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report, for further information.


72

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Non-Core Assets     
The table below shows the composition of our non-core assets as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31,
 
(Date of Designation)
 
Change from
 
Change from
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
 June 30, 2009
 
2015-2014
 
2015-2009
Commercial

$38

 

$68

 

$1,900

 
(44
%)
 
(98
%)
Commercial real estate
130

 
216

 
3,412

 
(40
)
 
(96
)
Total commercial
168

 
284

 
5,312

 
(41
)
 
(97
)
Residential mortgages
297

 
365

 
1,467

 
(19
)
 
(80
)
Home equity loans
69

 
118

 
384

 
(42
)
 
(82
)
Home equity lines of credit
74

 
121

 
231

 
(39
)
 
(68
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
986

 
1,228

 
4,591

 
(20
)
 
(79
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
389

 
550

 
1,589

 
(29
)
 
(76
)
Automobile

 

 
769

 

 
(100
)
Student
329

 
369

 
1,495

 
(11
)
 
(78
)
Credit cards

 

 
995

 

 
(100
)
Other retail

 

 
3,268

 

 
(100
)
Total retail
2,144

 
2,751

 
14,789

 
(22
)
 
(86
)
Total non-core loans
2,312

 
3,035

 
20,101

 
(24
)
 
(88
)
Other assets
26

 
65

 
378

 
(60
)
 
(93
)
Total non-core assets

$2,338

 

$3,100

 

$20,479

 
(25
%)
 
(89
%)
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.

Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. Non-core assets totaled $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2015 . We have actively managed these loans down since they were designated as non-core on June 30, 2009. Between that time and December 31, 2015 , the portfolio decreased $18.1 billion , including principal repayments of $10.1 billion ; charge-offs of $3.9 billion ; transfers back to the core portfolio of $2.8 billion ; and sales of $1.3 billion . Transfers from non-core back to core were handled on an individual-request basis and managed through our chief credit officer.
Non-core assets totaled $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2015 , down 25% from December 31, 2014 , driven by principal repayments of $696 million . Commercial non-core loan balances declined 41% compared to December 31, 2014 , ending at $168 million compared to $284 million at December 31, 2014 . Retail non-core loan balances of $2.1 billion decreased $607 million , or 22% , compared to December 31, 2014 .
The largest component of our non-core portfolio is the home equity SBO portfolio. The SBO portfolio is a liquidating portfolio consisting of pools of home equity loans and lines of credit purchased between 2003 and 2007. Although our SBO portfolio consists of loans that were initially serviced by others, we now service a portion of this portfolio internally. SBO balances serviced externally totaled $763 million and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The SBO portfolio has been closed to new purchases since the third quarter of 2007, with exposure down to $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2015 , compared to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2014 . The SBO portfolio represented 4% of the retail real estate secured portfolio and 3% of the overall retail loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015 .
The credit profile of the SBO portfolio was weaker than the core real estate portfolio, with a weighted-average refreshed FICO score of 712 and CLTV of 90% as of December 31, 2015 . The proportion of the portfolio in a second lien (subordinated) position was 96% with 72% of the portfolio in out-of-footprint geographies including 28% in California, Nevada, Arizona and Florida.
SBO credit performance continued to improve in 2015 driven by continued portfolio liquidation (the weakest performing loans have already been charged off), more effective account servicing and collection strategies, and improvements in the real estate market. SBO portfolio year-to-date net charge-offs of $20.2 million , or 1.3% annualized, as of December 31, 2015 improved 82 basis points from 2.1% for the full year 2014.

73

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonperforming Assets
We and our banking subsidiaries, CBNA and CBPA, maintain an allowance for credit losses, consisting of an ALLL and a reserve for unfunded lending commitments. This allowance is created through charges to income, or provision for credit losses, and is maintained at an appropriate level adequate to absorb anticipated losses and is determined in accordance with GAAP. For further information on our processes to determine our allowance for credit losses, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
The allowance for credit losses totaled $1.3 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Our ALLL was 1.23% of total loans and leases and 115% of nonperforming loans and leases as of December 31, 2015 compared with 1.28% and 109% as of December 31, 2014 .
Overall, loan portfolio credit quality continued to improve across many measures in the year ended December 31, 2015 ; however, as expected, the rate of improvement began to level off in the second half of 2015 as credit trends continued to normalize from lower levels. As such, we expect asset quality trends to continue to normalize in the future. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $284 million decreased 12% compared to $323 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The portfolio annualized net charge-off rate declined to 0.30% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 0.36% for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The 90 day or more past due delinquency rate was 0.9% as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 . Nonperforming loans and leases totaled $1.1 billion , or 1.07% , of the total portfolio as of December 31, 2015 and $1.1 billion , or 1.18% in December 31, 2014 . At December 31, 2015 , $742 million of nonperforming loans and leases had been designated as impaired and had no specific ALLL because they had been written down to the fair value of their collateral. These impaired loans included $672 million of retail loans and $70 million of commercial loans.
Commercial Loan Asset Quality
Our commercial loan and lease portfolio consists of traditional commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and leases. The portfolio is predominantly focused on customers in our footprint where our local delivery model provides for strong client connectivity. However, we also do business in certain specialized industry sectors on a national basis.
For commercial loans and leases, we use regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. Loans with a “pass” rating are those that we believe will be fully repaid in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Commercial loans and leases that are “criticized” are those that have some weakness that indicates an increased probability of future loss. See Note 5 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
As of December 31, 2015 , nonperforming commercial loans and leases decreased $16 million , or 10% , to $148 million , compared to $164 million as of December 31, 2014 , driven by a 38% decline in commercial nonperforming loans. As of December 31, 2015 , total commercial nonperforming loans stood at 0.3% of the commercial loan portfolio, compared to 0.4% as of December 31, 2014 . Net charge-offs in our total commercial loan and lease portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2015 reflected a net recovery of $13 million compared to a net recovery of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . See “—Key Factors Affecting Our Business — Credit Trends” for further details.
Notwithstanding the improvement in nonperforming loans and leases, during the year ended December 31, 2015 , total criticized loans and leases in the total commercial loan and lease portfolio, including commercial real estate loans, increased to $2.6 billion , or 5.6% of the portfolio compared to $1.9 billion , or 4.5% , at December 31, 2014 . Commercial loan criticized balances increased to $2.0 billion, or 6.0%, of the commercial loan portfolio compared to $1.4 billion, or 4.5%, as of December 31, 2014 , driven by a $331 million increase in the oil and gas industry portfolio, with most of the commercial loan criticized balance increase occurring in fourth quarter 2015. Commercial real estate criticized balances increased to $521 million , or 5.8% , of the commercial real estate portfolio compared to $455 million , or 5.8% , as of December 31, 2014 . Commercial loans accounted for 76% of criticized loans as of December 31, 2015 , compared to 73% as of December 31, 2014 . Commercial real estate accounted for 20% of criticized loans as of December 31, 2015 , compared to 24% as of December 31, 2014 .
Retail Loan Asset Quality
For retail loans, we primarily use the loan’s payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality. The longer a loan is past due, the greater the likelihood of future credit loss. These credit quality indicators are continually updated and monitored. Our retail loan portfolio remains focused on lending across the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, with continued geographic expansion outside the footprint primarily in the auto finance and student lending portfolios. Retail assets increased to $52.8 billion as of December 31, 2015 , a 5% increase from December 31, 2014 , driven by growth in the student lending, residential mortgage and auto finance portfolio, offset by a reduction in home equity balances, including run off in the non-core portfolio.

74

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The credit composition of our retail loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 remained favorable and well-positioned across all product lines with an average refreshed FICO score of 757 , an improvement of 2 points from December 31, 2014 . Our real estate CLTV ratio is calculated as the mortgage and second lien loan balance divided by the appraised value of the property and was 63.6% as of December 31, 2015 compared to 65.4% as of December 31, 2014 . Excluding the SBO portfolio, the real estate CLTV was 62.3% as of December 31, 2015 compared to 63.8% as of December 31, 2014 . Asset quality is improving with a net charge-off rate (core and non-core) of 0.58% for the year ended December 31, 2015 , a decrease of 12 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2014 .     
Nonperforming retail loans as a percentage of total retail loans were 1.7% as of December 31, 2015 , a 14 basis point decrease from December 31, 2014 . Retail nonaccrual loans of $904 million at December 31, 2015 decreased $26 million from $930 million at December 31, 2014 , reflecting lower mortgage and home equity portfolios, partially offset by increases in the student lending and auto finance portfolios.
Special Topics-HELOC Payment Shock
For further information regarding the possible HELOC payment shock, see “—Key Factors Affecting Our Business — HELOC Payment Shock.”
Troubled Debt Restructuring
TDR is the classification given to a loan that has been restructured in a manner that grants a concession, that we would not otherwise make, to a borrower that is experiencing financial hardship. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation efforts and are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery and continuity of the relationship. Our loan modifications are handled on a case by case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet our borrower’s financial needs. The types of concessions include interest rate reductions, term extensions, principal forgiveness and other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside our lending policy. Depending on the specific facts and circumstances of the customer, restructuring can involve loans moving to nonaccrual, remaining on nonaccrual or continuing on accrual status. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , we classified $1.2 billion as retail TDRs. In the retail TDR population, $379 million were in nonaccrual status of which 51% were current in payment. TDRs generally return to accrual status once repayment capacity and appropriate payment history can be established. TDRs are evaluated for impairment individually. Loans are classified as TDRs until paid off, sold or refinanced at market terms.
For additional information regarding TDRs, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” and Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
The table below presents an aging of our retail TDRs:
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Current

 
30-89 Days
Past Due
 
90+ Days
Past Due
 
Total

Recorded Investment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages

$327

 

$37

 

$77

 

$441

Home equity loans
170

 
19

 
35

 
224

Home equity lines of credit
163

 
11

 
20

 
194

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
67

 
3

 
4

 
74

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
6

 
1

 
3

 
10

Automobile
13

 
1

 

 
14

Student
157

 
6

 
2

 
165

Credit cards
25

 
2

 
1

 
28

Other retail
14

 
1

 

 
15

Total

$942

 

$81

 

$142

 

$1,165


(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.


75

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The table below presents the accrual status of our retail TDRs:
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Accruing

 
Nonaccruing

 
Total

Recorded Investment:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages

$279

 

$162

 

$441

Home equity loans
158

 
66

 
224

Home equity lines of credit
107

 
87

 
194

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
52

 
22

 
74

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
4

 
6

 
10

Automobile
6

 
8

 
14

Student
138

 
27

 
165

Credit cards
27

 
1

 
28

Other retail
15

 

 
15

Total

$786

 

$379

 

$1,165

(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.

Securities
Our securities portfolio is managed to seek return while maintaining prudent levels of quality, market risk and liquidity. The following table presents our securities available for sale and held to maturity:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Change in Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury

$16

 

$16

 

$15

 

$15

 

$1

 
7
 %
State and political subdivisions
9

 
9

 
10

 
10

 
(1
)
 
(10
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
17,234

 
17,320

 
17,683

 
17,934

 
(614
)
 
(3
)
Other/non-agency
555

 
522

 
703

 
672

 
(150
)
 
(22
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
17,789

 
17,842

 
18,386

 
18,606

 
(764
)
 
(4
)
Total debt securities
17,814

 
17,867

 
18,411

 
18,631

 
(764
)
 
(4
)
Marketable equity securities
5

 
5

 
10

 
13

 
(8
)
 
(62
)
Other equity securities
12

 
12

 
12

 
12

 

 

Total equity securities
17

 
17

 
22

 
25

 
(8
)
 
(32
)
   Total securities available for sale

$17,831

 

$17,884

 

$18,433

 

$18,656

 

($772
)
 
(4
)
Securities Held to Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities

$4,105

 

$4,121

 

$3,728

 

$3,719

 

$402

 
11

Other/non-agency
1,153

 
1,176

 
1,420

 
1,474

 
(298
)
 
(20
)
   Total securities held to maturity

$5,258

 

$5,297

 

$5,148

 

$5,193

 

$104

 
2

   Total securities available for sale and held to maturity

$23,089

 

$23,181

 

$23,581

 

$23,849

 

($668
)
 
(3
%)

As of December 31, 2015 , the fair value of the AFS and HTM securities portfolio decreased by $668 million , or 3% , to $23.2 billion , compared to $23.8 billion as of December 31, 2014 , reflecting sales of mortgage-backed securities and a corresponding  reduction in collateralized borrowings, partially offset by continued reinvestment of securities cashflows and an increase in the market value of the securities portfolio due to a decline in interest rates as of December 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2015 , the portfolio’s average effective duration was 3.5 years compared with 4.2 years as of December 31, 2014 .
The securities portfolio included high quality, highly liquid investments reflecting our ongoing commitment to maintaining appropriate contingent liquidity and pledging capacity. U.S. government-guaranteed notes and government-sponsored entity-issued mortgage-backed securities represented the vast majority of the securities portfolio holdings. The portfolio composition has also

76

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



been dominated by holdings backed by mortgages so that they may be pledged to the FHLBs. This has become increasingly important due to the enhanced liquidity requirements of the liquidity coverage ratio. For further discussion of the liquidity coverage ratios, see “Regulation and Supervision — Liquidity Standards” in Part I, Item 1 — Business, included elsewhere in this report.
Income on debt securities portfolios totaled $579 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , a decrease of $4 million , or 1% , from $583 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , and reflected a yield of 2.44% compared with 2.49% for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
Deposits
The table below represents the major components of our deposits:
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Demand

$27,649

 

$26,086

 

$1,563

 
6
%
Checking with interest
17,921

 
16,394

 
1,527

 
9

Regular savings
8,218

 
7,824

 
394

 
5

Money market accounts
36,727

 
33,345

 
3,382

 
10

Term deposits
12,024

 
12,058

 
(34
)
 

Total deposits

$102,539

 

$95,707

 

$6,832

 
7
%
    
Total deposits as of December 31, 2015 , increased $6.8 billion , or 7% , to $102.5 billion compared to $95.7 billion as of December 31, 2014 and reflected particular strength in money market accounts, demand and checking with interest.

Borrowed Funds
Short-term borrowed funds
The following is a summary of our short-term borrowed funds:
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Federal funds purchased

$—

 

$574

 

($574
)
 
(100
%)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
802

 
3,702

 
(2,900
)
 
(78
)
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
2,630

 
6,253

 
(3,623
)
 
(58
)
Total short-term borrowed funds

$3,432

 

$10,529

 

($7,097
)
 
(67
%)
Short-term borrowed funds of $3.4 billion as of December 31, 2015 , decreased $7.1 billion from December 31, 2014 , as we reduced our reliance on short-term borrowings, including short-term FHLB borrowings, repurchase agreements, and federal funds purchased.
As of December 31, 2015 , our total contingent liquidity was $23.1 billion , consisting of $2.0 billion in net cash at the FRB (which is defined as excess cash balances held at the FRBs), $17.0 billion in unencumbered high-quality securities, and $4.1 billion in unused FHLB borrowing capacity. Additionally, $11.0 billion in unencumbered loans pledged at the FRBs created total available liquidity of approximately $34.1 billion .

77

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Key data related to short-term borrowed funds is presented in the following table:
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Weighted-average interest rate at year-end:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.15
%
 
0.14
%
 
0.09
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.44

 
0.26

 
0.20

Maximum amount outstanding at month-end during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$5,375

 

$7,022

 

$5,114

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
7,004

 
7,702

 
2,251

Average amount outstanding during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$3,364

 

$5,699

 

$2,400

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
5,865

 
5,640

 
251

Weighted-average interest rate during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.22
%
 
0.12
%
 
0.31
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.28

 
0.25

 
0.44

Long-term borrowed funds
The following is a summary of our long-term borrowed funds:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
4.150% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2022

$350

 

$350

5.158% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debt, (LIBOR + 3.56%) callable, due 2023 (1)
333

 
333

4.771% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2023 (1)

 
333

4.691% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1)

 
334

4.153% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1) (2)
250

 
333

4.023% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1) (3)
331

 
333

4.082% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (1) (4)
331

 
334

4.350% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025
250

 

4.300% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025
750

 

Banking Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
1.600% senior unsecured notes, due 2017 (5) (6)
749

 
750

2.300% senior unsecured notes, due 2018 (5) (7)
747

 

2.450% senior unsecured notes, due 2019 (5) (8)
752

 
746

Federal Home Loan advances due through 2033
5,018

 
772

Other
25

 
24

Total long-term borrowed funds

$9,886

 

$4,642

( 1) Borrowed funds with RBS. See Note 19 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
(2) Interest is payable until January 1, 2016 at a fixed rate per annum of 4.153% and at a fixed rate per annum of 3.750% thereafter.
(3) $333 million principal balance of subordinated debt reflects the impact of $2 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
(4) $334 million principal balance of subordinated debt reflects the impact of $3 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
(5) These securities were offered under CBNA’s Global Bank Note Program dated December 1, 2014.
(6) $750 million principal balance of unsecured notes reflects the impact of $1 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
(7) $750 million principal balance of unsecured notes reflects the impact of $3 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
(8) $750 million principal balance of unsecured notes reflects the impact of $2 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

78

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



On December 3, 2015, we repurchased $750 million of outstanding subordinated debt instruments held by RBS. The $3 million difference between the repurchase price and the net carrying amount of the subordinated debt was recognized as a gain on extinguishment of the debt. To fund the repurchase, we issued $750 million of new subordinated debt with a 4.300% fixed rate and a ten year maturity.
Long-term borrowed funds of $9.9 billion as of December 31, 2015 increased $5.2 billion from December 31, 2014 , primarily driven by a $4.2 billion increase in long term FHLB advances, a $750 million increase in senior bank debt, and a $250 million increase in subordinated debt used to fund the August 3, 2015 repurchase of 9,615,384 shares of our common stock.
 
Access to additional funding through repurchase agreements, collateralized borrowed funds or asset sales is available. Additionally, there is capacity to grow deposits or issue senior or subordinated notes.

Derivatives
We use pay-fixed swaps to lengthen liabilities synthetically and offset duration in fixed-rate assets. We also use pay-fixed swaps to hedge floating rate wholesale funding. Notional balances totaled $5.0 billion as of December 31, 2015 , compared with $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2014 , as we added $4.0 billion of new forward-starting swaps in 2015 to rebalance our interest profile. Pay-fixed rates on the swaps ranged from 1.96% to 4.30% as of December 31, 2015 , compared to 4.18% to 4.30% as of December 31, 2014 . We received the daily federal funds effective rate on the legacy $1.0 billion notional. The hedges that were added in 2015 are forward starting and begin accruing interest in 2017, at which point we will receive one-month LIBOR and pay an average fixed rate of 2.06% .
We use receive-fixed swaps to minimize the exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on our floating rate assets. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the notional amount of receive-fixed swap hedges of floating-rate loans totaled $8.5 billion and $4.0 billion , respectively, and the fixed-rate ranges were 0.77% to 2.04% and 1.78% to 2.04% , respectively. We paid one-month LIBOR on these swaps.
In December 2015, we entered into:
A forward starting $500 million pay-fixed interest-rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on forecasted issuance of senior fixed-rate debt to be issued in July 2016. We pay a fixed rate of 1.82% on the swap agreement and receive three-month LIBOR;
A $166 million receive-fixed interest-rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on fixed-rate sub-debt issued in October 2014. This agreement converted the 4.02% fixed-rate debt coupon to three-month LIBOR. We receive a fixed rate of 2.02% on the swap agreement and pay three-month LIBOR; and,
A $334 million receive-fixed interest-rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on fixed-rate sub-debt issued in October 2014. This agreement converted the 4.08% fixed-rate debt coupon to three-month LIBOR. We receive a fixed rate of 2.05% on the swap agreement and pay three-month LIBOR.
In November 2015, we entered into a $750 million receive-fixed interest-rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on our three-year medium term fixed-rate debt issued in November 2015. This agreement converted the 2.30% fixed-rate debt coupon to three-month LIBOR. We receive a fixed rate of 1.24% on the swap agreement and pay three-month LIBOR.
In May 2015, we entered into a $750 million receive-fixed interest-rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on our three-year medium term fixed-rate debt issued in December 2014. This agreement converted the 1.60% fixed-rate debt coupon to three-month LIBOR plus 49 basis points. We receive a fixed rate of 1.11% on the swap agreement and pay three-month LIBOR.
In December 2014, we entered into a $750 million receive-fixed interest-rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on our five-year medium term fixed-rate debt issued in December 2014. This agreement converted the 2.45% fixed-rate debt coupon to three-month LIBOR plus 79 basis points. We receive a fixed rate of 1.66% on the swap agreement and pay three-month LIBOR.
We also sell interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forwards to commercial customers. Offsetting swap and forward agreements are simultaneously transacted to minimize our market risk associated with the customer derivative contracts. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives not designated as hedges reflect the market value of these transactions.

79

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The table below presents our derivative assets and liabilities. For additional information regarding our derivative instruments, see Note 16 “Derivatives” in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(dollars in millions)
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
 
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$16,750


$96


$50

 

$5,750


$24


$99

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
33,719

540

455

 
31,848

589

501

Foreign exchange contracts
8,366

163

156

 
8,359

170

164

Other contracts
981

8

5

 
730

7

9

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
711

616

 
 
766

674

Gross derivative fair values
 
807

666

 
 
790

773

Less: Gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (2)  
 
(178
)
(178
)
 
 
(161
)
(161
)
Less: Cash collateral applied (2)
 
(4
)
(3
)
 
 


Total net derivative fair values presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (3)
 

$625


$485

 
 

$629


$612

(1) The notional or contractual amount of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments under the contract are based. For interest rate derivatives, the notional amount is typically not exchanged. Therefore, notional amounts should not be taken as the measure of credit or market risk as they tend to greatly overstate the true economic risk of these contracts.
(2) Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow us to settle positive and negative positions.
(3) We also offset assets and liabilities associated with repurchase agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 3, “Securities,” in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
At December 31, 2015 , the overall derivative asset value decreased $4 million and the liability balance decreased by $127 million from December 31, 2014 , primarily due to decreased fixed interest rates at December 31, 2015 , compared to December 31, 2014 and increased notional balances for the same period.


80

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table presents unaudited quarterly Consolidated Statements of Operations data and Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of and for the four quarters of 2015 and 2014 , respectively. We have prepared the Consolidated Statement of Operations data and Balance Sheet data on the same basis as our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report and, in the opinion of management, each Consolidated Statement of Operations and Balance Sheet includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations and balance sheet data as of and for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes, included elsewhere in this report.
Supplementary Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data (unaudited)
 
For the Three Months Ended
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
December 31,
2015
 
September 30,
2015
 
June 30,
2015
 
March 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
September 30, 2014
 
June 30,
2014
 
 
March 31, 2014
 
Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$870

 

$856

 

$840

 

$836

 

$840

 

$820

 

$833

 

$808

Noninterest income
362

 
353

 
360

 
347

 
339

 
341

 
640

 
358

Total revenue
1,232

 
1,209

 
1,200

 
1,183

 
1,179

 
1,161

 
1,473

 
1,166

Provision for credit losses
91

 
76

 
77

 
58

 
72

 
77

 
49

 
121

Noninterest expense
810

 
798

 
841

 
810

 
824

 
810

 
948

 
810

Income before income tax expense
331

 
335

 
282

 
315

 
283

 
274

 
476

 
235

Income tax expense
110

 
115

 
92

 
106

 
86

 
85

 
163

 
69

Net income

$221

 

$220

 

$190

 

$209

 

$197

 

$189

 

$313

 

$166

Net income available to common stockholders

$221

 

$213

 

$190

 

$209

 

$197

 

$189

 

$313

 

$166

Net income per average common share- basic (1)

$0.42

 

$0.40

 

$0.35

 

$0.38

 

$0.36

 

$0.34

 

$0.56

 

$0.30

Net income per average common share- diluted (1)

$0.42

 

$0.40

 

$0.35

 

$0.38

 

$0.36

 

$0.34

 

$0.56

 

$0.30

Other Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Return on average common equity (2) (3)
4.51
%
 
4.40
%
 
3.94
%
 
4.36
%
 
4.06
%
 
3.87
%
 
6.41
%
 
3.48
%
Return on average total assets (3) (4)
0.64

 
0.65

 
0.56

 
0.63

 
0.60

 
0.58

 
0.99

 
0.54

Net interest margin (3) (5)
2.77

 
2.76

 
2.72

 
2.77

 
2.80

 
2.77

 
2.87

 
2.89

Stock Activity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Price:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High

$27.17

 

$28.18

 

$28.71

 

$25.84

 

$25.60

 

$23.57

 

$—

 

$—

Low
22.48

 
21.14

 
24.03

 
22.67

 
21.47

 
21.35

 

 

Share Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared and paid per common share

$0.10

 

$0.10

 

$0.10

 

$0.10

 

$0.10

 

$0.68

 

$0.61

 

$0.04

Dividend payout ratio
24
%
 
25
%
 
28
%
 
26
%
 
28
%
 
203
%
 
110
%
 
15
%





81

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



 
As of
(dollars in millions)
December 31,
2015
 
September 30,
2015
 
June 30,
2015
 
March 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
September 30, 2014
 
June 30,
2014
 
 
March 31, 2014
 
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total assets

$138,208

 

$135,447

 

$137,251

 

$136,535

 

$132,857

 

$131,341

 

$130,279

 

$126,892

Loans and leases (6)
99,042

 
97,431

 
96,538

 
94,494

 
93,410

 
90,749

 
88,829

 
87,083

Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,216

 
1,201

 
1,201

 
1,202

 
1,195

 
1,201

 
1,210

 
1,259

Total securities
24,075

 
24,354

 
25,134

 
25,121

 
24,704

 
24,885

 
24,854

 
24,828

Goodwill
6,876

 
6,876

 
6,876

 
6,876

 
6,876

 
6,876

 
6,876

 
6,876

Total liabilities
118,562

 
115,847

 
117,665

 
116,971

 
113,589

 
111,958

 
110,682

 
107,450

Deposits (7)
102,539

 
101,866

 
100,615

 
98,990

 
95,707

 
93,463

 
91,656

 
87,462

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
802

 
1,293

 
3,784

 
4,421

 
4,276

 
5,184

 
6,807

 
6,080

Other short-term borrowed funds
2,630

 
5,861

 
6,762

 
7,004

 
6,253

 
6,715

 
7,702

 
4,950

Long-term borrowed funds
9,886

 
4,153

 
3,890

 
3,904

 
4,642

 
2,062

 
1,732

 
1,403

Total stockholders’ equity
19,646

 
19,600

 
19,586

 
19,564

 
19,268

 
19,383

 
19,597

 
19,442

Other Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Asset Quality Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.23
%
 
1.23
%
 
1.24
%
 
1.27
%
 
1.28
%
 
1.32
%
 
1.36
%
 
1.45
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans and leases
115

 
116

 
114

 
106

 
109

 
111

 
101

 
92

Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.07

 
1.06

 
1.09

 
1.20

 
1.18

 
1.19

 
1.35

 
1.57

Capital ratios: (8)
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CET1 capital ratio (9)
11.7

 
11.8

 
11.8

 
12.2

 
12.4

 
12.9

 
13.3

 
13.4

Tier1 capital ratio (10)
12.0

 
12.0

 
12.1

 
12.2

 
12.4

 
12.9

 
13.3

 
13.4

Total capital ratio (11)
15.3

 
15.4

 
15.3

 
15.5

 
15.8

 
16.1

 
16.2

 
16.0

Tier 1 leverage ratio (12)
10.5

 
10.4

 
10.4

 
10.5

 
10.6

 
10.9

 
11.1

 
11.4


(1) Earnings per share information reflects a 165,582-for-1 forward stock split effective on August 22, 2014.
(2) “Return on average common equity” is defined as net income available to common stockholders divided by average common equity.
(3) Ratios for the periods above are presented on an annualized basis.
(4) “Return on average total assets” is defined as net income divided by average total assets.
(5) “Net interest margin” is defined as net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
(6) Excludes loans held for sale of $365 million, $420 million, $697 million, $376 million, $281 million, $208 million, $262 million, and $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015, June 30, 2015, March 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, September 30, 2014, June 30, 2014 and March 31, 2014, respectively.
(7) Excludes deposits held for sale of $5.2 billion as of March 31, 2014.
(8) Basel III transitional rules for institutions applying the Standardized approach to calculating risk-weighted assets became effective January 1, 2015. The capital ratios and associated components for periods December 31, 2014 and prior are prepared under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(9) CET1 under Basel III replaced the concept of tier 1 common capital that existed under Basel I effective January 1, 2015. “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of December 31, , 2015 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 common capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 common equity divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule .
(10) Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(11) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “Total capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(12) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 leverage ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.



82

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Capital
As a bank holding company and a financial holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRBG. Our primary subsidiaries are our two insured depository institutions, CBNA, a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC, and CBPA, a Pennsylvania-charted savings bank regulated by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and supervised by the FDIC as its primary federal regulator.
In July 2013, the FRB, OCC and FDIC issued the U.S. Basel III final rules. The rules implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment. The U.S. Basel III final rules substantially revised the risk-based capital and leverage requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA. The U.S. Basel III final rules became effective for CFG and its depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA, on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions).
The U.S. Basel III final rules, among other things, (i) introduced a new capital measure called CET1, (ii) specified that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements, (iii) defined CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and (iv) expanded the scope of the deductions/ adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the U.S. Basel III final rules, the minimum capital ratios effective as of January 1, 2015 are:
4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
6.0% Tier 1 capital (CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;
8.0% Total capital (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and
4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).
The U.S. Basel III final rules also introduced a new “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and will increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets below the effective minimum (4.5% plus the capital conservation buffer and, if applicable, the countercyclical capital buffer) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.
When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the U.S. Basel III final rules will require CFG, CBNA and CBPA to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%, and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%.
The U.S. Basel III final rules also provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that certain deferred tax assets and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter).
The U.S. Basel III final rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expanded the risk-weighting categories from the general risk-based capital rules to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories.
With respect to CBNA and CBPA, the U.S. Basel III final rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as discussed above in “Federal Deposit Insurance Act.”


83

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The table below presents our actual regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2015 under Basel III Transitional rules and as of December 31, 2014 under Basel I rules. In addition, the table includes pro forma Basel III ratios as of December 31, 2015 , after full phase-in of all requirements to which we will be subject by January 1, 2019 . Based on both current and fully phased-in Basel III requirements, all ratios remain well above current and future Basel III minima:
 
 
Transitional Basel III
 
Pro Forma Basel III Assuming Full Phase-in
 
Actual Amount
Actual Ratio
Required
Minimum
Well-Capitalized Minimum for Purposes of Prompt Corrective Action
 
Actual Ratio (1)
Required Minimum + Required Capital Conservation Buffer for Non-Leverage Ratios
FDIA Required Well-Capitalized Minimum for Purposes of Prompt Corrective Action
Basel III Transitional as of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (2)

$13,389

11.7
%
4.5
%
6.5
%
 
11.7
%
7.0
%
6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (3)
13,636

12.0

6.0

8.0

 
11.9

8.5

8.0

Total capital (4)
17,505

15.3

8.0

10.0

 
15.3

10.5

10.0

Tier 1 leverage (5)
13,636

10.5

4.0

5.0

 
10.5

4.0

5.0

Basel I as of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common equity (2)

$13,173

12.4
%
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital (3)
13,173

12.4

4.0
%
6.0
%
 
 
 
 
Total capital (4)
16,781

15.8

8.0

10.0

 
 
 
 
Tier 1 leverage (5)
13,173

10.6

4.0

5.0

 
 
 
 
(1) These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “-Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management - Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) CET1 under Basel III replaced the concept of tier 1 common capital that existed under Basel I effective January 1, 2015. “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of December 31, 2015 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 common capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 common equity divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(3) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(4) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “Total capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(5) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 leverage ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
Standardized Approach
The Basel III Standardized approach measures risk-weighted assets primarily for market risk and credit risk exposures. Exposures subject to market risk are measured on a basis generally consistent with how market risk-weighted assets were measured using the market risk rules as defined under the Basel 2.5. Refer to “—Market Risk — Market Risk Regulatory Capital,” for further information. CFG applies the Basel III standardized approach, as defined by the U.S. regulators, for determining the assignment of risk-weighted assets. Under the Standardized approach, which is the risk-weight methodology applicable to CFG, no distinction is made for variations in credit quality for corporate exposures. Additionally, the economic benefit of collateral is restricted to a limited list of eligible securities and cash. We estimate our common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the Basel III Standardized approach, on a fully phased-in basis, to be 11.7% at December 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2015 , we estimated that our Basel III Standardized common equity tier 1 capital would be $13.4 billion and total risk-weighted assets would be $114.3 billion , on a fully-phased in basis. Our estimates under the Basel III Standardized approach may be refined over time because of further rulemaking or clarification by U.S. banking regulators or as our understanding and interpretation of the rules evolve. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

84

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



A reconciliation of Basel III Standardized Transitional approach to Basel III Standardized estimates on a fully-phased in basis for common equity tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, see the following table.
(dollars in millions)
December 31, 2015
Common equity tier 1 capital

$13,389

Impact of intangibles at 100%
(2
)
Fully phased-in common equity tier 1 capital (1)

$13,387

Total capital

$17,505

Impact of intangibles at 100%
(2
)
Fully phased in common total capital (1)

$17,503

Risk-weighted assets

$114,084

Impact of intangibles - 100% capital deduction
(2
)
Impact of mortgage servicing assets at 250% risk weight
246

Fully phased-in risk-weighted assets (1)

$114,328

Transitional common equity tier 1 ratio (2)
11.7
%
Fully phased-in common equity tier 1 ratio (1)(2)
11.7

Transitional total capital ratio (3)
15.3

Fully phased-in total capital ratio (1)(3)
15.3

(1) These are non-GAAP financial measures.
(2) CET1 under Basel III replaced the concept of tier 1 common capital that existed under Basel I effective January 1, 2015.  “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of December 31, 2015 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(3) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.

Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
The following table presents capital and capital ratio information evidencing our transition from Basel I as of December 31, 2014 to Basel III Standardized as of December 31, 2015 :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FDIA Requirements
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Adequacy
 
Classification as Well Capitalized
(dollars in millions)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Basel III Transitional as of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (1)

$13,389

11.7
%
 

$5,134

4.5
%
 

$7,415

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (2)
13,636

12.0

 
6,845

6.0

 
9,127

8.0

Total capital (3)
17,505

15.3

 
9,127

8.0

 
11,408

10.0

Tier 1 leverage (4)
13,636

10.5

 
5,218

4.0

 
6,523

5.0

Risk-weighted assets
114,084

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
130,455

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel I as of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common equity (1)

$13,173

12.4
%
 
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
 
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Tier 1 capital (2)
13,173

12.4

 

$4,239

4.0
%
 

$6,358

6.0
%
Total capital (3)
16,781

15.8

 
8,477

8.0

 
10,596

10.0

Tier 1 leverage (4)
13,173

10.6

 
4,982

4.0

 
6,227

5.0

Risk-weighted assets
105,964

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
124,539

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) CET1 under Basel III replaced the concept of tier 1 common capital that existed under Basel I effective January 1, 2015. “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of December 31, 2015 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 common capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 common equity divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(2) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(3) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “Total capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(4) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 leverage ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.

85

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $13.4 billion at December 31, 2015 , an increase of $216 million from tier 1 common equity under Basel I at December 31, 2014 . The increase was primarily attributable to net income for year ended December 31, 2015 , net of dividends paid to stockholders, $500 million in aggregate repurchases of common shares executed on April 7, 2015 and August 3, 2015, and amortization of deferred tax related to goodwill. At December 31, 2015 , there was approximately $247 million of additional tier 1 capital, reflecting the capital value after issuance costs of the 5.500% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, issued on April 6, 2015. Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2015 was $13.6 billion , an increase of $ 463 million over the year, as approximately half of the repurchase of common shares was offset by the issuance of preferred shares. Total capital was $17.5 billion at December 31, 2015 , an increase of $724 million from December 31, 2014 driven primarily by net income, net of dividends paid to stockholders, as the combined impact of the repurchase of common shares, issuance of preferred shares and issuance of $250 million in subordinated debt on July 31, 2015 was generally neutral to total capital.
On January 1, 2015 , we began reporting risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules. The conversion from Basel I rules resulted in a $2.7 billion increase in RWAs as of December 31, 2014 . This increase was primarily driven by risk weight changes for securitization, off-balance sheet commitments with original maturity one year or less, past due and nonaccruals and the removal of the cap on OTC derivatives.
Risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at December 31, 2015 were $114.1 billion , an increase of $8.1 billion as compared to December 31, 2014 . The primary drivers for this change were the adoption of the Basel III Standardized approach, as well as growth in commercial, consumer auto and student loan exposures.
As of December 31, 2015 , the tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 13 basis points. This decline reflected the net impact of a $5.9 billion increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets, which drove a 49 basis point decline in the ratio, and the previously noted increase in tier 1 capital, which added 36 basis points to the ratio.
The following table presents our capital composition under the Basel III capital framework in effect for us at December 31, 2015 and under the Basel I capital framework in effect for us at December 31, 2014 :
 
Transitional Basel III
 
Basel I
(dollars in millions)
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Total common stockholders’ equity

$19,399

 

$19,268

Exclusions (1) :
 
 
 
Net unrealized (gains) losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax:
 
 
 
Debt and marketable equity securities available for sale
28

 
(74
)
Derivatives
(10
)
 
69

Unamortized net periodic benefit costs
369

 
377

Deductions:
 
 
 
Goodwill
(6,876
)
 
(6,876
)
Deferred tax liability associated with goodwill
480

 
420

Other intangible assets
(1
)
 
(6
)
 
 
 
 
Disallowed mortgage servicing

 
(5
)
Total Common Equity Tier 1 (2)
13,389

 
13,173

Qualifying preferred stock
247

 

Total Tier 1 Capital
13,636

 
13,173

 
 
 
 
Qualifying long-term debt securities as tier 2
2,595

 
2,350

Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,216

 
1,195

Allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet exposure
58

 
61

Unrealized gains on equity securities

 
2

Total capital

$17,505

 

$16,781

(1) As a Basel III Standardized approach institution, we selected the one-time election to opt out of the requirements to include all the components of AOCI.
(2) CET1 under Basel III replaced the concept of tier 1 common capital that existed under Basel I effective January 1, 2015.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the identification, measurement and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual

86

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



and forecasted risk portfolios using applicable regulatory capital methodologies. The assessment also considers the possible impacts of approved and proposed regulatory changes that will or may apply to future periods. Key analytical frameworks, which enable the comprehensive assessment of capital adequacy versus unexpected loss, supplement our base case forecast. These supplemental frameworks include integrated stress testing, as well as an internal capital adequacy requirement that builds on internally assessed economic capital requirements. A robust governance framework supports our capital planning process. This process includes capital management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our comprehensive capital contingency plan and the active engagement of both the legal-entity boards and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy for us and for our banking subsidiaries feed development of capital plans that are submitted to the FRBG and other bank regulators. We prepare these plans in full compliance with the FRBG’s Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRBG’s extensive CCAR review process. In addition to the stress test requirements under CCAR, we also participate in semiannual stress tests required by the Dodd-Frank Act.
In March 2015, the FRBG assessed our current capital plan in response to the CCAR process and issued a notice of non-objection. Unless we choose to file an amended capital plan prior to April 2016, the maximum levels at which we may declare dividends and repurchase shares of our common stock through June 30, 2016 are governed by the proposed capital actions and, are subject to actual financial performance, as well as ongoing compliance with internal governance and all other regulatory requirements.
Capital Transactions
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we completed the following capital actions:
Declared and paid common dividends of $0.10 per share, aggregating to dividend payments of approximately $55 million, $53 million, $53 million and $53 million, respectively, in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2015;
Issued 250,000 shares of the 5.500% Fixed-To-Floating Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, on April 6, 2015, with aggregate liquidation value of $250 million and approximately $247 million of net capital value after deduction of fixed issuance costs;
Repurchased 10,473,397 of our outstanding common shares from RBS, on April 7, 2015, at a price of $23.87 per share reducing market and regulatory capital by approximately $250 million;
Issued $250 million aggregate principal amount 4.350% Subordinated Notes due 2025 on July 31, 2015;
Repurchased 9,615,384 of our outstanding common shares from RBS on August 3, 2015, at a price of $26.00 per share reducing market and regulatory capital by approximately $250 million;
Declared a semi-annual dividend of $27.50 per share on the 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, aggregating to approximately $7 million, and paid on October 6, 2015;
Issued $750 million aggregate principal amount 4.300% Subordinated Notes due 2025 on December 3, 2015;
Repurchased $333 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.771% Subordinated Notes due 2023 from RBS, on December 3, 2015;
Repurchased $334 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.691% Subordinated Notes due 2024 from RBS, on December 3, 2015; and
Repurchased $83 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.153% Subordinated Notes due 2024 from RBS, on December 3, 2015.
The direct repurchase of subordinated debt from RBS and the public issuance of subordinated debt during the fourth quarter of 2015 were generally neutral to our total capital level and ratios. The repurchase of common shares and the issuance of subordinated debt during the third quarter of 2015 were neutral to our total capital level and ratios but reduced common equity by $250 million, and the CET1 and tier 1 risk-based ratios by 22 basis points. The repurchase of common shares and the issuance of preferred shares during the second quarter of 2015 were generally neutral to our tier 1 and total capital levels and ratios but reduced common equity by $250 million and the CET1 ratio by approximately 23 basis points.
We intend to continue to repurchase common stock and subordinated debt, as appropriate, subject to regulatory approval and market conditions.
At December 31, 2015 , all regulatory ratios remained well above their respective fully phased-in Basel III minimum, which includes the capital conservation buffer for the risk-based ratios. Fully phased-in regulatory ratios are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of

87

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures,”
Banking Subsidiaries’ Capital
The following table presents our banking subsidiaries’ capital ratios under Basel I as of December 31, 2014 and Basel III Standardized Transitional rules as of December 31, 2015 :
 
Transitional Basel III
 
Basel I
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(dollars in millions)
Amount

Ratio
 
Amount

Ratio
Citizens Bank, N.A.
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (1)

$10,754

11.7
%
 
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Tier 1 capital (2)
10,754

11.7

 

$10,406

12.2
%
Total capital (3)
13,132

14.3

 
12,584

14.8

Tier 1 leverage (4)
10,754

10.7

 
10,406

10.9

Risk-weighted assets
91,625

 
 
 
 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
100,504

 
 
 
 
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (1)

$3,017

13.0
%
 
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Tier 1 capital (2)
3,017

13.0

 

$2,967

14.1
%
Total capital (3)
3,559

15.4

 
3,494

16.6

Tier 1 leverage (4)
3,017

9.1

 
2,967

9.5

Risk-weighted assets
23,179

 
 
 
 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
33,045

 
 
 
 
(1) Basel III introduced the concept of CET I effective January 1, 2015.  “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of December 31, 2015 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(2) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(3) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “Total capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(4) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 leverage ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
CBNA CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $10.8 billion at December 31, 2015 , an increase of $348 million from tier 1 common equity under Basel I at December 31, 2014 . The increase was primarily attributable to net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 , net of dividends paid to CFG. At December 31, 2015 , CBNA held minimal additional tier 1 capital. Total capital was $13.1 billion at December 31, 2015 , an increase of $548 million driven primarily by the increase in CET1 capital.
On January 1, 2015 , CBNA began reporting risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules. The conversion from Basel I rules resulted in a $2.0 billion increase in RWAs as of December 31, 2014 . This increase was primarily driven by risk weight changes for securitizations, commercial past due and nonaccruals, off-balance sheet commitments with an original maturity one year or less and the removal of the cap on OTC derivatives.
CBNA risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at December 31, 2015 were $91.6 billion , an increase of $6.3 billion as compared to December 31, 2014 . The primary drivers for this change were the adoption of the Basel III Standardized approach, as well as growth in commercial, student and consumer auto loan exposures. These increases were partially offset by run off in home lending exposures.
As of December 31, 2015 , the CBNA tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 18 basis points, driven by an increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $4.9 billion resulting in a 54 basis point decline in the ratio, partially offset by a 36 basis point increase for higher CET1 capital described above.
CBPA CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $3.0 billion at December 31, 2015 , an increase of $50 million from tier 1 common equity under Basel I at December 31, 2014 . The increase was primarily attributable to amortization of deferred tax related to goodwill, as net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 , net of dividends paid to CFG, was flat compared to 2014. At December 31, 2015 , there was no additional tier 1 capital. Total capital was $3.6 billion at December 31, 2015 , an increase of $65 million driven primarily by the increase in CET1 capital and a slight increase in allowance for credit losses.

88

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



On January 1, 2015 , CBPA began reporting risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules. The conversion from Basel I rules resulted in a $705 million increase in RWAs as of December 31, 2014 . This increase was primarily driven by risk-weight changes for off-balance sheet commitments with an original maturity one year or less, securitizations and the removal of the cap on OTC derivatives.
CBPA risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at December 31, 2015 were $23.2 billion , an increase of $2.1 billion as compared to December 31, 2014 . The primary drivers for this change were the adoption of the Basel III Standardized approach, as well as growth in commercial, student loans and purchased auto loan exposures.
As of December 31, 2015 , the CBPA tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 37 basis points, driven by an increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $1.8 billion resulting in a 52 basis point decline in the ratio, partially offset by a 15 basis point increase resulting from higher CET1 capital described above.
Liquidity
We define liquidity as an institution’s ability to meet its cash-flow and collateral obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. An institution must maintain current liquidity to fund its daily operations and forecasted cash-flow needs as well as contingent liquidity to deliver funding in a stress scenario. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength.
We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity, including us, CBNA and CBPA.
CFG Liquidity
Our primary sources of cash are (i) dividends and interest received from our banking subsidiaries as a result of investing in bank equity and subordinated debt and (ii) externally issued subordinated debt. Our uses of liquidity include the following: (i) routine cash flow requirements as a bank holding company, including payments of dividends, interest and expenses; (ii) needs of subsidiaries, including our banking subsidiaries, for additional equity and, as required, their needs for debt financing; and (iii) extraordinary requirements for cash.
On July 31, 2015, we issued $250 million aggregate principal amount 4.350% Subordinated Notes due 2025 in a public underwritten offering. We used the net proceeds of this offering to repurchase 9,615,384 shares of our outstanding common stock directly from RBS at $26.00 per share.
Our cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs. As of December 31, 2015 , we held cash and cash equivalents of approximately $400 million , which should be viewed as a liquidity reserve.
Our liquidity risk is low for the following reasons: (i) we have no material non-banking subsidiaries, and our banking subsidiaries are self-funding; (ii) we have no outstanding senior debt at the CFG level; (iii) the capital structures of our banking subsidiaries are similar to our capital structure. As of December 31, 2015 , our double leverage ratio (the combined equity of our subsidiaries divided by our equity) was 101.4% ; and, (iv) our other cash flow requirements, such as operating expenses, are relatively small.
Banking Subsidiaries’ Liquidity
In the ordinary course of business, the liquidity of CBNA and CBPA is managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank liquidity include (i) deposits from our consumer and commercial franchise customers; (ii) payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and (iii) wholesale borrowings, as needed, and as described under “—Liquidity Risk Management and Governance.” The primary uses of bank liquidity include (i) withdrawals and maturities of deposits; (ii) payment of interest on deposits; (iii) funding of loan commitments; and (iv) funding of securities purchases. To the extent that the banks have relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
Our banking subsidiaries’ major businesses involve taking deposits and making loans. Hence, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have timely access to funds from deposits and loans. Liquidity management also involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses and support extraordinary funding requirements when necessary.
From an external issuance perspective, during 2014, we created a $3.0 billion Global Note Program for CBNA. On December 3, 2015, CBNA issued $750 million in three-year fixed-rate senior notes under this program. This debt represents a key source of unsecured, term, and stable funding, further diversifies the funding sources of CBNA, and creates a more peer-like funding structure for the consolidated enterprise. Additionally, on December 1, 2014, CBNA issued $1.5 billion in senior notes under this program, consisting of $750 million of three-year fixed-rate notes and $750 million in five-year fixed-rate notes.

89

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Liquidity Risk
We define liquidity risk as the risk that an entity will be unable to meet our payment obligations in a timely manner. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated enterprise level, and for each material legal entity including us, CBNA and CBPA. Liquidity risk can arise due to contingent liquidity risk and/or funding liquidity risk.
Contingent liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions may reduce an entity’s ability to liquidate, pledge and/or finance certain assets and thereby substantially reduce the liquidity value of such assets. Drivers of contingent liquidity risk include general market disruptions as well as specific issues regarding the credit quality and/or valuation of a security or loan, issuer or borrower and/or asset class.
Funding liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions and/or entity-specific events may reduce an entity’s ability to raise funds from depositors and/or wholesale market counterparties. Drivers of funding liquidity risk may be idiosyncratic or systemic, reflecting impediments to operations and/or undermining of market confidence.
Factors Affecting Liquidity
Given the composition of their assets and borrowing sources, contingent liquidity at both CBNA and CBPA would be materially affected by such events as deterioration of financing markets for high-quality securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities and other instruments issued by the GNMA, FNMA and the FHLMC), by any inability of the FHLBs to provide collateralized advances and/or by a refusal of the FRB to act as lender of last resort in systemic stress. Given the quality of our unencumbered securities, the positive track record of the FHLBs in stress and the commitment of the FRB to continue as lender of last resort in systemic stress scenarios, we view contingent liquidity risk at our banking subsidiaries, both CBNA and CBPA, to be relatively modest, given the size and configuration of their respective balance sheets.
Given the structure of their balance sheets, funding liquidity of CBNA and CBPA would be materially affected by an adverse idiosyncratic event (e.g., a major loss, causing a perceived or actual deterioration in its financial condition), an adverse systemic event (e.g., default or bankruptcy of a significant capital markets participant), or a combination of both (e.g., the financial crisis of 2008-2010). However, during the financial crisis, our banking subsidiaries reduced their dependence on unsecured wholesale funding to virtually zero. Consequently, and despite ongoing exposure to a variety of idiosyncratic and systemic events, we view our funding liquidity risk to be relatively modest.
An additional variable affecting our access, and the access of our banking subsidiaries, to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large denomination (i.e., uninsured) customer deposits is the credit ratings assigned by such agencies as Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch. The following table presents our credit ratings:
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
Moody’s   
 
Standard and
Poor’s
 
Fitch   
 
 
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
NR
 
BBB+
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
NR
 
A-2
 
F2
 
Subordinated debt
NR
 
BBB
 
BBB
 
Preferred Stock
NR
 
BB+
 
BB-
 
Citizens Bank, N.A.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
Baa1
 
A-
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
NR
 
A-2
 
F2
 
Long-term deposits
A1
 
NR
 
A-
 
Short-term deposits
P-1
 
NR
 
F2
 
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
Baa1
 
A-
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
NR
 
A-2
 
F2
 
Long-term deposits
A1
 
NR
 
A-
 
Short-term deposits
P-1
 
NR
 
F2
 
  NR = Not rated
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding. As a result and in order to maintain a conservative funding profile, our banking subsidiaries continue to minimize reliance on unsecured wholesale funding. At December 31, 2015 , the majority of wholesale funding consisted of secured borrowings primarily FHLB advances secured primarily by high-quality residential loan collateral. Our dependence on short-term, unsecured and credit-sensitive funding continues to be relatively low.

90

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and liquidity management practices. The FRBG evaluates our liquidity as part of the supervisory process, and the Federal Reserve Board recently issued regulations that will require us to conduct regular liquidity stress testing over various time horizons and to maintain a buffer of highly liquid assets sufficient to cover expected net cash outflows and projected loss or impairment of funding sources for a short-term liquidity stress scenario. In addition, the Basel Committee has developed a set of internationally-agreed upon quantitative liquidity metrics: the LCR and the NSFR.
The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash outflows over a 30-day liquidity stress period. In September 2014, the U.S. federal banking regulators published the final rule to implement the LCR. This rule also introduced a modified version of the LCR in the United States, which generally applies to BHCs not active internationally (institutions with less than $10 billion of on-balance sheet foreign exposure), with total assets of greater than $50 billion but less than $250 billion. Under this definition, we are designated as a modified LCR company. As compared to the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, the version of the LCR issued by the U.S. federal banking regulators includes a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions and a shorter phase-in schedule that began on January 1, 2015 and ends on January 1, 2017. Notably, as a modified LCR company, we were required to be 90% compliant beginning in January 2016, and 100% compliant beginning in January 2017. Achieving sustainable LCR compliance may require changes in the size and/or composition of our investment portfolio, the configuration of our discretionary wholesale funding portfolio, and our average cash position. We were compliant with the LCR as of December 31, 2015 , and we were fully compliant with the LCR as of the required implementation date of January 2016.
The NSFR was developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities and has a time horizon of one year. The Basel Committee contemplates that the NSFR, including any revisions, will be implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018; however, the U.S. federal banking regulators have not yet published a proposed rule to implement the NSFR in the United States.
We continue to review and monitor these liquidity requirements to develop appropriate implementation plans and liquidity strategies. We expect to be fully compliant with the final rules on or prior to the applicable effective date.
Liquidity Risk Management and Governance
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Funding and Liquidity Unit within our Treasury unit in accordance with policy guidelines promulgated by our Board and the Asset and Liability Management Committee. In managing liquidity risk, the Funding and Liquidity Unit delivers regular and comprehensive reporting, including current levels versus threshold limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics, explanatory commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies.
The mission of our Funding and Liquidity Unit is to deliver prudent levels of current, projected and contingent liquidity from stable sources, in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost, without significant adverse consequences.
We seek to accomplish this mission by funding loans with stable deposits; by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly short-term unsecured funding; and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and securities.
As of December 31, 2015 :
Core deposits, including loans and deposits held for sale, continued to be our primary source of funding and our consolidated year-end loan-to-deposit ratio was 96.9% ;
Short-term unsecured wholesale funding was $527 million , substantially offset by our net overnight position (which is defined as excess cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Banks plus federal funds sold minus federal funds purchased) of $2.0 billion ;
Contingent liquidity was $23.1 billion ; net overnight position (defined above), totaled $2.0 billion ; unencumbered liquid securities totaled $17.0 billion ; and available FHLB capacity primarily secured by mortgage loans totaled $4.1 billion ; and
Available discount window capacity, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the Federal Reserve based on identified collateral, is secured by non-mortgage commercial and consumer loans and totaled $11.0 billion . Use of this borrowing capacity would likely be considered only during exigent circumstances.

91

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



    
The Funding and Liquidity Unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding metrics, including specific risk threshold limits. The metrics are broadly classified as follows:
Current liquidity sources and capacities, including excess cash at the Federal Reserve Banks, free and liquid securities and available and secured FHLB borrowing capacity;
Contingent stressed liquidity, including idiosyncratic, systemic and combined stress scenarios, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements such as the LCR and the NSFR; and
Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored for each of us, our banking subsidiaries, and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including net overnight position, unencumbered securities, internal liquidity, available FHLB borrowing capacity and total contingent liquidity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
Cash flows from operating activities contributed $1.2 billion in 2015. Net cash used by investing activities was $5.9 billion , primarily reflecting net securities available for sale portfolio purchases of $6.8 billion and a net increase in loans and leases of $6.0 billion , partially offset by proceeds from maturities, paydowns and sales of securities available for sale of $7.3 billion . Cash provided by financing activities was $4.5 billion , driven by a net increase in deposits of $6.8 billion and proceeds from long-term borrowed funds of $6.8 billion , partially offset by a decrease in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase of $3.5 billion , a decrease in other short-term borrowed funds of $4.4 billion and repayments of long-term borrowed funds of $766 million . These activities represented a cumulative decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $191 million , which, when added to the cash and cash equivalents balance of $3.3 billion at the beginning of the year, resulted in an ending balance of cash and cash equivalents of $3.1 billion as of December 31, 2015 .
For the year ended December 31, 2014, our operating activities contributed $1.4 billion in net cash, including an increase in other liabilities, which added $239 million, and an increase in depreciation, amortization and accretion, which added $386 million, partially offset by an increase in other assets of $295 million and a gain on sale of deposits of $286 million. For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used by investing activities was $10.3 billion, primarily reflecting net securities available for sale portfolio purchases of $8.3 billion, a net increase in loans and leases of $6.9 billion and securities held to maturity portfolio purchases of $1.2 billion, partially offset by proceeds from maturities, paydowns and sales of securities available for sale of $6.3 billion. Cash provided by financing activities was $9.4 billion, including a net increase in other short-term borrowed funds of $4.0 billion and a net increase in deposits of $3.8 billion. These activities represented a cumulative increase in cash and cash equivalents of $519 million, which, when added to the cash and cash equivalents balance of $2.8 billion at the beginning of the year, resulted in an ending balance of cash and cash equivalents of $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2014.
Contractual Obligations
The following table presents our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 :
(in millions)
Total

Less than 1 year

1 to 3 years

3 to 5 years

After 5 years

Long-term borrowed funds (1)

$9,886


$—


$6,517


$755


$2,614

Operating lease obligations
817

190

298

149

180

Term deposits (1)
12,024

9,994

1,737

287

6

Purchase obligations (2)
675

491

79

48

57

Total outstanding contractual obligations

$23,402


$10,675


$8,631


$1,239


$2,857

(1) Deposits and borrowed funds exclude interest.
(2) Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by non-cancelable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.


92

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Off-Balance Sheet Commitments
The following table presents our outstanding off-balance sheet commitments. See Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report:
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Commitment amount:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Undrawn commitments to extend credit

$56,524

 

$55,899

 

$625

 
1
%
Financial standby letters of credit
2,010

 
2,315

 
(305
)
 
(13
)
Performance letters of credit
42

 
65

 
(23
)
 
(35
)
Commercial letters of credit
87

 
75

 
12

 
16

Marketing rights
47

 
51

 
(4
)
 
(8
)
Risk participation agreements
26

 
19

 
7

 
37

Residential mortgage loans sold with recourse
10

 
11

 
(1
)
 
(9
)
Total

$58,746

 

$58,435

 

$311

 
1
%

In November 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with RBS to purchase $500 million of its subordinated notes held by RBS by July 30, 2016, subject to regulatory approval and rating agency considerations. See Note 19 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
In June 2015, we amended our agreement originally entered into in May 2014, to purchase automobile loans on a quarterly basis in future periods. Commencing on the effective date and through July 31, 2015, the amended agreement requires the purchase of a minimum of $250 million of outstanding balances to a maximum of $600 million per quarterly period. For quarterly periods on or after August 1, 2015, the minimum and maximum purchases are $50 million and $200 million, respectively. The agreement automatically renews until terminated by either party. We may cancel the agreement at will with payment of a variable termination fee. After three years, there is no termination fee.
On January 7, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase student loans on a quarterly basis beginning with the first calendar quarter in 2016 and ending with the fourth calendar quarter in 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company committed to purchase a minimum of $125 million of loans per quarter. The minimum and maximum amount of the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans under the terms of the agreement are $500 million and $1 billion, respectively. The agreement will terminate immediately if at any time during its term the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans equals the maximum amount. The agreement may be extended by written agreement of the parties for an additional four quarters. The Company may terminate the agreement at will with payment of a termination fee equal to the product of $1 million times the number of calendar quarters remaining in the term.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our audited Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included elsewhere in this report, are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. The most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below.
See Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report, for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.

93

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Allowance for Credit Losses
Management’s estimate of probable losses in our loan and lease portfolios including unfunded lending commitments is recorded in the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date. Our determination of such estimates is based on a periodic evaluation of the loan and lease portfolios and unfunded credit facilities, as well as other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective and requires significant estimates and judgments of underlying factors, all of which are susceptible to change.
The ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments could be affected by a variety of internal and external factors. Internal factors include portfolio performance such as delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings, the mix and level of loan balances, differing economic risks associated with each loan category and the financial condition of specific borrowers. External factors include fluctuations in the general economy, unemployment rates, bankruptcy filings, developments within a particular industry, changes in collateral values and factors particular to a specific commercial credit such as competition, business and management performance. The ALLL may be adjusted to reflect our current assessment of various qualitative risks, factors and events that may not be measured in our statistical procedures. There is no certainty that the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments will be appropriate over time to cover losses because of unanticipated adverse changes in any of these internal, external or qualitative factors.
The evaluation of the adequacy of the commercial, commercial real estate, and lease ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is primarily based on risk rating models that assess probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default on an individual loan basis. The models are primarily driven by individual customer financial characteristics and are validated against historical experience. Additionally, qualitative factors may be included in the risk rating models. After the aggregation of individual borrower incurred loss, additional overlays can be made based on back-testing against historical losses and forward loss curve ratios.
For nonaccruing commercial and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $3 million or greater and for all commercial and commercial real estate TDRs (regardless of size), we conduct specific analysis on a loan level basis to determine the probable amount of credit loss. If appropriate, a specific ALLL is established for the loan through a charge to the provision for credit losses. For all classes of impaired loans, individual loan measures of impairment may result in a charge-off to the ALLL, if deemed appropriate. In such cases, the provision for credit losses is not affected when a specific reserve for at least that amount already exists. Techniques utilized include comparing the loan’s carrying amount to the estimated present value of its future cash flows, the fair value of its underlying collateral, or the loan’s observable market price. The technique applied to each impaired loan is based on the workout officer’s opinion of the most probable workout scenario. Historically, this has generally led to the use of the estimated present value of future cash flows approach. The fair value of underlying collateral will be used if the loan is deemed collateral dependent. For loans that use the fair value of underlying collateral approach, a charge-off assessment is performed quarterly to write the loans down to fair value.
For most non-impaired retail loan portfolio types, the ALLL is based upon the incurred loss model utilizing the PD, LGD and exposure at default on an individual loan basis. When developing these factors, we may consider the loan product and collateral type, LTV ratio, lien position, borrower’s credit, time outstanding, geographic location, delinquency status and incurred loss period. Incurred loss periods are reviewed and updated at least annually, and potentially more frequently when economic situations change rapidly, as they tend to fluctuate with economic cycles. Incurred loss periods are generally longer in good economic times and shorter in bad times. Certain retail portfolios, including SBO home equity loans, student loans, and credit card receivables utilize roll rate models to estimate the ALLL. For the portfolios measured using the incurred loss model, roll rate models are also used to support management overlays if deemed necessary.
For home equity lines and loans, a number of factors impact the PD. Specifically, the borrower’s current FICO score, the utilization rate, delinquency statistics, borrower income, current CLTV ratio and months on books are all used to assess the borrower’s creditworthiness. Similarly, the loss severity is also impacted by various factors, including the utilization rate, the CLTV ratio, the lien position, the Housing Price Index change for the location (as measured by the Case-Shiller index), months on books and current loan balance.
When we are not in a first lien position, we use delinquency information on the first lien exposures obtained from third-party credit information providers in the credit assessment. For all first liens, whether owned by a third party or by us, an additional assessment is performed on a quarterly basis. In this assessment, the most recent three months’ performance of the senior liens is reviewed for delinquency (90 days or more past due), modification, foreclosure and/or bankruptcy statuses. If any derogatory status is present, the junior lien will be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of its delinquency status on our books. This subsequent change to nonaccrual status will alter the treatment in the PD model, thus affecting the reserve calculation.
In addition, the first lien exposure is combined with the second lien exposure to generate a CLTV. The CLTV is a more accurate reflection of the leverage of the borrower against the property value, as compared to the LTV from just the junior lien(s). The CLTV is used for modeling both the junior lien PD and LGD. This also impacts the ALLL rates for the junior lien HELOCs.

94

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The above measures are all used to assess the PD and LGD for HELOC borrowers for whom we originated the loans. There is also a portfolio of home equity products that were originated and serviced by others; however, we currently service some of the loans in this portfolio. The SBO portfolio is modeled as a separate class and the reserves for this class are generated by using the delinquency roll rate models as described below.
For retail TDRs that are not collateral-dependent, allowances are developed using the present value of expected future cash flows, compared to the recorded investment in the loans. Expected re-default factors are considered in this analysis. Retail TDRs that are deemed collateral-dependent are written down to the fair market value of the collateral less costs to sell. The fair value of collateral is periodically monitored subsequent to the modification.
Changes in the levels of estimated losses, even if minor, can significantly affect management’s determination of an appropriate ALLL. For consumer loans, losses are affected by such factors as loss severity, collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. A 1% and 5% increase in the estimated loss rate for consumer loans at December 31, 2015 would have increased the ALLL by $5 million and $26 million , respectively. The ALLL for our Commercial Banking segment is sensitive to assigned credit risk ratings and inherent loss rates. If 10% and 20% of the December 31, 2015 year end loan balances (including unfunded commitments) within each risk rating category of our Commercial Banking segment had experienced downgrades of two risk categories, the ALLL would have increased by $36 million and $72 million , respectively.
Commercial loans and leases are charged off to the ALLL when there is little prospect of collecting either principal or interest. Charge-offs of commercial loans and leases usually involve receipt of borrower-specific adverse information. For commercial collateral-dependent loans, an appraisal or other valuation is used to quantify a shortfall between the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell and the recorded investment in the commercial loan. Retail loan charge-offs are generally based on established delinquency thresholds rather than borrower-specific adverse information. When a loan is collateral-dependent, any shortfalls between the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell and the recorded investment is promptly charged off. Placing any loan or lease on nonaccrual status does not by itself require a partial or total charge-off; however, any identified losses are charged off at that time.
For additional information regarding the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
Fair Value
We measure fair value using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based upon quoted market prices in an active market, where available. If quoted prices are not available, observable market-based inputs or independently sourced parameters are used to develop fair value, whenever possible. Such inputs may include prices of similar assets or liabilities, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds and foreign exchange rates.
We classify our assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in accordance with the three-level valuation hierarchy:
Level 1. Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2. Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Level 3. Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market information and that are significant to the fair value measurement.
Classification in the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability. For instruments classified in Level 1 and 2 where inputs are primarily based upon observable market data, there is less judgment applied in arriving at the fair value. For instruments classified in Level 3, management judgment is more significant due to the lack of observable market data.
Significant assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis include our mortgage-backed securities available for sale. These instruments are priced using an external pricing service and are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The service’s pricing models use predominantly observable valuation inputs to measure the fair value of these securities under both the market and income approaches. The pricing service utilizes a matrix pricing methodology to price our U.S. agency pass-through securities, which involves making adjustments to to-be-announced security prices based on a matrix of various mortgage-backed securities characteristics such as weighted-average maturities, indices and other pool-level information. Other agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities are priced using a discounted cash flow methodology. This methodology includes estimating the cash flows expected to be received for each security using projected prepayment speeds and default rates based on historical

95

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



statistics of the underlying collateral and current market conventions. These estimated cash flows are then discounted using market-based discount rates that incorporate characteristics such as average life, volatility, ratings, performance of the underlying collateral, and prevailing market conditions.
We review and update the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs in fair value measurements may result in a reclassification between the fair value hierarchy levels and are recognized based on year-end balances. We also verify the accuracy of the pricing provided by our primary external pricing service on a quarterly basis. This process involves using a secondary external vendor to provide valuations for our securities portfolio for comparison purposes. Any securities with discrepancies beyond a certain threshold are researched and, if necessary, valued by an independent outside broker.
Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include mortgage servicing rights accounted for by the amortization method, loan impairments for certain loans and goodwill.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” Note 3 “Securities,” Note 10 “Mortgage Banking,” and Note 16 “Derivatives” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
Goodwill
Goodwill is an asset that represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual impairment tests. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. A reporting unit is a business operating segment or a component of a business operating segment. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.
The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is deemed to be not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.
The second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangible assets as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss recognized cannot exceed the amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.
We review goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31 or more often if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one or more reporting units is below its carrying value. We rely on the income approach (discounted cash flow method) as the primary method for determining fair value. Market-based methods are used as benchmarks to corroborate the value determined by the discounted cash flow method.
We rely on several assumptions when estimating the fair value of our reporting units using the discounted cash flow method. These assumptions include the current discount rate, as well as projected loan losses, income taxes and capital retention rates. Discount rates are estimated based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta and unsystematic risk and size premium adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated on the assessment of the risks related to the projected cash flows of each reporting unit. Multi-year financial forecasts are developed for each reporting unit by considering several key business drivers such as new business initiatives, customer retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, forward interest rates, historical performance and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The long-term growth rate used in determining the terminal value of each reporting unit was estimated based on management’s assessment of the minimum expected terminal growth rate of each reporting unit, as well as broader economic considerations such as gross domestic product and inflation.
We corroborate the fair value of our reporting units determined by the discounted cash flow method using market-based methods: a comparable company method and a comparable transaction method. The comparable company method measures fair value of a business by comparing it to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. This involves identifying and selecting the comparable companies based on a number of factors (i.e., size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment), calculating

96

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



the market multiples (i.e., price-to-tangible book value, price-to-cash earnings and price-to-net income) of these comparable companies and then applying these multiples to our operating results to estimate the value of the reporting unit’s equity on a marketable, minority basis. A control premium is then applied to this value to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit on a marketable, controlling basis. The comparable transaction method measures fair value of a business based on exchange prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for controlling interests in public or private companies currently offered for sale. The process involves comparison and correlation of us with other similar companies. Adjustments for differences in factors described earlier (i.e., size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment) are also considered.
As a best practice, we also corroborate the fair value of our reporting units determined by the discounted cash flow method by adding the aggregated sum of these fair value measurements to the fair value of our non-segment operations and comparing this total to our observed market capitalization. As part of this process, we analyze the implied control premium to evaluate its reasonableness. All facts and circumstances are considered when completing this analysis, including observed transaction data and any additional external evidence supporting the implied control premium. Since none of our reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to CFG’s common stock price. The sum of the fair values of the reporting units at October 31, 2015 exceeded the overall market capitalization of CFG as of October 31, 2015. Although we believe it is reasonable to conclude that market capitalization could be an indicator of fair value over time, we do not believe that our current market capitalization reflects the aggregate fair value of our individual reporting units.
The valuation of goodwill is dependent on forward-looking expectations related to the performance of the U.S. economy and our associated financial performance. The prolonged delay in the full recovery of the U.S. economy, and the impact of that delay on earnings expectations, prompted a goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2013. Although the U.S. economy has demonstrated signs of recovery, notably improvements in unemployment and housing, the pace and extent of recovery in these indicators, as well as in overall gross domestic product, have lagged previous expectations. The impact of the slow recovery is most evident in our Consumer Banking reporting unit. Accordingly, the percentage by which the estimated fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value declined from 7% at December 31, 2011 to 5% at December 31, 2012.
During the first half of 2013, we observed further deceleration of expected growth for our Consumer Banking reporting unit’s future profits based on forecasted economic growth for the U.S. economy and the continuing impact of the new regulatory framework in the financial industry. This deceleration was incorporated into our revised earnings forecast in the second quarter of 2013, and we subsequently concluded that there was a likelihood of greater than 50% that goodwill impairment had occurred as of June 30, 2013.
An interim goodwill impairment test was subsequently performed for our Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units. Step One of these tests indicated that (1) the fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit was less than its carrying value by 19% and (2) the fair value of our Commercial Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 27%. Step Two of the goodwill impairment test was subsequently performed for our Consumer Banking reporting unit, which resulted in the recognition of a pre-tax $4.4 billion impairment charge in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period ending June 30, 2013. The impairment charge, which was a non-cash item, had minimal impact on our tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios. The impairment charge had no impact on our liquidity position or tangible common equity.
We performed an annual test for impairment of goodwill for both reporting units as of October 31, 2015. As of this testing date, the percentage by which the fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value was 6%, and the percentage by which the fair value of our Commercial Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value was 8%.
We based the fair value estimates used in our annual goodwill impairment testing on assumptions we believe to be representative of assumptions that a market participant would use in valuing the reporting units but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain, including estimates of future growth rates and operating margins and assumptions about the overall economic climate and the competitive environment for our reporting units. There can be no assurances that future estimates and assumptions made for purposes of goodwill testing will prove accurate predictions of the future. If the assumptions regarding business plans, competitive environments, market conditions or anticipated growth rates are not achieved, or a market participant view of our total fair value declines, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods.
For additional information regarding our goodwill impairment testing, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 9 “Goodwill” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

97

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Income Taxes
Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and reflect our estimate of income taxes to be paid or that effectively have been prepaid. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or that effectively have been prepaid, and the net balance is reported as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We determine the realization of the deferred tax asset based upon an evaluation of the four possible sources of taxable income: (1) the future reversals of taxable temporary differences; (2) future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; (3) taxable income in prior carryback years; and (4) tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, we utilize forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjust for the estimated book tax differences and incorporate assumptions, including the amount of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. These assumptions require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage the underlying businesses. The realization of the deferred tax assets could be reduced in the future if these estimates are significantly different than forecasted.
We are subject to income tax in the United States and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction may be interpreted differently in certain situations, which could result in a range of outcomes. Thus, we are required to exercise judgment regarding the application of these tax laws and regulations. We evaluate and recognize tax liabilities related to any tax uncertainties. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may differ from the current estimate of tax liabilities or refunds.
Our estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For additional information regarding income taxes, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 15 “Income Taxes” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

Risk Governance
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the levels of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives are clearly understood.
To enable the Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The key committees that specifically consider risk across the enterprise are set out in the diagram below.


98

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Chief Risk Officer
The CRO directs our overall risk management function overseeing the credit, interest rate , market, liquidity, operational, compliance, strategic and reputational risk management. The CRO reports to our CEO and to the Board Risk Committee.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model which defines responsibilities and accountabilities.
First Line of Defense
The business lines (including their associated support functions) are the First Line of Defense and are accountable for owning and managing, within our defined risk appetite, the risks which exist in their respective business areas. The business lines are responsible for performing regular risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of their controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating procedures and establishing and owning a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
Second Line of Defense
The Second Line of Defense includes independent monitoring and control functions accountable for developing and ensuring implementation of risk and control frameworks and related policies. This centralized risk function is appropriately independent from the business and is accountable for overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks. This risk function utilizes training, communications and awareness to provide expert support and advice to the business lines. This includes interpreting the risk policy standards and risk management framework, overseeing compliance by the businesses with policies and responsibilities, including providing relevant management information and escalating concerns where appropriate.
The Executive Risk Committee, chaired by the CRO, actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and mitigated.
Third Line of Defense
Our Internal Audit function is the Third Line of Defense providing independent assurance with a view of the effectiveness of Citizens’ internal controls, governance practices, and culture so that risk is managed appropriately for the size, complexity, and risk profile of the organization. Internal Audit has complete and unrestricted access to any and all Bank records, physical properties, and personnel. Internal Audit issues a report following each internal review and provides an audit opinion to Citizens’ Audit Committees on a quarterly basis.
Credit Quality Assurance also reports to the Chief Audit Executive and also provides the Boards, senior management and other stakeholders with independent assurance on the quality of credit portfolios and adherence to agreed Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Policies and processes. In line with its procedures and regulatory expectations, the Credit Quality Assurance function undertakes a program of portfolio testing, assessing and reporting through four Risk Pillars of Asset Quality, Rating and Data Integrity, Risk Management and Credit Risk Appetite.
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool. We define our risk appetite as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond which we would either be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations or would assume an unacceptable amount of risk to do so. The Board Risk Committee advises our Board of Directors in relation to current and potential future risk strategies, including determination of risk appetite and tolerance.
The principal non-market risks to which we are subject are: credit risk, operational risk, liquidity risk, strategic risk and reputational risk. We are also subject to market risks. Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as loan origination and deposit gathering. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks. We are also subject to liquidity risk, discussed under “—Liquidity.”
Our risk appetite framework and risk limit structure establishes guidelines to determine the balance between existing and desired levels of risk and supports the implementation, measurement and management of our risk appetite.

99

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Credit Risk
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from a customer, counterparty, or issuer failing to perform in accordance with the contractual terms of the obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings and balance sheet, the assessment, approval, and management of credit risk represents a major part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Objective
The credit risk management organization is responsible for approving credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem loans, and ensuring remedial management.
Organizational Structure
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of both the line of business and the second line of defense. The second line of defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the Chief Credit Officer who oversees all of our credit risk. The CCO reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The CCO, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits, and authority delegation. The CCO and his team also have responsibility for credit approvals for larger or more risky transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the CCO are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in: Consumer Banking; Business Banking; Commercial Banking; Citizens Restructuring Management; Portfolio Analytics and Reporting; and Credit Policy and Administration. Each team under these leaders is composed of highly experienced credit professionals.
The credit risk teams operate independently from the business lines to ensure decisions are not influenced by unbalanced objectives.
Governance
The primary mechanisms used to govern our credit risk function are our consumer and commercial credit policies. These policies outline the minimum acceptable lending standards that align with our desired risk appetite. Material issues or changes are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Credit Policy Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee for approval as appropriate.
Key Management Processes
To ensure credit risks are managed within our risk appetite and business and risk strategies are achieved, we employ a comprehensive and integrated control program. The program’s objective is to proactively (1) identify, (2) measure, (3) monitor, and (4) mitigate existing and emerging credit risks across the credit lifecycle (origination, account management/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery).
Consumer
On the consumer banking side of credit risk, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across the lifecycle of the loan. Starting at origination, credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default of an applicant. These models are embedded in the loan origination system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. Periodic validations are performed on our purchased and proprietary scores to ensure fit for purpose. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
The origination process is supported by dedicated underwriting teams that reside in the business line. The size of each team depends on the intensity of the approval process as the number of handoffs, documentation, and verification requirements differ substantially depending on the loan product.
To ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams, lending authority is granted by the second line of defense credit risk function to each underwriter. The amount of delegated authority depends on the experience of the individual. We periodically evaluate the performance of each underwriter and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the second line of defense credit risk team are authorized to approve significant exceptions to credit policies. It is not uncommon to make exceptions to established policies when compensating factors are present. There are exception limits which, when reached, trigger a comprehensive analysis.

100

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Once an account is established, credit scores and collateral values are refreshed at regular intervals to allow for proactive identification of increasing or decreasing levels of credit risk. For accounts with contingent liability (revolving feature), credit policies have been developed that leverage the refreshed customer data to determine if a credit line should be increased, decreased, frozen, or closed. Lastly, behavioral modeling, segmentation, and loan modifications are used to cure delinquency, reduce the severity of loss, and maximize recoveries. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated, to ensure consistency and efficiency.
The credit risk team is constantly evaluating current and projected economic conditions, internal credit performance in relation to budget and predefined risk tolerances, and current and expected regulatory guidance to determine the optimal balance of expansion and contraction policies. All policy change proposals receive intense scrutiny and discussion prior to approval and implementation. This process ensures decisions are made based on risk-based analytics with full adherence to regulatory requirements.
Commercial
On the commercial banking side of credit risk, the structure is broken into C&I loans and leases and CRE. Within C&I there are separate verticals established for certain specialty products (e.g., asset-based lending, leasing, franchise finance, health care, technology, mid-corporate). A “specialty vertical” is a stand-alone team of industry or product specialists. Substantially all activity that falls under the ambit of the defined industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical when one exists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial credit risk management begins with defined credit products and policies.
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval at origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of Credit Grades that confirm the Probability of Default (“PD”) and Loss Given Default (“LGD”). Approval then requires both a business line approver and an independent Credit Approver with the requisite level of delegated authority. The approval level of a particular credit facility is determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the PD. The checks and balances in the credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and to provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. All authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk function and is closely monitored and regularly updated.
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process at origination and annual review, our Credit Quality Assurance group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, as well as test the consistency of the credit processes and the effectiveness of credit risk management.
The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Concentration risk is managed through limits on industry (sector), loan type (asset class), and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary markets (for this purpose defined as our 11 state footprint plus contiguous states), although we do engage in lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe that the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives.
Apart from Industrials and CRE (which together make up 30% of the commercial outstandings as of December 31, 2015 ), there are no material sector concentrations. As of December 31, 2015 , our CRE outstandings amounted to 9% of total loans and leases. The Industrial sector includes basic C&I lending focused on general manufacturing. The sector is diversified and not managed as a specialized vertical. Our customers are local to our market and present no significant concentration.
Our credit grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment. Our assessment of a borrower’s credit strength is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which are also an integral component of our ALLL methodology. When deterioration in credit strength is noted, a loan becomes subject to Watch Review. The Watch Review process involves senior representatives from the business line portfolio management team, the independent Credit Risk team, and our Citizens Restructuring Management group. As appropriate and consistent with regulatory definitions, the credit may be subject to classification as either Criticized or Classified, which would also trigger a credit rating downgrade. As such, the loan and relationship would be subject to more frequent review.

101

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Substantially all loans categorized as Classified are managed by Citizens Restructuring Management, a specialized group of credit professionals that handles the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, determining the appropriateness of specific reserves relating to the loan, accrual status of the loan, and the ultimate collectability of loans in their portfolio.
Market Risk
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as loan origination and deposit-gathering. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks.
Non-Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk as a result of non-trading banking activities. This market risk is composed entirely of interest rate risk, as we have no direct currency or commodity risk and de minimis equity risk. This interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.” Our mortgage servicing rights assets also contain interest rate risk as the value of the fee stream is impacted by the level of long-term interest rates.
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets, on the one hand, and liabilities and equity, on the other. First, there are differences in the timing of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. For example, the rate earned on a residential mortgage may be fixed for 30 years; the rate paid on a certificate of deposit may be fixed only for a few months. Due to these timing differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in the level and shape of the yield curve. Second, there are differences in the drivers of rate changes of various assets and liabilities. For example, commercial loans may reprice based on one-month LIBOR or prime; the rate paid on retail money market demand accounts may be only loosely correlated with LIBOR and depend on competitive demand for funds. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads between certain indices or repricing rates.
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty; and most consumer deposits can be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating rate loans relative to the retail deposit funding. This source of asset sensitivity is concentrated at the short end of the yield curve. For the past seven years with the Federal Funds rate near zero, this risk has been asymmetrical with significantly more upside benefit than potential exposure. As rates have lifted from near zero given the FOMC’s December 2015 rate hike, exposure to declining rates has increased. The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed rate loans as well as the prepayment risk on mortgage related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by the Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is managed within this risk appetite, we must both measure the exposure and, as necessary, hedge it. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting on the structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short-term and long-term exposures. The primary method that we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities and hedge derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net interest income across scenarios.
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances and the behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. The most material of these behavioral assumptions relate to the repricing characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments. Assessments are periodically made by running sensitivity analysis of the impact of key assumptions. The results of these analyses are reported to ALCO.
As the future path of interest rates cannot be known in advance, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario as well as a variety of deliberately extreme and perhaps unlikely scenarios. These scenarios may assume gradual ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate shocks to the level of rates and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-term rates predominate. Generally,

102

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



projected net interest income in any interest rate scenario is compared to net interest income in a base case where market forward rates are realized.
The table below reports net interest income exposures against a variety of interest rate scenarios. Exposures are measured as a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous, or gradual parallel +/- 200 basis point moves in benchmark interest rates. The net interest income simulation analyses do not include possible future actions that management might undertake to mitigate this risk. The current limit is a decrease in net interest income of 10% related to an instantaneous +/- 200 basis point move. As the table illustrates, our balance sheet is asset-sensitive: net interest income would benefit from an increase in interest rates. Exposure to a decline in interest rates is well within limit. It should be noted that the magnitude of any possible decline in interest rates is constrained by the low absolute starting levels of rates. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates was used in this analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would likely be more gradual and would therefore have a more modest impact.
The table below summarizes our positioning in various parallel yield curve shifts:
 
Estimated % Change in
Net Interest Income over 12 Months
 
December 31,
Basis points
2015

 
2014

Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
 
 
 
+200
10.6
 %
 
13.4
 %
+100
5.8

 
7.0

-100
(5.8
)
 
(3.8
)
-200
(6.4
)
 
(4.3
)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
 
 
 

+200
6.1

 
6.8

+100
3.2

 
3.5

-100
(3.1
)
 
(2.3
)
-200
(4.6
)
 
(3.0
)
As part of the routine risk management process, a wide variety of similar analysis are reported for each of the next three rolling years.
We also use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”), as a supplement to net interest income simulations. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure over a long-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuation in interest rates. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. The change in value is expressed as a percentage of regulatory capital. The current risk limit is set at a decrease of 20% of regulatory capital given an instantaneous +/- 200 basis point change in interest rates. We are operating within that limit as of December 31, 2015.
We are asset sensitive and as such are positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates. We have consistently maintained the level of overall asset sensitivity in a tight range of 6.1% to 7.2% over the past year, as defined by the +200 gradual change.
We also had market risk associated with the value of the mortgage servicing right assets, which are impacted by the level of interest rates. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, our mortgage servicing rights had a book value of $164 million and $166 million , respectively, and were carried at the lower of cost or fair value. As of December 31, 2015 , and 2014, the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights was $178 million and $179 million , respectively. Given low interest rates over recent years, there is a valuation allowance of $9 million and $18 million on the asset as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Depending on the interest rate environment, hedges may be used to stabilize the market value of the mortgage servicing right asset.
Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities including derivatives and foreign exchange products. Exposure is created as a result of changes in interest rates and related basis spreads and volatility, foreign exchange rates, and credit spreads on a select range of interest rates, foreign exchange and secondary loans instruments. These trading activities are conducted through our two banking subsidiaries, CBNA and CBPA.

103

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our market risk exposure. We will occasionally execute hedges against the spread that exists across the client facing trade and its offset in the market to maintain a low risk profile. In addition to the aforementioned activities, we operate a secondary loan trading desk with the objective to meet secondary liquidity needs of our issuing clients’ transactions and investor clients. We do not engage in any trading activities with the intent to benefit from short term price differences.
We record interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts as derivative assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Trading assets and liabilities are carried at fair value with income earned related to these activities included in net interest income. Changes in fair value of trading assets and liabilities are reflected in other income, a component of noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Market Risk Governance
Our market risk framework currently leverages RBS technology platform to aggregate, measure and monitor exposure against market risk limits. As part of our separation from RBS, we have entered into a Transitional Services Agreement pursuant to which RBS will continue to provide us with all necessary VaR and other risk measurements required for regulatory reporting related to interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange trading activities, as well as internal market risk reporting until the end of the Transitional Services Agreement. During the term of the Transitional Services Agreement, we are building out our own market risk organization and framework in order to gradually migrate away from reliance on services provided by RBS.
Given the low level of traded market risk, we have received the support of our U.S. banking regulators for relying on RBS’ market risk technology platform. In managing our market risk, dealing authorities represent a key control in the management of market risk by setting the scope within which the business is permitted to operate. Dealing authorities are established jointly by designated senior business line and senior risk manager, and are reviewed at least annually. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate the client facing trades, market offset trades and sets of hedges needed to maintain a low risk profile. Primary responsibility for keeping within established tolerances resides with the business. Key risk indicators, including a combined VaR for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, are monitored on a daily basis and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business strategy to relevant business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR metrics, complemented with sensitivity analysis, market value and stress testing in measuring market risk. During the term of the Transition Services Agreement, we will continue to leverage RBS market risk measurement models for our foreign exchange and interest rate products, which are described further below, that capture correlation effects and allow for aggregation of market risk across risk types, business lines and legal entities. We measure and monitor market risk for both management and regulatory capital purposes.
Value-at-Risk Overview
    The market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain broadly unaltered over the course of a given holding period. It is assumed that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. VaR’s benefit is that it captures the historic correlations of a portfolio. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the loan trading desk’s Specific Risk capital which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad market movements. In addition, for our secondary traded loans we calculate the VaR on the general interest rate risk embedded within the loans using a standalone model that replicates The general VaR methodology (the related capital is reflected on the “de minimis” line in the following section). The General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure (used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits) is a 99% confidence level with a one day holding period, meaning that a loss greater than the VaR is expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is done at a 99% confidence level with a 10-day holding period. The historical market data applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a 10 business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our 10-day VaR metrics for the quarters ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, including high, low, average and period end Value-at-Risk for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks, as well as total VaR.
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
Effective January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators adopted “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk” as the regulations covering the calculation of market risk capital (the “Market Risk Rule”). The Market Risk Rule, commonly known as

104

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Basel 2.5, substantially modified the determination of market risk-weighted assets and implemented a more risk sensitive methodology for the risk inherent in certain trading positions categorized as “covered positions.” For the purposes of the market risk rule, all of our client facing trades, market offset trades and sets of hedges needed to maintain a low risk profile to qualify as “covered positions.” The internal VaR measure is calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR. The following table shows the results of our modeled and non-modeled measures for regulatory capital calculations:
(in millions)
 
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2015
 
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2014
Market Risk Category  
 
Period End
 
Average  
 
High
 
Low
 
Period End
 
Average
 
High
 
Low
Interest Rate
 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

Foreign Exchange Currency Rate
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1

 

Diversification Benefit
 

 

 
NM (1)

 
NM (1)

 

 

 
NM (1)

 
NM (1)

General VaR
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1

 

Specific Risk VaR
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total VaR
 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$1

 

$—

Stressed General VaR
 

$2

 

$2

 

$2

 

$1

 

$2

 

$2

 

$3

 

$1

Stressed Specific Risk VaR
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stressed VaR
 

$2

 

$2

 

$2

 

$1

 

$2

 

$2

 

$3

 

$1

Market Risk Regulatory Capital
 

$7

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

$6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on
 
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
de Minimis Exposure Add-on
 
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital
 

$27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

$15

 
 
 
 
 
 
Market Risk-Weighted Assets
 

$333

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

$191

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  The high and low for the portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the high and low for the components. Therefore, there is no diversification benefit shown for the high and low columns.
Stressed VaR
SVaR is an extension of VaR, but uses a longer historical look back horizon that is fixed from January 3, 2005. This is done not only to identify headline risks from more volatile periods, but also to provide a counter balance to VaR which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding period for profit and loss determination is 10 days. SVaR is also a component of market risk regulatory capital. SVaR for us is calculated under its own dynamic window regime as compared to RBS’ static SVaR window. In a dynamic window regime, values of the 10-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all possible 260-day periods that can be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for details of SVaR metrics, including high, low, average and period end SVaR for the combined portfolio.
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures and option prices. Whereas VaR is based on previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves and is an effective tool in evaluating the appropriateness of hedging strategies.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for selected time periods corresponding to the most volatile underlying returns while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions and risk arising from the bank’s trading activities that may not be fully captured by its other models. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that the market moves happen simultaneously and that no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as events unfold. We generate stress tests of our trading positions on a regular basis. For example, we currently include a stress test that simulates a Lehman-type crisis scenario by taking the worst 10-day peak to trough moves for the various risk factors that go into VaR from that period, and assumes they occurred simultaneously.
VaR Model Review and Validation
Market risk measurement models used are independently reviewed. The models, used under the Transitional Services Agreement, are subject to ongoing and independent review and validation that focuses on the model methodology. Independent

105

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



review of market risk measurement models is the responsibility of RBS Risk Analytics. Aspects covered include challenging the assumptions used, the quantitative techniques employed and the theoretical justification underpinning them, and an assessment of the soundness of the required data over time. Where possible, the quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions will be estimated (e.g., through developing alternative models). Results of such reviews are shared with U.S. regulators. For the term of the Transitional Services Agreement, we and RBS expect to utilize the same independently validated VaR model for both management and regulatory reporting purposes. RBS market risk teams, including those providing consultative services to us under the Transitional Services Agreement, will conduct internal validation before a new or changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to a market data mapping. For example, RBS market risk teams also perform regular reviews of key risk factors that are used in the market risk measurement models to produce profit and loss vectors used in the VaR calculations. These internal validations are subject to independent re-validation by RBS Risk Analytics and, depending on the results of the impact assessment, notification to the appropriate regulatory authorities for RBS and us may be required.
VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure to the actual net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year (the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the VaR number is taken as an exception. The level of exceptions determines the multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes. We perform sub-portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, and as approved by our banking regulators, for interest rate and foreign exchange positions. The following table shows our daily net trading revenue and total internal, modeled VaR for the quarters ended December 31, 2015 , September 30, 2015, June 30, 2015 and March 31, 2015. Beginning in the quarter ended September 30, 2015, as agreed with our banking regulators, we use a multiplication factor derived from our specific backtesting results and no longer that of RBS.
Daily VaR Backtesting: Sub-portfolio Level Backtesting

106

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Selected Statistical Information
The accompanying supplemental information should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 6 — Selected Financial Data and Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential
The following table provides a summary of our consolidated average balances including major categories of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities:
    
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(dollars in millions)
Average Balances
Income/ Expense
Yields/ Rates
 
Average Balances
Income/ Expense
Yields/ Rates
 
Average Balances
Income/ Expense
Yields/ Rates
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks

$1,746


$5

0.29
%
 

$2,113


$5

0.22
%
 

$2,278


$11

0.46
%
Taxable investment securities
24,649

621

2.52

 
24,319

619

2.55

 
19,062

477

2.50

Non-taxable investment securities
9


2.60

 
11


2.60

 
12


2.66

Total investment securities
24,658

621

2.52

 
24,330

619

2.55

 
19,074

477

2.50

Commercial
32,673

951

2.87

 
29,993

900

2.96

 
28,654

900

3.10

Commercial real estate
8,231

211

2.53

 
7,158

183

2.52

 
6,568

178

2.67

Leases
3,902

97

2.50

 
3,776

103

2.73

 
3,463

105

3.05

Total commercial
44,806

1,259

2.78

 
40,927

1,186

2.86

 
38,685

1,183

3.02

Residential mortgages
12,338

465

3.77

 
10,729

425

3.96

 
9,104

360

3.96

Home equity loans
3,025

163

5.38

 
3,877

205

5.29

 
4,606

246

5.35

Home equity lines of credit
14,958

441

2.95

 
15,552

450

2.89

 
16,337

463

2.83

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,117

77

6.94

 
1,352

91

6.75

 
1,724

115

6.65

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
453

11

2.44

 
609

16

2.68

 
768

22

2.88

Automobile
13,516

372

2.75

 
11,011

282

2.57

 
8,857

235

2.65

Student
3,313

167

5.03

 
2,148

102

4.74

 
2,202

95

4.30

Credit cards
1,621

178

10.97

 
1,651

167

10.14

 
1,669

175

10.46

Other retail
1,003

78

7.75

 
1,186

88

7.43

 
1,453

107

7.36

Total retail
51,344

1,952

3.80

 
48,115

1,826

3.80

 
46,720

1,818

3.89

Total loans and leases (2)
96,150

3,211

3.32

 
89,042

3,012

3.37

 
85,405

3,001

3.50

Loans held for sale, at fair value
301

10

3.47

 
163

5

3.10

 
392

12

3.07

Other loans held for sale
95

7

7.22

 
539

23

4.17

 



Interest-earning assets
122,950

3,854

3.12

 
116,187

3,664

3.14

 
107,149

3,501

3.25

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1,196
)
 
 
 
(1,230
)
 
 
 
(1,219
)
 
 
Goodwill
6,876

 
 
 
6,876

 
 
 
9,063

 
 
Other noninterest-earning assets
6,440

 
 
 
5,791

 
 
 
5,873

 
 
Total noninterest-earning assets
12,120

 
 
 
11,437

 
 
 
13,717

 
 
Total assets

$135,070

 
 
 

$127,624

 
 
 

$120,866

 
 
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2) Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Additionally, average nonaccrual loans were included in the average loan balances used to determine the average yield on loans in amounts of $1.1 billion, $1.2 billion, and $1.6 billion for December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.




107

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(dollars in millions)
Average Balances
Income/ Expense
Yields/ Rates
 
Average Balances
Income/ Expense
Yields/ Rates
 
Average Balances
Income/ Expense
Yields/ Rates
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking with interest

$16,666


$19

0.11
%
 

$14,507


$12

0.08
%
 

$14,096


$8

0.06
%
Money market and savings
43,458

117

0.27

 
39,579

77

0.19

 
42,575

105

0.25

Term deposits
12,424

101

0.82

 
10,317

67

0.65

 
11,266

103

0.91

Total interest-bearing deposits
72,548

237

0.33

 
64,403

156

0.24

 
67,937

216

0.32

Interest-bearing deposits held for sale



 
1,960

4

0.22

 



Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (3)
3,364

16

0.46

 
5,699

32

0.55

 
2,400

192

7.89

Other short-term borrowed funds
5,865

67

1.13

 
5,640

89

1.56

 
251

4

1.64

Long-term borrowed funds
4,479

132

2.95

 
1,907

82

4.25

 
778

31

3.93

Total borrowed funds
13,708

215

1.56

 
13,246

203

1.51

 
3,429

227

6.53

Total interest-bearing liabilities
86,256

452

0.52

 
79,609

363

0.45

 
71,366

443

0.61

Demand deposits
26,606

 
 
 
25,739

 
 
 
25,399

 
 
Demand deposits held for sale

 
 
 
462

 
 
 

 
 
Other liabilities
2,671

 
 
 
2,415

 
 
 
2,267

 
 
Total liabilities
115,533

 
 
 
108,225

 
 
 
99,032

 
 
Stockholders’ equity
19,537

 
 
 
19,399

 
 
 
21,834

 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$135,070

 
 
 

$127,624

 
 
 

$120,866

 
 
Interest rate spread
 
 
2.60

 
 
 
2.69

 
 
 
2.64

Net interest income
 

$3,402

 
 
 

$3,301

 
 
 

$3,058

 
Net interest margin
 
 
2.75
%
 
 
 
2.83
%
 
 
 
2.85
%
(3) Balances are net of certain short-term receivables associated with reverse agreements. Interest expense includes the full cost of the repurchase agreements and certain hedging costs. The yield on Federal funds purchased is elevated due to the impact from pay-fixed interest rate swaps that are scheduled to run off by the end of 2016. For further discussion see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Year ended December 31, 2015 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2014 — Derivatives.”


108

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Change in Net Interest Income–Volume and Rate Analysis
The following table presents the amount of changes in interest income and interest expense due to changes in both average volume and average rate. Average volume and rate changes have been allocated between the average rate and average volume variances on a consistent basis based upon the respective percentage changes in average balances and average rates.

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015 Versus 2014
 
2014 Versus 2013
(in millions)
Average Volume
Average Rate
Net Change
 
Average Volume
Average Rate
Net Change
Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks

($1
)

$1


$—

 

($1
)

($5
)

($6
)
Taxable investment securities

$9


($7
)
2

 
132

10

142

Non-taxable investment securities



 



  Total investment securities
9

(7
)

$2

 
132

10


$142

Commercial
79

(28
)

$51

 
42

(42
)

$—

Commercial real estate
27

1

28

 
16

(11
)
5

Leases
3

(9
)
(6
)
 
10

(12
)
(2
)
     Total commercial
109

(36
)
73

 
68

(65
)
3

Residential mortgages
63

(23
)
40

 
65


65

Home equity loans
(44
)
2

(42
)
 
(39
)
(2
)
(41
)
Home equity lines of credit
(18
)
9

(9
)
 
(22
)
9

(13
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
(17
)
3

(14
)
 
(25
)
1

(24
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
(4
)
(1
)
(5
)
 
(5
)
(1
)
(6
)
Automobile
65

25

90

 
57

(10
)
47

Student
55

10

65

 
(2
)
9

7

Credit cards
(3
)
14

11

 
(2
)
(6
)
(8
)
Other retail
(14
)
4

(10
)
 
(20
)
1

(19
)
      Total retail
83

43

126

 
7

1

8

      Total loans and leases
192

7

199

 
75

(64
)
11

Loans held for sale, at fair value
5


5

 
(7
)

(7
)
Other loans held for sale
(18
)
2

(16
)
 
44

(21
)
23

Total interest income

$187


$3


$190

 

$243


($80
)

$163

Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking with interest

$—


$7


$7

 

$—


$4


$4

Money market and savings
8

32

40

 
(7
)
(21
)
(28
)
Term deposits
14

20

34

 
(9
)
(27
)
(36
)
Total interest-bearing deposits
22

59

81

 
(16
)
(44
)
(60
)
Interest-bearing deposits held for sale
(4
)

(4
)
 

4

4

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
(13
)
(3
)
(16
)
 
264

(424
)
(160
)
Other short-term borrowed funds
4

(26
)
(22
)
 
89

(4
)
85

Long-term borrowed funds
109

(59
)
50

 
45

6

51

      Total borrowed funds
100

(88
)
12

 
398

(422
)
(24
)
Total interest expense
118

(29
)
89

 
382

(462
)
(80
)
Net interest income

$69


$32


$101

 

($139
)

$382


$243


(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.


109

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Investment Portfolio
The following table presents the book value of the major components of our investments portfolio. For further discussion, see Note 3 “Securities” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Securities Available for Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and other

$16

 

$15

 

$15

State and political subdivisions
9

 
10

 
10

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
17,320

 
17,934

 
14,993

Other/non-agency
522

 
672

 
952

Total mortgage-backed securities
17,842

 
18,606

 
15,945

Total debt securities available for sale
17,867

 
18,631

 
15,970

Marketable equity securities
5

 
13

 
13

Other equity securities
12

 
12

 
12

Total equity securities available for sale
17

 
25

 
25

Total securities available for sale

$17,884

 

$18,656

 

$15,995

Securities Held to Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities

$4,105

 

$3,728

 

$2,940

Other/non-agency
1,153

 
1,420

 
1,375

Total securities held to maturity

$5,258

 

$5,148

 

$4,315

Other Investment Securities, at Fair Value:
 
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual fund

$65

 

$28

 

$29

Other investments
5

 
5

 
5

Total other investment securities, at fair value

$70

 

$33

 

$34

Other Investment Securities, at Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Reserve Bank stock

$468

 

$477

 

$462

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
395

 
390

 
468

Total other investment securities, at cost

$863

 

$867

 

$930











110

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


The following table presents an analysis of the amortized cost, remaining contractual maturities, and weighted-average yields by contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
Distribution of Maturities
 
As of December 31, 2015
(dollars in millions)
Due in 1 Year or Less
Due After 1
Through 5
Years
Due After 5
Through 10
Years
Due After 10
Years
Total

Amortized cost:





Debt securities available for sale:





U.S. Treasury and other

$15


$—


$1


$—


$16

State and political subdivisions



9

9

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
4

52

1,833

15,345

17,234

Other/non-agency

68

3

484

555

Total debt securities available for sale
19

120

1,837

15,838

17,814

Debt securities held to maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities



4,105

4,105

Other/non-agency



1,153

1,153

Total debt securities held to maturity



5,258

5,258

Total amortized cost of debt securities (1)

$19


$120


$1,837


$21,096


$23,072

Weighted-average yield (2)
1.27
%
4.88
%
1.90
%
2.57
%
2.53
%
(1) As of December 31, 2015 , no investments exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity.
(2) Yields on tax-exempt securities are not computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

Loan and Lease Portfolio
The following table shows the composition of total loans and leases. For further discussion see Note 4 “Loans and Leases” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

 
2011

Commercial

$33,264

 

$31,431

 

$28,667

 

$28,856

 

$25,770

Commercial real estate
8,971

 
7,809

 
6,948

 
6,459

 
7,602

Leases
3,979

 
3,986

 
3,780

 
3,415

 
3,164

Total commercial
46,214

 
43,226

 
39,395

 
38,730

 
36,536

Residential mortgages
13,318

 
11,832

 
9,726

 
9,323

 
9,719

Home equity loans
2,557

 
3,424

 
4,301

 
5,106

 
6,766

Home equity lines of credit
14,674

 
15,423

 
15,667

 
16,672

 
16,666

Home equity loans serviced by others  (1)
986

 
1,228

 
1,492

 
2,024

 
2,535

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
389

 
550

 
679

 
936

 
1,089

Automobile
13,828

 
12,706

 
9,397

 
8,944

 
7,571

Student
4,359

 
2,256

 
2,208

 
2,198

 
2,271

Credit cards
1,634

 
1,693

 
1,691

 
1,691

 
1,637

Other retail
1,083

 
1,072

 
1,303

 
1,624

 
2,005

Total retail
52,828

 
50,184

 
46,464

 
48,518

 
50,259

Total loans and leases

$99,042

 

$93,410

 

$85,859

 

$87,248

 

$86,795


(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.


111

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans and Leases to Changes in Interest Rates
The following table is a summary of loans and leases by remaining maturity or repricing date:
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Due in 1 Year or Less
Due After 1 Year Through 5 Years
Due After 5 Years
Total Loans and Leases
Commercial

$28,293


$3,141


$1,830


$33,264

Commercial real estate
8,626

155

190

8,971

Leases
665

2,055

1,259

3,979

Total commercial
37,584

5,351

3,279

46,214

Residential mortgages
1,485

1,201

10,632

13,318

Home equity loans
542

388

1,627

2,557

Home equity lines of credit
10,772

2,144

1,758

14,674

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)

133

853

986

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
389



389

Automobile
131

7,663

6,034

13,828

Student
13

305

4,041

4,359

Credit cards
1,487

147


1,634

Other retail
447

311

325

1,083

Total retail
15,266

12,292

25,270

52,828

Total loans and leases

$52,850


$17,643


$28,549


$99,042

Loans and leases due after one year at fixed interest rates

$12,785


$20,261


$33,046

Loans and leases due after one year at variable interest rates
4,858

8,288

13,146


(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.

Loan and Lease Concentrations
This disclosure presents our exposure to any concentration of loans and leases that exceed 10% of total loans and leases. At December 31, 2015 , we did not identify any concentration of loans and leases that exceeded the 10% threshold. For further discussion of how we managed concentration exposures, see Note 5 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.


112

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Risk Elements
The following table presents a summary of nonperforming loans and leases by class:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

 
2011

Nonaccrual loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

$70

 

$113

 

$96

 

$119

 

$176

Commercial real estate
77

 
50

 
169

 
386

 
710

Leases

 

 

 
1

 
1

Total commercial
147

 
163

 
265

 
506

 
887

Residential mortgages
331

 
345

 
382

 
486

 
374

Home equity loans
135

 
203

 
266

 
298

 
207

Home equity lines of credit
272

 
257

 
333

 
259

 
109

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
38

 
47

 
59

 
92

 
68

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
32

 
25

 
30

 
41

 
25

Automobile
42

 
21

 
16

 
16

 
7

Student
35

 
11

 
3

 
3

 
4

Credit cards
16

 
16

 
19

 
20

 
23

Other retail
3

 
5

 
10

 
9

 
8

Total retail
904

 
930

 
1,118

 
1,224

 
825

Total nonaccrual loans and leases
1,051

 
1,093

 
1,383

 
1,730

 
1,712

Loans and leases that are accruing and 90 days or more delinquent
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
1

 
1

 

 
71

 
1

Commercial real estate

 

 

 
33

 
4

Leases

 

 

 

 

Total commercial
1

 
1

 

 
104

 
5

Residential mortgages

 

 

 

 
29

Home equity loans

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

 

 

 

Student
6

 
6

 
31

 
33

 
36

Credit cards

 
1

 
2

 
2

 
2

Other retail
2

 

 

 

 

Total retail
8

 
7

 
33

 
35

 
67

Total accruing and 90 days or more delinquent
9

 
8

 
33

 
139

 
72

Total nonperforming loans and leases

$1,060

 

$1,101

 

$1,416

 

$1,869

 

$1,784

Troubled debt restructurings (2)

$909

 

$955

 

$777

 

$704

 

$493


(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2) TDR balances reported in this line item consist of only those TDRs not reported in the nonaccrual loan or accruing and 90 days or more delinquent loan categories. Thus, only those TDRs that are in compliance with their modified terms and not past due, or those TDRs that are past due 30-89 days and still accruing are included in the TDR balances listed above.


113

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Impact of Nonperforming Loans and Leases on Interest Income
The following table presents the gross interest income for both nonaccrual and restructured loans that would have been recognized if such loans had been current in accordance with their original contractual terms, and had been outstanding throughout the year or since origination if held for only part of the year. The table also presents the interest income related to these loans that was actually recognized for the year.
(in millions)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Gross amount of interest income that would have been recorded in accordance with original contractual terms, and had been outstanding throughout the year or since origination, if held for only part of the year (1)

$126

Interest income actually recognized
13

     Total interest income foregone

$113


(1) Based on the contractual rate that was being charged at the time the loan was restructured or placed on nonaccrual status.

Potential Problem Loans and Leases
This disclosure presents outstanding amounts as well as specific reserves for certain loans and leases where information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present repayment terms. At December 31, 2015 , we did not identify any potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio that were not already included in “—Risk Elements.”

Cross-Border Outstandings
Cross-border outstandings can include loans, receivables, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest-bearing investments and other monetary assets that are denominated in either dollars or other non-local currency.
As of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , there were no aggregate cross-border outstandings from borrowers or counterparties in any country that exceeded 1%, or were between 0.75% and 1% of consolidated total assets.

114

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience
The following table summarizes the changes to our ALLL:
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses  Beginning:
 
Commercial

$388

 

$361

 

$379

 

$394

 

$399

Commercial real estate
61

 
78

 
111

 
279

 
401

Leases
23

 
24

 
19

 
18

 
28

Qualitative  (1)
72

 
35

 

 

 

Total commercial
544

 
498

 
509

 
691

 
828

Residential mortgages
63

 
104

 
74

 
105

 
118

Home equity loans
50

 
85

 
82

 
62

 
71

Home equity lines of credit
152

 
159

 
107

 
116

 
112

Home equity loans serviced by others (2)
47

 
85

 
146

 
241

 
316

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (2)
11

 
18

 
32

 
52

 
69

Automobile
58

 
23

 
30

 
40

 
41

Student
93

 
83

 
75

 
73

 
98

Credit cards
68

 
72

 
65

 
72

 
119

Other retail
32

 
34

 
46

 
55

 
77

Qualitative  (1)
77

 
60

 

 

 

Total retail
651

 
723

 
657

 
816

 
1,021

Unallocated

 

 
89

 
191

 
156

Total allowance for loan and lease losses  beginning

$1,195

 

$1,221

 

$1,255

 

$1,698

 

$2,005

Gross Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

($30
)
 

($31
)
 

($72
)
 

($127
)
 

($170
)
Commercial real estate
(6
)
 
(12
)
 
(36
)
 
(129
)
 
(208
)
Leases

 

 

 
(1
)
 

Total commercial
(36
)
 
(43
)
 
(108
)
 
(257
)
 
(378
)
Residential mortgages
(22
)
 
(36
)
 
(54
)
 
(85
)
 
(98
)
Home equity loans
(34
)
 
(55
)
 
(77
)
 
(121
)
 
(124
)
Home equity lines of credit
(59
)
 
(80
)
 
(102
)
 
(118
)
 
(106
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (2)
(32
)
 
(55
)
 
(119
)
 
(220
)
 
(300
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (2)
(14
)
 
(12
)
 
(27
)
 
(48
)
 
(66
)
Automobile
(117
)
 
(41
)
 
(19
)
 
(29
)
 
(47
)
Student
(51
)
 
(54
)
 
(74
)
 
(88
)
 
(97
)
Credit cards
(59
)
 
(64
)
 
(68
)
 
(68
)
 
(85
)
Other retail
(56
)
 
(53
)
 
(55
)
 
(76
)
 
(85
)
Total retail
(444
)
 
(450
)
 
(595
)
 
(853
)
 
(1,008
)
Total gross charge-offs

($480
)
 

($493
)
 

($703
)
 

($1,110
)
 

($1,386
)
Gross Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

$18

 

$35

 

$46

 

$64

 

$42

Commercial real estate
31

 
23

 
40

 
47

 
47

Leases

 

 
1

 
2

 
3

Total commercial
49

 
58

 
87

 
113

 
92

Residential mortgages
12

 
11

 
10

 
16

 
15

Home equity loans
11

 
24

 
26

 
27

 
27

Home equity lines of credit
18

 
15

 
19

 
9

 
9

Home equity loans serviced by others (2)
17

 
21

 
23

 
22

 
18

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (2)
8

 
5

 
5

 
5

 
4

Automobile
49

 
20

 
12

 
21

 
35

Student
12

 
9

 
13

 
14

 
12

Credit cards
8

 
7

 
7

 
8

 
9

Other retail
12

 

 

 

 

Total retail
147

 
112

 
115

 
122

 
129

Total gross recoveries

$196

 

$170

 

$202

 

$235

 

$221


115

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net (Charge-offs)/Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

($12
)
 

$4

 

($26
)
 

($63
)
 

($128
)
Commercial real estate
25

 
11

 
4

 
(82
)
 
(161
)
Leases

 

 
1

 
1

 
3

Total commercial
13

 
15

 
(21
)
 
(144
)
 
(286
)
Residential mortgages
(10
)
 
(25
)
 
(44
)
 
(69
)
 
(83
)
Home equity loans
(23
)
 
(31
)
 
(51
)
 
(94
)
 
(97
)
Home equity lines of credit
(41
)
 
(65
)
 
(83
)
 
(109
)
 
(97
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (2)
(15
)
 
(34
)
 
(96
)
 
(198
)
 
(282
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (2)
(6
)
 
(7
)
 
(22
)
 
(43
)
 
(62
)
Automobile
(68
)
 
(21
)
 
(7
)
 
(8
)
 
(12
)
Student
(39
)
 
(45
)
 
(61
)
 
(74
)
 
(85
)
Credit cards
(51
)
 
(57
)
 
(61
)
 
(60
)
 
(76
)
Other retail
(44
)
 
(53
)
 
(55
)
 
(76
)
 
(85
)
Total retail
(297
)
 
(338
)
 
(480
)
 
(731
)
 
(879
)
Total net (charge-offs)/recoveries

($284
)
 

($323
)
 

($501
)
 

($875
)
 

($1,165
)
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases
0.30
%
 
(0.36
%)
 
(0.59
%)
 
(1.01
%)
 
(1.35
%)
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

$—

 

$23

 

$13

 

$48

 

$123

Commercial real estate
25

 
(28
)
 
(36
)
 
(84
)
 
39

Leases

 
(1
)
 
4

 

 
(13
)
Qualitative  (1)
14

 
37

 

 

 

Total commercial
39

 
31

 
(19
)
 
(36
)
 
149

Residential mortgages
(7
)
 
(16
)
 
53

 
38

 
70

Home equity loans
12

 
(4
)
 
32

 
114

 
88

Home equity lines of credit
21

 
58

 
85

 
100

 
101

Home equity loans serviced by others (2)
(3
)
 
(4
)
 
35

 
103

 
207

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (2)
(2
)
 

 
8

 
23

 
45

Automobile
116

 
56

 

 
(2
)
 
11

Student
42

 
55

 
69

 
76

 
60

Credit cards
43

 
53

 
71

 
53

 
29

Other retail
40

 
51

 
43

 
67

 
63

Qualitative  (1)
4

 
17

 

 

 

Total retail
266

 
266

 
396

 
572

 
674

Unallocated

 

 
103

 
(102
)
 
68

Total provision for loan and lease losses

$305

 

$297

 

$480

 

$434

 

$891

Transfers - General Allowance to Qualitative Allowance: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

$—

 

$—

 

$35

 

$—

 

$—

Retail

 

 
60

 

 

Unallocated

 

 
(95
)
 

 

Total Transfers

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

Retail Emergence Period Change: (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages

$—

 

$—

 

$21

 

$—

 

$—

Home equity loans

 

 
22

 

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 
53

 

 

Total retail

 

 
96

 

 

Unallocated

 

 
(96
)
 

 

Total emergence period change

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—


116

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Sale/Other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

$—

 

$—

 

($5
)
 

$—

 

$—

Commercial real estate

 

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
 

Total commercial

 

 
(6
)
 
(2
)
 

Residential mortgages

 

 

 

 

Home equity loans

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 
(3
)
 

 

Home equity loans serviced by others (2)

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (2)

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

 

 

 

Student

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 
(3
)
 

 

Other retail

 

 

 

 

Total retail

 

 
(6
)
 

 

Unallocated

 

 
(1
)
 

 
(33
)
   Total sale/other

$—

 

$—

 

($13
)
 

($2
)
 

($33
)
Total Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses  Ending:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

$376

 

$388

 

$361

 

$379

 

$394

Commercial real estate
111

 
61

 
78

 
111

 
279

Leases
23

 
23

 
24

 
19

 
18

Qualitative  (1)
86

 
72

 
35

 

 

Total commercial
596

 
544

 
498

 
509

 
691

Residential mortgages
46

 
63

 
104

 
74

 
105

Home equity loans
39

 
50

 
85

 
82

 
62

Home equity lines of credit
132

 
152

 
159

 
107

 
116

Home equity loans serviced by others (2)
29

 
47

 
85

 
146

 
241

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (2)
3

 
11

 
18

 
32

 
52

Automobile
106

 
58

 
23

 
30

 
40

Student
96

 
93

 
83

 
75

 
73

Credit cards
60

 
68

 
72

 
65

 
72

Other retail
28

 
32

 
34

 
46

 
55

Qualitative  (1)
81

 
77

 
60

 

 

Total retail
620

 
651

 
723

 
657

 
816

Unallocated

 

 

 
89

 
191

Total allowance for loan and lease losses  ending

$1,216

 

$1,195

 

$1,221

 

$1,255

 

$1,698

Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments Beginning

$61

 

$39

 

$40

 

$61

 

$70

Provision (Credit) for unfunded lending commitments
(3
)
 
22

 
(1
)
 
(21
)
 
(9
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments  ending

$58

 

$61

 

$39

 

$40

 

$61

Total Allowance for Credit Losses  Ending

$1,274

 

$1,256

 

$1,260

 

$1,295

 

$1,759

(1) As discussed in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report, the ALLL is reviewed separately for commercial and retail loans, and the ALLL for each includes an adjustment for qualitative allowance that includes certain risks, factors and events that might not be measured in the statistical analysis. As a result of this adjustment, the unallocated allowance was absorbed into the separately measured commercial and retail qualitative allowance during 2013.
(2) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
(3) During December 2013, we updated our estimate of the incurred loss period for certain residential mortgages. This change reflected an analysis of defaulted borrowers and aligned to management’s view that incurred but unrealized losses emerge differently during various points of an economic/business cycle. For further discussion, see Note 5 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.

117

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The following table presents an allocation of the ALLL by class and the percent of each class of loans and leases to the total loans and leases:
 
December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Commercial

$376

34
%
 

$388

34
%
 

$361

33
%
 

$379

33
%
 

$394

30
%
Commercial real estate
111

9

 
61

8

 
78

8

 
111

7

 
279

9

Leases
23

4

 
23

4

 
24

5

 
19

4

 
18

3

Qualitative
86

N/A

 
72

N/A

 
35

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

Total commercial
596

47

 
544

46

 
498

46

 
509

44

 
691

42

Residential mortgages
46

13

 
63

13

 
104

11

 
74

11

 
105

11

Home equity loans
39

3

 
50

4

 
85

5

 
82

6

 
62

8

Home equity lines of credit
132

15

 
152

16

 
159

18

 
107

19

 
116

19

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
29

1

 
47

1

 
85

2

 
146

2

 
241

3

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
3


 
11

1

 
18

1

 
32

1

 
52

1

Automobile
106

14

 
58

14

 
23

11

 
30

10

 
40

9

Student
96

4

 
93

2

 
83

3

 
75

3

 
73

3

Credit cards
60

2

 
68

2

 
72

2

 
65

2

 
72

2

Other retail
28

1

 
32

1

 
34

1

 
46

2

 
55

2

Qualitative
81

N/A

 
77

N/A

 
60

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

Total retail
620

53

 
651

54

 
723

54

 
657

56

 
816

58

Unallocated
N/A

N/A

 
N/A

N/A

 
N/A

N/A

 
89

N/A

 
191

N/A

Total loans and leases

$1,216

100
%
 

$1,195

100
%
 

$1,221

100
%
 

$1,255

100
%
 

$1,698

100
%
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
Deposits
The following table presents the average balances and average interest rates paid for deposits. For further discussion, see Note 11 “Deposits” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Average Balances

 
 
Average Balances

 
 
Average Balances

 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits (1) (2)

$26,606

 
 

$25,739

 
 

$25,399

 
 
Average Balances

Yields/ Rates

 
Average Balances

Yields/ Rates

 
Average Balances

Yields/ Rates

Checking with interest

$16,666

0.11
%
 

$14,507

0.08
%
 

$14,096

0.06
%
Money market and savings
43,458

0.27

 
39,579

0.19

 
42,575

0.25

Term deposits
12,424

0.82

 
10,317

0.65

 
11,266

0.80

Total interest-bearing deposits (1) (2)

$72,548

0.33
%
 

$64,403

0.24
%
 

$67,937

0.30
%
(1) The aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was approximately $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
(2) Excludes deposits held for sale.

118

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


Time Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or More
The following table presents the amount of time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, segregated by time remaining until maturity:
(in millions)
December 31, 2015
Three months or less

$3,136

After three months through six months
1,145

After six months through twelve months
1,329

After twelve months
675

Total term deposits

$6,285

Return on Equity and Assets
The following table presents our return on average total assets, return on average common equity, dividend payout ratio and average equity to average assets ratio:
 
December 31,
 
 2015
 
 2014
 
 2013
Return on average total assets
0.62
%
 
0.68
%
 
(2.83
)%
Return on average common equity
4.30

 
4.46

 
(15.69
)
Dividend payout ratio
25.73

 
92.05

 
(34.58
)
Average equity to average assets ratio
14.46

 
15.20

 
18.06

Short-Term Borrowed Funds
The following tables present amounts and weighted-average rates for categories of short-term borrowed funds. For further discussion, see Note 12 “Borrowed Funds” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report.
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Federal funds purchased

$—

 

$574

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
802

 
3,702

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
2,630

 
6,253

Total short-term borrowed funds

$3,432

 

$10,529

 
December 31,
(dollars in millions)
  2015
 
  2014
 
  2013
Weighted-average interest rate at year-end:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.15
%
 
0.14
%
 
0.09
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.44

 
0.26

 
0.20

Maximum amount outstanding at month-end during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$5,375

 

$7,022

 

$5,114

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
7,004

 
7,702

 
2,251

Average amount outstanding during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$3,364

 

$5,699

 

$2,400

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
5,865

 
5,640

 
251

Weighted-average interest rate during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.22
%
 
0.12
%
 
0.31
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.28

 
0.25

 
0.44


119

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information presented in the “Market Risk” section of Part II, Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and is incorporated herein by reference.



120

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


121

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed, under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report, appearing on page 124, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.



122

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
Providence, Rhode Island

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 26, 2016


123

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
Providence, Rhode Island

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 of the Company and our report dated February 26, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 26, 2016


124

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share data)
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
ASSETS:
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks

$1,099

 

$1,171

Interest-bearing cash and due from banks
1,986

 
2,105

Interest-bearing deposits in banks
356

 
370

Securities available for sale, at fair value (including $4,283 and $7,181 pledged to creditors, respectively) (a)
17,884

 
18,656

Securities held to maturity (including $135 and $40 pledged to creditors, respectively, and fair value of $5,297 and $5,193, respectively) (a)
5,258

 
5,148

Other investment securities, at fair value
70

 
33

Other investment securities, at cost
863

 
867

Loans held for sale, at fair value
325

 
256

Other loans held for sale
40

 
25

Loans and leases
99,042

 
93,410

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,216

 
1,195

Net loans and leases
97,826

 
92,215

Derivative assets (related party balances of $52 and $1, respectively)
625

 
629

Premises and equipment, net
595

 
595

Bank-owned life insurance
1,564

 
1,527

Goodwill
6,876

 
6,876

Other assets (related party balances of $7 and $7, respectively)
2,841

 
2,384

TOTAL ASSETS

$138,208

 

$132,857

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
 
 
LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
      Noninterest-bearing

$27,649

 

$26,086

Interest-bearing (related party balances of $2 and $5, respectively)
74,890

 
69,621

          Total deposits
102,539

 
95,707

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
802

 
4,276

Other short-term borrowed funds
2,630

 
6,253

Derivative liabilities (related party balances of $212 and $387, respectively)
485

 
612

Deferred taxes, net
730

 
493

Long-term borrowed funds (related party balances of $1,250 and $2,000, respectively)
9,886

 
4,642

Other liabilities (related party balances of $15 and $30, respectively)
1,490

 
1,606

TOTAL LIABILITIES

$118,562

 

$113,589

Contingencies (refer to Note 17)

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $25.00 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares:
 
 
 
Series A, non-cumulative perpetual, $25.00 par value (liquidation preference $1,000), 250,000 shares authorized and issued net of issuance costs and related premium at December 31, 2015, and no shares outstanding at December 31, 2014

$247

 

$—

Common stock:
 
 
 
$0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 563,117,415 shares issued and 527,774,428 shares outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 560,262,638 shares issued and 545,884,519 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014
6

 
6

Additional paid-in capital
18,725

 
18,676

Retained earnings
1,913

 
1,294

Treasury Stock, at cost, 35,342,987 and 14,378,119 shares at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively
(858
)
 
(336
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(387
)
 
(372
)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$19,646

 

$19,268

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$138,208

 

$132,857

(a) Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

125

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Year Ended December 31,
 (in millions, except share and per-share data)
2015
2014
2013
INTEREST INCOME:
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans and leases (related party balances of $70, $72 and $56, respectively)

$3,211


$3,012


$3,001

Interest and fees on loans held for sale, at fair value
10

5

12

Interest and fees on other loans held for sale
7

23


Investment securities
621

619

477

Interest-bearing deposits in banks
5

5

11

Total interest income
3,854

3,664

3,501

INTEREST EXPENSE:
 
 
 
Deposits (related party balances of $0, $0 and $15, respectively)
237

156

216

Deposits held for sale

4


Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (related party balances of $7, $24 and $184, respectively)
16

32

192

Other short-term borrowed funds (related party balances of $51, $75 and $3, respectively)
67

89

4

Long-term borrowed funds (related party balances of $76, $64 and $16, respectively)
132

82

31

Total interest expense
452

363

443

Net interest income
3,402

3,301

3,058

Provision for credit losses
302

319

479

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
3,100

2,982

2,579

NONINTEREST INCOME:
 
 
 
Service charges and fees (related party balances of $3, $6 and $15, respectively)
575

574

640

Card fees
232

233

234

Trust and investment services fees
157

158

149

Mortgage banking fees
101

71

153

Capital markets fees (related party balances of $9, $11 and $14, respectively)
88

91

53

Foreign exchange and trade finance fees (related party balances of $19, $58 and ($15), respectively)
90

95

97

Bank-owned life insurance income
56

49

50

Securities gains, net
29

28

144

Net securities impairment losses recognized in earnings
(7
)
(10
)
(8
)
Other income (related party balances of ($105), ($209), and ($32), respectively)
101

389

120

Total noninterest income
1,422

1,678

1,632

NONINTEREST EXPENSE:
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
1,636

1,678

1,652

Outside services (related party balances of $11, $22 and $20, respectively)
371

420

360

Occupancy (related party balances of $2, $1 and $3, respectively)
319

326

327

Equipment expense
257

250

275

Amortization of software
146

145

102

Goodwill impairment


4,435

Other operating expense
530

573

528

Total noninterest expense
3,259

3,392

7,679

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
1,263

1,268

(3,468
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
423

403

(42
)
NET INCOME (LOSS)

$840


$865


($3,426
)
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
$833
$865

($3,426
)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
Basic
535,599,731

556,674,146

559,998,324

Diluted
538,220,898

557,724,936

559,998,324

Per common share information:
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss)

$1.55


$1.55


($6.12
)
Diluted earnings (loss)
1.55

1.55

(6.12
)
   Dividends declared and paid
0.40

1.43

2.12

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

126

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Net income (loss)

$840


$865


($3,426
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
Net unrealized derivative instrument gains (losses) arising during the periods, net of income taxes of $57, $122 and ($100), respectively
93

212

(172
)
Reclassification adjustment for net derivative losses (gains) included in net income, net of income taxes of ($9), $10, and $66, respectively
(14
)
17

114

Net unrealized securities available for sale (losses) gains arising during the periods, net of income taxes of ($38), $116, and ($165), respectively
(66
)
198

(285
)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities, net of income taxes of ($14), ($13), and ($15), respectively
(22
)
(22
)
(26
)
Reclassification of net securities gains to net income, net of income taxes of ($8), ($7), and ($50), respectively
(14
)
(11
)
(86
)
Defined benefit pension plans:
 
 
 
Actuarial (loss) gain, net of income taxes of ($3), ($92), and $66, respectively
(3
)
(148
)
110

Net prior service credit, net of income taxes of $0, $3 and $0, respectively

4


Amortization of actuarial loss, net of income taxes $3, $3 and $5, respectively
12

7

9

Amortization of net prior service credit, net of income taxes $0, $0 and $0, respectively
(1
)
(1
)

Divestitures to RBS effective September 1, 2014, net of income taxes of $0, $12 and $0, respectively

20


Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income taxes
(15
)
276

(336
)
Total comprehensive income (loss)

$825


$1,141


($3,762
)
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

127

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Additional Paid-in Capital
Retained Earnings
Treasury Stock, at Cost
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Total

(in millions)
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at January 1, 2013


$—

560


$6


$18,589


$5,846


$—


($312
)

$24,129

Dividend to RBS





(185
)


(185
)
Dividends to RBS - exchange transactions





(1,000
)


(1,000
)
Capital contribution




14




14

Total comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss





(3,426
)


(3,426
)
Other comprehensive loss







(336
)
(336
)
Total comprehensive loss





(3,426
)

(336
)
(3,762
)
Balance at December 31, 2013


$—

560


$6


$18,603


$1,235


$—


($648
)

$19,196

Dividends to common stockholders





(16
)


(16
)
Dividends to RBS





(124
)


(124
)
Dividends to RBS — exchange transactions





(666
)


(666
)
Common shares repurchased from RBS


(14
)



(334
)

(334
)
Share-based compensation plans




71


(2
)

69

Employee stock purchase plan shares purchased




2




2

Total comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income





865



865

Other comprehensive income







276

276

Total comprehensive income





865


276

1,141

Balance at December 31, 2014


$—

546


$6


$18,676


$1,294


($336
)

($372
)

$19,268

Dividends to common stockholders





(143
)


(143
)
Dividends to RBS





(71
)


(71
)
Dividend to preferred stockholders





(7
)


(7
)
Issuance of preferred stock

247







247

Treasury stock purchased


(20
)



(500
)

(500
)
Share-based compensation plans


2


40


(22
)

18

Employee stock purchase plan shares purchased




9




9

Total comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income





840



840

Other comprehensive loss







(15
)
(15
)
Total comprehensive income





840


(15
)
825

Balance at December 31, 2015


$247

528


$6


$18,725


$1,913


($858
)

($387
)

$19,646

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

128

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015
2014
2013
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net income (loss)

$840


$865


($3,426
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
302

319

479

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale
(2,363
)
(1,615
)
(3,781
)
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale
2,381

1,578

4,229

Purchases of commercial loans held for sale
(1,176
)
(312
)

Proceeds from sales of commercial loans held for sale
1,158

269


Amortization of terminated cash flow hedges (related party balances of $17, $45 and $69, respectively)
17

46

73

Depreciation, amortization and accretion
471

386

404

Mortgage servicing rights valuation recovery
(9
)
(5
)
(47
)
Securities impairment
7

10

8

Goodwill impairment


4,435

Deferred income taxes
249

141

(53
)
Share-based compensation
24

53

27

Loss on disposal/impairment of premises and equipment

27

16

Loss on sale of other branch assets held for sale

9


Gain on sales of:
 
 
 
Debt securities
(29
)
(28
)
(144
)
Marketable equity securities available for sale
(3
)


Premises and equipment
(9
)


Extinguishment of debt
(3
)


Other loans held for sale

(11
)

Deposits held for sale

(286
)

(Increase) decrease in other assets (related party balances of ($51), $55 and ($35), respectively)
(467
)
(295
)
827

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities (related party balances of ($190), ($445) and ($452), respectively)
(161
)
239

(398
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
1,229

1,390

2,649

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Investment securities:
 
 
 
Purchases of securities available for sale
(6,783
)
(8,315
)
(10,999
)
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of securities available for sale
3,420

2,999

4,708

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
3,916

3,325

3,645

Purchases of securities held to maturity
(932
)
(1,174
)
(224
)
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of securities held to maturity
761

362

22

Proceeds from sales of securities held to maturity
72



Purchases of other investment securities, at fair value
(157
)


Proceeds from sales of other investment securities, at fair value
120



Purchases of other investment securities, at cost
(91
)
(84
)
(1
)
Proceeds from sales of other investment securities, at cost
95

146

127

Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits in banks
14

(137
)
993

Net increase in loans and leases (related party balances of $0, ($413) and $0, respectively)
(6,019
)
(6,900
)
(341
)
Net increase in bank-owned life insurance
(37
)
(188
)
(40
)
Premises and equipment:
 
 
 
Purchases
(121
)
(141
)
(160
)
Proceeds from sales
15

3

25

Capitalization of software
(178
)
(170
)
(208
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(5,905
)
(10,274
)
(2,453
)
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.



129

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

2014

2013

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
6,832

3,813

(2,968
)
Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
(3,474
)
(515
)
1,190

Net (decrease) increase in other short-term borrowed funds
(4,383
)
4,002

1,750

Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowed funds (related party balances of $0, $1,000 and $1,000, respectively)
6,750

3,249

1,002

Repayments of long-term borrowed funds (related party balances of $750, $0 and $280, respectively)
(766
)
(6
)
(291
)
Treasury stock purchased
(500
)
(334
)

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
247



Dividends declared and paid to RBS
(71
)
(790
)
(1,185
)
Dividends declared and paid to other common stockholders

(143
)
(16
)

Dividends declared and paid to preferred stockholders
(7
)


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
4,485

9,403

(502
)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(191
)
519

(306
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
3,276

2,757

3,063

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$3,085


$3,276


$2,757

 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures:
 
 
 
Interest paid

$454


$338


$452

Income taxes paid
157

391

20

Non-cash items:
 
 
 
Transfer of securities from available for sale to held to maturity

$—


$—


$4,240

Transfer of loans and leases to other loans held for sale


1,078

Loans securitized and transferred to securities available for sale
3

18

106

Income tax withholding on stock purchased for share based compensation
22

2


Stock purchased for share-based compensation plans

40

71


Capital contribution


14

Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares purchased
9

2


Due from broker for securities sold but not settled


(442
)
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.



130

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accounting and reporting policies of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. conform to GAAP. The Company’s principal business activity is banking, conducted through its subsidiaries Citizens Bank, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania.
Following is a summary of the significant accounting policies of the Company:
Basis of Presentation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The Company has evaluated its unconsolidated entities and does not believe that any entity in which it has an interest, but does not currently consolidate, meets the requirements for a variable interest entity to be consolidated.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses, evaluation and measurement of impairment of goodwill, evaluation of unrealized losses on securities for other-than-temporary impairment, accounting for income taxes, the valuation of AFS and HTM securities, and derivatives.
On August 22, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 165,582 -for-1 stock split. Except for the amount of authorized shares and par value, all references to share and per share amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes have been restated to reflect the stock split.
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income, total comprehensive income, total assets or total stockholders’ equity as previously reported.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less and include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing cash and due from banks, primarily at the FRB.
Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks
Interest-bearing deposits in banks are carried at cost and include deposits that mature within one year.
Securities
Investments in debt and equity securities are carried in four portfolios: AFS, HTM, trading, and other investment securities. Management determines the appropriate classification at the time of purchase.
Securities in the AFS portfolio will be held for indefinite periods of time and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, or other factors considered in managing the Company’s asset/liability strategy. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized in earnings and are computed using the specific identification method. Security impairments (i.e., declines in the fair value of securities below cost) that are considered by management to be other-than-temporary are recognized in earnings as realized losses. However, the determination of the impairment amount is dependent on the Company’s intent to sell (or not sell) the security. If the Company intends to sell the impaired security, the impairment loss recognized in current period earnings equals the difference between the instrument’s fair value and amortized cost. If the Company does not intend to sell the impaired security, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the impaired security, only the credit-related impairment loss is recognized in current period earnings and this amount equals the difference between the amortized cost of the security and the present value of the expected cash flows that have currently been projected.
Securities AFS are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in OCI as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of taxes. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized or accreted using the interest method over the estimated lives of the individual securities. The Company uses actual prepayment experience and estimates of future prepayments to determine the constant effective yield necessary to apply the interest method of income recognition. Estimates of future prepayments are based on the underlying collateral characteristics of each security and are derived from market sources. Judgment is involved in making determinations about prepayment expectations and in changing those expectations in response to changes in interest rates and macroeconomic conditions. The amortization of premiums and discounts associated with mortgage-backed securities may be significantly impacted by changes in prepayment assumptions.
Securities are classified as HTM because the Company has the ability and intent to hold the securities to maturity. Transfers of debt securities into the HTM category from the AFS category are made at fair value at the date of transfer. The unrealized

131

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


holding gain or loss at the date of transfer is retained in OCI and in the carrying value of the HTM securities. Such amounts are amortized over the remaining life of the security. The securities are reported at cost and adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis adjusted for the amortization of premium and the accretion of discount.
Securities that are classified as trading are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and are carried at fair value. When applicable, realized and unrealized gains and losses on such assets are reported in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Other investment securities are composed mainly of FHLB stock and FRB stock (which are carried at cost) and money market mutual fund investments held by the Company’s broker-dealer (which are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in noninterest income). Other investment securities that are carried at cost are reviewed at least annually for impairment, with valuation adjustments recognized in noninterest income.
Loans and Leases
Loans are reported at the amount of their outstanding principal, net of charge-offs, unearned income, deferred loan origination fees and costs, and unamortized premiums or discounts (on purchased loans). Deferred loan origination fees and costs and purchase discounts and premiums are amortized as an adjustment of yield over the life of the loan, using the interest method. Unamortized amounts remaining upon prepayment or sale are recorded as interest income or gain (loss) on sale, respectively. Credit card receivables include billed and uncollected interest and fees.
Leases are classified at the inception of the lease. Lease receivables, including leveraged leases, are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of unearned and deferred income, including unamortized investment credits. Lease residual values are reviewed at least annually for other-than-temporary impairment, with valuation adjustments recognized currently against noninterest income. Leveraged leases are reported net of non-recourse debt. Unearned income is recognized to yield a level rate of return on the net investment in the leases.
Loans and leases are disclosed in portfolio segments and classes. The Company’s loan and lease portfolio segments are commercial and retail. The classes of loans and leases are: commercial, commercial real estate, leases, residential mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced by others, home equity lines of credit serviced by others, automobile, student, credit cards and other retail.
Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Loans held for sale accounted for under the fair value option (including those loans associated with our mortgage banking business and secondary loan trading desk) are carried at fair value.
Allowance for Credit Losses
Management’s estimate of probable losses in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios is recorded in the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the ALLL by performing reviews of certain individual loans and leases, analyzing changes in the composition, size and delinquency of the portfolio, reviewing previous loss experience, and considering current and anticipated economic factors. The ALLL is established in accordance with the Company’s credit reserve policies, as approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer and Chief Risk Officer review the adequacy of the ALLL each quarter, together with risk management. The ALLL is maintained at a level that management considers to be reflective of probable losses, and is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses. Amounts determined to be uncollectible are deducted from the ALLL and subsequent recoveries, if any, are added to the ALLL. While management uses available information to estimate loan and lease losses, future additions to the ALLL may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses.
The evaluation of the adequacy of the commercial, commercial real estate, and lease ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is primarily based on risk rating models that assess probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default on an individual loan basis. The models are primarily driven by individual customer financial characteristics and are validated against historical experience. Additionally, qualitative factors may be included in the risk rating models. After the aggregation of individual borrower incurred loss, additional overlays can be made based on back-testing against historical losses.
For non-impaired retail loans, the ALLL is based upon an incurred loss model utilizing the probability of default, loss given default, and exposure at default on an individual loan basis. When developing these factors, the Company may consider the loan product and collateral type, LTV ratio, lien position, borrower’s credit, time outstanding, geographic location, delinquency status, and incurred loss period. Certain retail portfolios, including SBO home equity loans, student loans, and commercial credit card receivables utilize roll rate models to estimate the ALLL. For the portfolios measured using the incurred loss model, roll rate models are also run as challenger models and can used to support management overlays if deemed necessary.

132

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


  
For nonaccruing commercial and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $3 million or greater and for all commercial and commercial real estate TDRs (regardless of size), the Company conducts further analysis to determine the probable amount of loss and establishes a specific allowance for the loan, if appropriate. The Company estimates the impairment amount by comparing the loan’s carrying amount to the estimated present value of its future cash flows, the fair value of its underlying collateral, or the loan’s observable market price. For collateral-dependent impaired commercial and commercial real estate loans, the excess of the Company’s recorded investment in the loan over the fair value of the collateral, less cost to sell, is charged off to the ALLL.
For retail TDRs that are not collateral-dependent, allowances are developed using the present value of expected future cash flows, compared to the recorded investment in the loans. Expected re-default factors are considered in this analysis. Retail TDRs that are deemed collateral-dependent are written down to fair market value less cost to sell. The fair value of collateral is periodically monitored subsequent to the modification.
The ALLL may be adjusted to reflect the Company’s current assessment of various qualitative risks, factors and events that may not be measured in the statistical analysis. Such factors include trends in economic conditions, loan growth, back testing results, credit underwriting policy exceptions, regulatory and audit findings, and peer comparisons.
In addition to the ALLL, the Company also estimates probable credit losses associated with off balance sheet financial instruments such as standby letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. Off balance sheet financial instruments are subject to individual reviews and are analyzed and segregated by risk according to the Company’s internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in conjunction with historical loss experience, economic conditions and performance trends within specific portfolio segments, result in the estimate of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
The ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the allowance for loan and lease losses and in other liabilities, respectively. Provision for credit losses related to the loans and leases portfolio and the unfunded lending commitments are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as provision for credit losses.
Commercial loans and leases are charged off to the ALLL when there is little prospect of collecting either principal or interest. Charge-offs of commercial loans and leases usually involve receipt of borrower-specific adverse information. For commercial collateral-dependent loans, an appraisal or other valuation is used to quantify a shortfall between the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell and the recorded investment in the commercial loan. Retail loan charge-offs are generally based on established delinquency thresholds rather than borrower-specific adverse information. When a loan is collateral-dependent, any shortfalls between the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell and the recorded investment is promptly charged off. Placing any loan or lease on nonaccrual status does not by itself require a partial or total charge-off; however, any identified losses are charged off at that time.
Nonperforming Loans and Leases
Commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, and leases are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more, or earlier if management believes that the probability of collection is insufficient to warrant further accrual. Some of these loans and leases may remain on accrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more if management considers the loan collectible. A loan may be returned to accrual status if (1) principal and interest payments have been brought current, and the Company expects repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest, (2) the loan or lease has otherwise become well-secured and in the process of collection, or (3) the borrower has been making regularly scheduled payments in full for the prior six months and it’s reasonably assured that the loan or lease will be brought fully current within a reasonable period.
Residential mortgages are generally placed on nonaccrual status when past due 120 days, or sooner if determined to be collateral-dependent. Residential mortgages are returned to accrual status when principal and interest payments become less than 120 days past due and when future payments are reasonably assured. Credit card balances are placed on nonaccrual status when past due 90 days or more. Credit card balances are restored to accruing status if they subsequently become less than 90 days past due. Guaranteed student loans are not placed on nonaccrual status. Cash receipts on nonaccruing loans and leases are generally applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance.
All other retail loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when past due 90 days or more, or earlier if management believes that the probability of collection is insufficient to warrant further accrual. Loans less than 90 days past due may be placed on nonaccrual status upon the death of the borrower, surrender or repossession of collateral, fraud or bankruptcy. Loans are generally returned to accrual status if the loan becomes less than 15 days past due. Cash receipts on nonaccruing loans and leases are generally applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance. Certain TDRs that are current in payment status are classified as nonaccrual in accordance with regulatory guidance. Income on these loans is generally recognized on a cash basis if management believes that the remaining book value of the loan is realizable. Nonaccruing TDRs that meet the guidelines above for accrual status can be

133

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


returned to accruing if supported by a well documented evaluation of the borrowers’ financial condition, and if they have been current for at least six months.
Impaired Loans
A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the contractual interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. Impaired loans include nonaccruing larger balance (greater than $3 million carrying value), non-homogenous commercial and commercial real estate loans, and restructured loans that are deemed TDRs. A loan modification is identified as a TDR when the Company or bankruptcy court grants the borrower a concession the Company would not otherwise make, in response to the borrower’s financial difficulties. Concessions granted in TDRs for all classes of loans may include lowering the interest rate, forgiving a portion of principal, extending the loan term, lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, or capitalizing past due amounts. A rate increase can be a concession if the increased rate is lower than a market rate for loans with risk similar to that of the restructured loan. Additionally, TDRs for commercial loans may also involve creating a multiple note structure, accepting non-cash assets, accepting an equity interest, or receiving a performance-based fee. In some cases a TDR may involve multiple concessions. The financial effects of TDRs for all loan classes may include lower income (either due to a lower interest rate or a delay in the timing of cash flows), larger loan loss provisions, and accelerated charge-offs if the modification renders the loan collateral-dependent. In some cases interest income throughout the term of the loan may increase if, for example, the loan is extended or the interest rate is increased as a result of the restructuring. Loans are classified as TDRs until paid off, sold, or refinanced at market terms.
Impairment evaluations are performed at the individual loan level, and consider expected future cash flows from the loan, including, if appropriate, the realizable value of collateral. Impaired loans which are not TDRs are nonaccruing, and loans involved in TDRs may be accruing or nonaccruing. Retail loans that were discharged in bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower are deemed to be collateral-dependent TDRs and are generally charged off to the fair value of the collateral, less cost to sell, and less amounts recoverable under a government guarantee (if any). Cash receipts on nonaccruing impaired loans, including nonaccruing loans involved in TDRs, are generally applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance. Certain TDRs that are current in payment status are classified as nonaccrual in accordance with regulatory guidance. Income on the loans is generally recognized on a cash basis if management believes that the remaining book value of the loan is realizable.
Loans are generally restored to accrual status when principal and interest payments are brought current and when future payments are reasonably assured, following a sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower in accordance with the loan’s contractual terms.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization have been computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the lease (including renewal options if exercise of those options is reasonably assured) or their estimated useful life, whichever is shorter.
Additions to property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. The cost of major additions, improvements and betterments is capitalized. Normal repairs and maintenance and other costs that do not improve the property, extend the useful life or otherwise do not meet capitalization criteria are charged to expense as incurred. The Company evaluates premises and equipment for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable.
Software
Costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized if the projects improve functionality and provide long-term future operational benefits. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the asset’s expected useful life, based upon the basic pattern of consumption and economic benefits provided by the asset. The Company begins to amortize the software when the asset (or identifiable component of the asset) is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. All other costs incurred in connection with an internal-use software project are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Fair Value
The Company measures fair value using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based upon quoted market prices in an active market, where available. If quoted prices are not available, observable market-based inputs or independently sourced parameters are used to develop fair value, whenever possible. Such inputs may include prices of similar assets or liabilities, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds, and foreign exchange rates.
 

134

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, including AFS securities, derivative instruments, and other investment securities. In addition, the Company elects to account for its residential mortgages held for sale at fair value. The Company classifies its assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in accordance with the three-level valuation hierarchy:
Level 1. Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2. Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3. Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market information and that are significant to the fair value measurement.
Classification in the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability. For instruments classified in Levels 1 and 2 where inputs are primarily based upon observable market data, there is less judgment applied in arriving at the fair value. For instruments classified in Level 3, management judgment is more significant due to the lack of observable market data.
The Company reviews and updates the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs in fair value measurements may result in a reclassification between the fair value hierarchy levels and are recognized based on period-end balances.
Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include MSRs accounted for by the amortization method, loan impairments for certain loans, and goodwill.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the purchase premium associated with the acquisition of a business. It is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. A reporting unit is a business operating segment or a component of a business operating segment. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.
Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual impairment tests. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is deemed to be not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.
The second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangible assets as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss that is recognized cannot exceed the amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one or more reporting units is below its carrying value. The fair values of the Company’s reporting units are determined using a combination of income and market-based approaches. The Company relies on the income approach (discounted cash flow method) for determining fair value. Market and transaction approaches are used as benchmarks only to corroborate the value determined by the discounted cash flow method. The Company relies on several assumptions when estimating the fair value of its reporting units using the discounted cash flow method. These assumptions include the current discount rate, as well as projected loan loss, income tax and capital retention rates.
Discount rates are estimated based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta, and unsystematic risk and size premium adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated on the assessment of the risks related to the projected cash flows of each reporting unit. Cash flow projections include estimates for projected loan loss, income tax and capital retention rates. Multi-year financial forecasts are developed for each reporting unit by considering several key business drivers such as new business initiatives, customer retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, forward interest rates, historical performance, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The long-term growth rate used in determining the terminal value of each reporting unit is

135

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


estimated based on management’s assessment of the minimum expected terminal growth rate of each reporting unit, as well as broader economic considerations such as GDP and inflation.
The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be representative of assumptions that a market participant would use in valuing the reporting unit but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain, including estimates of future growth rates and operating margins and assumptions about the overall economic climate and the competitive environment for its reporting units. There can be no assurances that future estimates and assumptions made for purposes of goodwill testing will prove accurate predictions of the future. If the assumptions regarding business plans, competitive environments or anticipated growth rates are not achieved, the Company may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance is stated at its cash surrender value. The Company is the beneficiary of life insurance policies on current and former officers and selected employees of the Company.
Employee Benefits
Pension costs under defined benefit plans are actuarially computed and include current service costs and amortization of prior service costs over the participants’ average future working lifetime. The actuarial cost method used in determining the net periodic pension cost is the projected unit method. The cost of postretirement and postemployment benefits other than pensions is recognized on an accrual basis during the periods employees provide services to earn those benefits.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company adopted the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”), pursuant to which stock awards are granted to employees. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to stock awards based upon the fair value of the awards which is the closing price of CFG common stock on the date of the grant, adjusted for forfeitures. The related expense is charged to earnings over the requisite service period (e.g., vesting period).
Derivatives
The Company is party to a variety of derivative transactions, including interest rate swap contracts, interest rate options, foreign exchange contracts, residential loan commitment rate locks, forward sale contracts, warrants and purchase options. The Company enters into contracts in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. The Company also enters into contracts as a means of reducing its interest rate and foreign currency risks, and these contracts are designated as hedges when acquired, based on management’s intent. The Company monitors the results of each transaction to ensure that management’s intent is satisfied.
All derivatives, whether designated for hedging relationships or not, are recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. If a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in AOCI, a component of stockholders’ equity. The ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are immediately recognized as an adjustment to income or expense. For cash flow hedging relationships that have been discontinued, balances in OCI are reclassified to interest expense in the periods during which the hedged item affects income. If it is probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, balances in OCI are reclassified immediately to income.
If a derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the gains and losses attributable to the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in other noninterest income in the period in which the change in fair value occurs. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognized as other noninterest income to the extent the changes in fair value of the derivative do not offset the changes in fair value of the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify as hedges are recognized immediately in earnings.
Derivative assets and derivative liabilities governed by master netting agreements are netted by counterparty on the balance sheet, and this netted derivative asset or liability position is also netted against the fair value of any cash collateral that has been pledged or received in accordance with a CSA.
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
A transfer of financial assets is accounted for as a sale when control over the assets transferred is surrendered. Assets transferred that satisfy the conditions of a sale are derecognized, and all assets obtained and liabilities incurred in a purchase are recognized and measured at fair value. Servicing rights retained in the transfer of financial assets are initially recognized at fair value. Subsequent to the initial recognition date, the Company recognizes periodic amortization expense of servicing rights and assesses servicing rights for impairment.

136

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Mortgage Banking
Mortgage loans held for sale are accounted for at fair value on an individual loan basis. Changes in the fair value, and realized gains and losses on the sales of mortgage loans, are reported in mortgage banking fees.
MSRs are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets net of accumulated amortization, which is recorded in proportion to, and over the period of, net servicing income. The Company’s identification of MSRs in a single class is determined based on the availability of market inputs and the Company’s method of managing MSR risks. For the purpose of evaluating impairment, MSRs are stratified based on predominant risk characteristics (such as interest rate, loan size, origination date, term, or geographic location) of the underlying loans. An allowance is then established in the event the recorded value of an individual stratum exceeds fair value.
The Company accounts for derivatives in its mortgage banking operations at fair value on the balance sheet as derivative assets or derivative liabilities, depending on whether the derivative had a positive (asset) or negative (liability) fair value as of the balance sheet date. The Company’s mortgage banking derivatives include commitments to originate mortgages held for sale, certain loan sale agreements, and other financial instruments that meet the definition of a derivative.
Income Taxes
The Company uses an asset and liability (balance sheet) approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. This results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense approximates taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. These gross deferred tax assets and liabilities represent decreases or increases in taxes expected to be paid in the future because of future reversals of temporary differences in the bases of assets and liabilities, as measured by tax laws, and their bases, as reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Deferred tax assets are recognized for net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are recorded as necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that management concludes are more likely than not to be realized.
The Company also assesses the probability that the positions taken, or expected to be taken, in its income tax returns will be sustained by taxing authorities. A “more likely than not” (more than 50 percent) recognition threshold must be met before a tax benefit can be recognized. Tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Tax positions are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The difference between the benefit recognized for a position and the tax benefit claimed on a tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit.
Treasury Stock
The purchase of the Company’s common stock is recorded at cost. At the date of retirement or subsequent reissuance, treasury stock is reduced by the cost of such stock on the first-in, first-out basis with differences recorded in additional paid-in capital or retained earnings, as applicable.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Company and the revenue can be reliably measured.
Interest income on loans and securities classified as AFS or HTM is determined using the effective interest method. This method calculates periodic interest income at a constant effective yield on the net investment in the loan or security, to provide a constant rate of return over the terms of the financial assets. Securities classified as trading account assets, and other financial assets accounted for using the fair value option, are measured at fair value with corresponding changes recognized in noninterest income.
Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down, and other credit related fees, are deferred (together with any incremental costs) and recognized as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan. When it is unlikely that a loan will be drawn down, the loan commitment fees are recognized over the commitment period on a straight-line basis.
Other types of noninterest revenues, such as service charges on deposits, interchange income on credit cards and trust revenues, are accrued and recognized into income as services are provided and the amount of fees earned are reasonably determinable.

137

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Earnings Per Share
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income/(loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Net income/(loss) available to common stockholders represents net income after preferred stock dividends, accretion of the discount on preferred stock issuances, and gains or losses from any repurchases of preferred stock. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income/(loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, plus potential dilutive shares such as call options, share-based payment awards, and warrants using the treasury stock method.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases”.  The ASU generally requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability for all leases with a lease term of greater than one year.  The ASU is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2019.  The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01 “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” The ASU requires equity investments (except for those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income. The ASU also requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial assets on the balance sheet or the notes to the financial statements. In addition, the ASU makes several other targeted amendments to the existing accounting and disclosure requirements for financial instruments, including revised guidance related to valuation allowance assessments when recognizing deferred tax assets on unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. The ASU is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15 “Interest - Imputation of Interest: Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-Of-Credit Arrangements.” The ASU incorporates guidance from the SEC on deferral of debt issuance costs associated with line-of-credit arrangements, consistent with ASU 2015-03, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. This new guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date” which defers the effective date of the new revenue standard by one year. As a result of this deferral, the new revenue standard is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05 “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal Use Software” which will assist entities in evaluating the accounting for fees paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement. The ASU, which allows for early adoption, is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2016. Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03 “Interest - Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”. This standard requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the consolidated balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. The ASU, which allows for early adoption, is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2016. Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02 “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis”. This standard focuses on the consolidation evaluation for reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations, and securitization structures (e.g., collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, and mortgage-backed security transactions). This new standard simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models. The ASU will be effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. Adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01 “Income Statement: Extraordinary and Unusual Items.” This ASU eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 225-20 required that an entity separately classify, present, and disclose extraordinary events and transactions that were unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence. This ASU, which allows for early adoption, is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2016. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.


138

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

NOTE 2 - CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
The Company’s subsidiary banks maintain certain average reserve balances and compensating balances for check clearing and other services with the FRB. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the balance of deposits at the FRB amounted to $2.0 billion and $2.1 billion , respectively. Average balances maintained with the FRB during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 exceeded amounts required by law for the FRB’s requirements. All amounts, both required and excess reserves, held at the FRB currently earn interest at a fixed rate of 50 basis points. As a result, the Company recorded, in interest-bearing deposits in banks, interest income on FRB deposits of $4 million , $5 million , and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES
The following table provides the major components of securities at amortized cost and fair value:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
 
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale
 
 
 
 
 




U.S. Treasury and other

$16


$—


$—


$16

 

$15


$—


$—


$15

State and political subdivisions
9



9

 
10



10

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
17,234

153

(67
)
17,320

 
17,683

301

(50
)
17,934

Other/non-agency
555

4

(37
)
522

 
703

4

(35
)
672

Total mortgage-backed securities
17,789

157

(104
)
17,842

 
18,386

305

(85
)
18,606

Total debt securities available for sale
17,814

157

(104
)
17,867

 
18,411

305

(85
)
18,631

Marketable equity securities
5



5

 
10

3


13

Other equity securities
12



12

 
12



12

Total equity securities available for sale
17



17

 
22

3


25

Total securities available for sale

$17,831


$157


($104
)

$17,884

 

$18,433


$308


($85
)

$18,656

Securities Held to Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities

$4,105


$27


($11
)

$4,121

 

$3,728


$22


($31
)

$3,719

Other/non-agency
1,153

23


1,176

 
1,420

54


1,474

Total securities held to maturity

$5,258


$50


($11
)

$5,297

 

$5,148


$76


($31
)

$5,193

Other Investment Securities, at Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual fund

$65


$—


$—


$65

 

$28


$—


$—


$28

Other investments
5



5

 
5



5

Total other investment securities, at fair value

$70


$—


$—


$70

 

$33


$—


$—


$33

Other Investment Securities, at Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Reserve Bank stock

$468


$—


$—


$468

 

$477


$—


$—


$477

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
395



395

 
390



390

Total other investment securities, at cost

$863


$—


$—


$863

 

$867


$—


$—


$867


139

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



The Company has reviewed its securities portfolio for other-than-temporary impairments. The following table presents the net securities impairment losses recognized in earnings:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Other-than-temporary impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

($43
)
 

($45
)
 

($49
)
      Portions of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)
36

 
35

 
41

Net securities impairment losses recognized in earnings

($7
)
 

($10
)
 

($8
)

The following tables summarize those securities whose fair values are below carrying values, segregated by those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer:
 
December 31, 2015
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
(dollars in millions)
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
State and political subdivisions
1


$9


$—

 


$—


$—

 
1


$9


$—

US Treasury and other
1

15


 



 
1

15


$—

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
162

7,423

(51
)
 
36

819

(27
)
 
198

8,242

(78
)
Other/non-agency
2

9


 
20

361

(37
)
 
22

370

(37
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
164

7,432

(51
)
 
56

1,180

(64
)
 
220

8,612

(115
)
Total
166


$7,456


($51
)
 
56


$1,180


($64
)
 
222


$8,636


($115
)

 
December 31, 2014
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
(dollars in millions)
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
State and political subdivisions


$—


$—

 
1


$10


$—

 
1


$10


$—

Mortgage-backed securities:






 






 






Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
75

3,282

(24
)
 
52

1,766

(57
)
 
127

5,048

(81
)
Other/non-agency
6

80

(2
)
 
17

397

(33
)
 
23

477

(35
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
81

3,362

(26
)
 
69

2,163

(90
)
 
150

5,525

(116
)
Total
81


$3,362


($26
)
 
70


$2,173


($90
)
 
151


$5,535


($116
)

For each debt security identified with an unrealized loss, the Company reviews the expected cash flows to determine if the impairment in value is temporary or other-than-temporary. If the Company has determined that the present value of the debt security’s expected cash flows is less than its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment is deemed to have occurred. The amount of impairment loss that is recognized in current period earnings is dependent on the Company’s intent to sell (or not sell) the debt security.


140

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


If the Company intends to sell the impaired debt security, the impairment loss recognized in current period earnings equals the difference between the debt security’s fair value and its amortized cost. If the Company does not intend to sell the impaired debt security, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the impaired security, the credit-related impairment loss is recognized in current period earnings and equals the difference between the amortized cost of the debt security and the present value of the expected cash flows that have currently been projected.
In addition to these cash flow projections, several other characteristics of each debt security are reviewed when determining whether a credit loss exists and the period over which the debt security is expected to recover. These characteristics include: (1) the type of investment, (2) various market factors affecting the fair value of the security (e.g., interest rates, spread levels, liquidity in the sector, etc.), (3) the length and severity of impairment, and (4) the public credit rating of the instrument.
The Company estimates the portion of loss attributable to credit using a cash flow model. The inputs to this model include prepayment, default and loss severity assumptions that are based on industry research and observed data. The loss projections generated by the model are reviewed on a quarterly basis by a cross-functional governance committee. This governance committee determines whether security impairments are other-than-temporary based on this review.
The following table presents the cumulative credit related losses recognized in earnings on debt securities held by the Company:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Cumulative balance at beginning of period

$62

 

$56

 

$55

Credit impairments recognized in earnings on securities that have been previously impaired
7

 
10

 
8

Reductions due to increases in cash flow expectations on impaired securities
(3
)
 
(4
)
 
(7
)
Cumulative balance at end of period

$66

 

$62

 

$56


Cumulative credit losses recognized in earnings for impaired AFS debt securities held as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 were $66 million , $62 million and $56 million , respectively. There were no credit losses recognized in earnings for the Company’s HTM portfolio as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , the Company recognized credit related other-than-temporary impairment losses in earnings of $7 million , $10 million and $8 million , respectively, related to non-agency MBS in the AFS portfolio. There were no credit impaired debt securities sold during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Reductions in credit losses due to increases in cash flow expectations were $3 million , $4 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, and were presented in interest income from investment securities on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company does not currently have the intent to sell these debt securities, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell these debt securities prior to the recovery of their amortized cost bases.
The Company has determined that credit losses are not expected to be incurred on the remaining agency and non-agency MBS identified with unrealized losses as of the current reporting date. The unrealized losses on these debt securities reflect the reduced liquidity in the MBS market and the increased risk spreads due to the uncertainty of the U.S. macroeconomic environment. Therefore, the Company has determined that these debt securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired because the Company does not currently have the intent to sell these debt securities, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell these debt securities prior to the recovery of their amortized cost bases. Any subsequent increases in the valuation of impaired debt securities do not impact their recorded cost bases. Additionally, as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , $36 million , $35 million and $41 million respectively, of pre-tax non-credit related losses were deferred in OCI.


141

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2015 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
 
Distribution of Maturities
(in millions)
1 Year or Less
1-5 Years
5-10 Years
After 10 Years
Total

Amortized Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and other

$15


$—


$1


$—


$16

State and political subdivisions



9

9

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
4

52

1,833

15,345

17,234

Other/non-agency

68

3

484

555

Total debt securities available for sale
19

120

1,837

15,838

17,814

Debt securities held to maturity
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities



4,105

4,105

Other/non-agency



1,153

1,153

Total debt securities held to maturity



5,258

5,258

Total amortized cost of debt securities

$19


$120


$1,837


$21,096


$23,072

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value:
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and other

$15


$—


$1


$—


$16

State and political subdivisions



9

9

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
4

54

1,845

15,417

17,320

Other/non-agency

70

3

449

522

Total debt securities available for sale
19

124

1,849

15,875

17,867

Debt securities held to maturity
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities



4,121

4,121

Other/non-agency



1,176

1,176

Total debt securities held to maturity



5,297

5,297

Total fair value of debt securities

$19


$124


$1,849


$21,172


$23,164


The following table reports the amounts recognized in interest income from investment securities and interest-bearing deposits in banks on the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

2014

2013

Taxable

$621


$619


$477

Non-taxable



Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks

$5


$5


$11

Total interest income from investment securities and interest-bearing deposits in banks

$626


$624


$488



142

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Realized gains and losses on securities are shown below:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Gains on sale of debt securities

$41

 

$33

 

$144

Losses on sale of debt securities
(12
)
 
(5
)
 

Debt securities gains, net

$29

 

$28

 

$144

Equity securities gains

$3

 

$—

 

$—

Included in the table above is a $2 million gain recognized on the sale of a $73 million mortgage-backed security that was classified as HTM. The HTM security was sold because the holding would have been prohibited under the Volcker Rule beginning in July 2017.
The amortized cost and fair value of securities pledged are shown below:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Amortized Cost
Fair Value

 
Amortized Cost
Fair Value

Pledged against repurchase agreements

$805


$808

 

$3,650


$3,701

Pledged against FHLB borrowed funds
1,163

1,186

 
1,355

1,407

Pledged against derivatives, to qualify for fiduciary powers, and to secure public and other deposits as required by law
3,579

3,610

 
3,453

3,520


The Company regularly enters into security repurchase agreements with unrelated counterparties. Repurchase agreements are financial transactions that involve the transfer of a security from one party to another and a subsequent transfer of the same (or “substantially the same”) security back to the original party. The Company’s repurchase agreements are typically short-term transactions, but they may be extended to longer terms to maturity. Such transactions are accounted for as secured borrowed funds on the Company’s financial statements. When permitted by GAAP, the Company offsets the short-term receivables associated with its reverse repurchase agreements with the short-term payables associated with its repurchase agreements.
The effects of this offsetting on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are presented in the following table:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Gross Assets (Liabilities)
Gross Assets (Liabilities) Offset
Net Amounts of Assets (Liabilities)
 
Gross Assets (Liabilities)
Gross Assets (Liabilities) Offset
Net Amounts of Assets (Liabilities)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell

$500


($500
)

$—

 

$—


$—


$—

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
(500
)
500


 
(2,600
)

(2,600
)

Note: The Company also offsets certain derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For further information see Note 16 “Derivatives.”

Securitizations of mortgage loans retained in the investment portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , were $3 million , $18 million and $106 million , respectively. These securitizations included a substantive guarantee by a third party. In 2015, the guarantor was Freddie Mac. In 2014 and 2013, the guarantors were Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, and Freddie Mac. These securitizations were accounted for as a sale of the transferred loans and as a purchase of securities. The securities received from the guarantors are classified as AFS.

143

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Securities under the agreements to repurchase or resell are accounted for as secured borrowings. The following table presents the Company's related activity, by collateral type and remaining contractual maturity, at December 31, 2015 :
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
(in millions)
Overnight and Continuous
Up to 30 Days
30-90 Days
Greater Than 90 Days
Total

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities - Agency

$—


$500


$—


$—


$500

Total securities purchased under agreements to resell

$—


$500


$—


$—


$500

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities - Agency

$—


($500
)

$—


$—


($500
)
Total securities sold under agreement to repurchase

$—


($500
)

$—


$—


($500
)

For these securities sold under the agreements to repurchase, the Company would be obligated to provide additional collateral in the event of a significant decline in fair value of the collateral pledged. The Company manages the risk by monitoring the liquidity and credit quality of the collateral, as well as the maturity profile of the transactions.
 
NOTE 4 - LOANS AND LEASES
A summary of the loans and leases portfolio follows:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Commercial

$33,264

 

$31,431

Commercial real estate
8,971

 
7,809

Leases
3,979

 
3,986

Total commercial
46,214

 
43,226

Residential mortgages
13,318

 
11,832

Home equity loans
2,557

 
3,424

Home equity lines of credit
14,674

 
15,423

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
986

 
1,228

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
389

 
550

Automobile
13,828

 
12,706

Student
4,359

 
2,256

Credit cards
1,634

 
1,693

Other retail
1,083

 
1,072

Total retail
52,828

 
50,184

Total loans and leases (2) (3)

$99,042

 

$93,410


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2)  Excluded from the table above are loans held for sale totaling $365 million and $281 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
(3) Mortgage loans serviced for others by the Company’s subsidiaries are not included above, and amounted to $17.6 billion and $17.9 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Loans held for sale at fair value totaled $325 million and $256 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and consisted of residential mortgages originated for sale of $268 million and the commercial trading portfolio of $57 million as of December 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2014 , residential mortgages originated for sale were $213 million , and commercial trading portfolio totaled $43 million . Other loans held for sale totaled $40 million and $25 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and consisted of commercial loan syndications.
Loans pledged as collateral for FHLB borrowed funds totaled $23.2 billion and $22.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. This collateral consists primarily of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Loans pledged as collateral

144

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


to support the contingent ability to borrow at the FRB discount window, if necessary, totaled $15.9 billion and $11.8 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company purchased automobile loans with an outstanding principal balance of $1.3 billion , a portfolio of residential mortgages with an outstanding principal balance of $1.1 billion , and a portfolio of student loans with an outstanding principal balance of $957 million . During the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company purchased a portfolio of residential loans with an outstanding principal balance of $1.9 billion , a portfolio of auto loans with an outstanding principal balance of $1.7 billion and a portfolio of student loans with an outstanding principal balance of $59 million .
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company sold a portfolio of commercial loans with an outstanding principal balance of $401 million as part of the Company’s loan syndication project, residential mortgages with an outstanding principal balance of $273 million , and $41 million of credit card balances associated with a terminated agent credit card servicing agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2014 , in addition to the $1.0 billion loans sold as part of the Company's sale of its Chicago-area retail branches, the Company sold portfolios of residential mortgage loans with outstanding principal balances of $126 million and student loans of $357 million , as well as commercial loans with an outstanding principal balance of $301 million .
The Company is engaged in the leasing of equipment for commercial use, with primary lease concentrations to Fortune 1000 companies for large capital equipment acquisitions. A lessee is evaluated from a credit perspective using the same underwriting standards and procedures as for a loan borrower. A lessee is expected to make rental payments based on its cash flows and the viability of its balance sheet. Leases are usually not evaluated as collateral-based transactions, and therefore the lessee’s overall financial strength is the most important credit evaluation factor.
A summary of the investment in leases, before the ALLL, is as follows:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Direct financing leases

$3,898

 

$3,873

Leveraged leases
81

 
113

Total leases

$3,979

 

$3,986

The components of the investment in leases, before the ALLL, are as follows:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Total future minimum lease rentals

$3,195

 

$3,324

Estimated residual value of leased equipment (non-guaranteed)
1,157

 
1,059

Initial direct costs
22

 
22

Unearned income on minimum lease rentals and estimated residual value of leased equipment
(395
)
 
(419
)
Total leases

$3,979

 

$3,986


At December 31, 2015 , the future minimum lease rentals on direct financing and leveraged leases are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)

2016

$707

2017
588

2018
528

2019
445

2020
327

Thereafter
600

Total

$3,195

Pre-tax income on leveraged leases was $2 million , $2 million and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The income tax expense on this income was $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . There was no investment credit recognized in income during these years.

145

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 5 - ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, NONPERFORMING ASSETS, AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The allowance for credit losses consists of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. It is increased through a provision for credit losses that is charged to earnings, based on the Company’s quarterly evaluation of the loan portfolio, and is reduced by net charge-offs and the ALLL associated with sold loans. See Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” for a detailed discussion of ALLL reserve methodologies and estimation techniques.
On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews and refines its estimate of the allowance for credit losses, taking into consideration changes in portfolio size and composition, historical loss experience, internal risk ratings, current economic conditions, industry performance trends and other pertinent information.
During 2013, the Company modified the way that it establishes the ALLL. The ALLL is reviewed separately for commercial and retail loan portfolios, and the ALLL for each includes an adjustment for qualitative reserves that includes certain risks, factors and events that might not be measured in the statistical analysis. As a result of this change, the unallocated reserve was absorbed into the separately measured commercial and retail qualitative reserves.
Additionally, during December 2013, the Company revised and extended its incurred loss period for certain residential mortgages. This change reflects management's recognition that incurred but unrealized losses emerge differently during various points of an economic/business cycle. Incurred Loss Periods (“ILPs”) are not static and move over time based on several factors. As economies expand and contract, access to credit, jobs, and liquidity moves directionally with the economy. ILPs will be longer in stronger economic times, when borrowers have the financial ability to withstand adversity and the ILPs will be shorter in an adverse economic environment, when the borrower has less financial flexibility. Since the current economy has not been as strong as the economy during the 2002-2006 time period, we believe that ILPs will not be as long, but rather directional to our history. Since overall Company reserves are deemed adequate, there was no need to increase the reserve but rather reallocate some of the general reserves to cover the $96 million incurred loss period increase.
There were no other material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques compared with prior years that impacted the determination of the current year’s ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
The following is a summary of changes in the allowance for credit losses:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of January 1, 2015

$544


$651


$1,195

Charge-offs
(36
)
(444
)
(480
)
Recoveries
49

147

196

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
13

(297
)
(284
)
Provision charged to income
39

266

305

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2015
596

620

1,216

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of January 1, 2015
61


61

Credit for unfunded lending commitments
(3
)

(3
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of December 31, 2015
58


58

Total allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2015

$654


$620


$1,274


146

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of January 1, 2014

$498


$723


$1,221

Charge-offs
(43
)
(450
)
(493
)
Recoveries
58

112

170

Net (charge-offs) recoveries
15

(338
)
(323
)
Provision charged to income
31

266

297

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2014
544

651

1,195

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of January 1, 2014
39


39

Provision for unfunded lending commitments
22


22

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of December 31, 2014
61


61

Total allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2014

$605


$651


$1,256

 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of January 1, 2013

$509


$657


$89


$1,255

Charge-offs
(108
)
(595
)

(703
)
Recoveries
87

115


202

Net charge-offs
(21
)
(480
)

(501
)
Sales/Other
(6
)
(6
)
(1
)
(13
)
Provision charged to income
(19
)
396

103

480

Transfer of unallocated reserve to qualitative reserve
35

60

(95
)

Loss emergence period change

96

(96
)

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2013
498

723


1,221

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of January 1, 2013
40



40

Credit for unfunded lending commitments
(1
)


(1
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of December 31, 2013
39



39

Total allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2013

$537


$723


$—


$1,260


The recorded investment in loans and leases based on the Company’s evaluation methodology is as follows:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

 
Commercial

Retail

Total

Individually evaluated

$218


$1,165


$1,383

 

$205


$1,208


$1,413

Formula-based evaluation
45,996

51,663

97,659

 
43,021

48,976

91,997

Total

$46,214


$52,828


$99,042

 

$43,226


$50,184


$93,410


The following is a summary of the allowance for credit losses by evaluation method:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

 
Commercial

Retail

Total

Individually evaluated

$36


$101


$137

 

$20


$109


$129

Formula-based evaluation
618

519

1,137

 
585

542

1,127

Allowance for credit losses

$654


$620


$1,274

 

$605


$651


$1,256





147

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


For commercial loans and leases, the Company utilizes regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. Loans with a “pass” rating are those that the Company believes will be fully repaid in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Commercial loans and leases that are “criticized” are those that have some weakness that indicates an increased probability of future loss. For retail loans, the Company primarily uses the loan’s payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality. The further a loan is past due, the greater the likelihood of future credit loss. These credit quality indicators for both commercial and retail loans are continually updated and monitored.
The recorded investment in classes of commercial loans and leases based on regulatory classification ratings is as follows:
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
Criticized
 
(in millions)
Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial

$31,276


$911


$1,002


$75


$33,264

Commercial real estate
8,450

272

171

78

8,971

Leases
3,880

55

44


3,979

Total

$43,606


$1,238


$1,217


$153


$46,214


 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Criticized
 
(in millions)
Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial

$30,022


$876


$427


$106


$31,431

Commercial real estate
7,354

329

61

65

7,809

Leases
3,924

12

50


3,986

Total

$41,300


$1,217


$538


$171


$43,226


The recorded investment in classes of retail loans, categorized by delinquency status is as follows:
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Current

1-29 Days Past Due
30-89 Days Past Due
90 Days or More Past Due
Total

Residential mortgages

$12,905


$97


$70


$246


$13,318

Home equity loans
2,245

164

44

104

2,557

Home equity lines of credit
13,982

407

80

205

14,674

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
886

60

20

20

986

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
296

48

16

29

389

Automobile
12,670

964

159

35

13,828

Student
4,175

113

30

41

4,359

Credit cards
1,554

44

20

16

1,634

Other retail
1,013

53

12

5

1,083

Total

$49,726


$1,950


$451


$701


$52,828

(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


148

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Current

1-29 Days Past Due
30-89 Days Past Due
90 Days or More Past Due
Total

Residential mortgages

$11,352


$114


$97


$269


$11,832

Home equity loans
2,997

222

60

145

3,424

Home equity lines of credit
14,705

447

73

198

15,423

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,101

78

26

23

1,228

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
455

66

10

19

550

Automobile
11,839

758

93

16

12,706

Student
2,106

108

25

17

2,256

Credit cards
1,615

39

22

17

1,693

Other retail
985

65

18

4

1,072

Total

$47,155


$1,897


$424


$708


$50,184


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
Nonperforming Assets
A summary of nonperforming loans and leases by class is as follows:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Nonaccruing
Accruing and 90 Days or More Delinquent
Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases
 
Nonaccruing
Accruing and 90 Days or More Delinquent
Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases
Commercial

$70


$1


$71

 

$113


$1


$114

Commercial real estate
77


77

 
50


50

Leases



 



Total commercial
147

1

148

 
163

1

164

Residential mortgages
331


331

 
345


345

Home equity loans
135


135

 
203


203

Home equity lines of credit
272


272

 
257


257

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
38


38

 
47


47

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
32


32

 
25


25

Automobile
42


42

 
21


21

Student
35

6

41

 
11

6

17

Credit cards
16


16

 
16

1

17

Other retail
3

2

5

 
5


5

Total retail
904

8

912

 
930

7

937

Total

$1,051


$9


$1,060

 

$1,093


$8


$1,101


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
The recorded investment in mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process was $257 million as of December 31, 2015 .

149

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


A summary of other nonperforming assets is as follows:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Nonperforming assets, net of valuation allowance:
 
 
 
Commercial

$1

 

$3

Retail
45

 
39

Nonperforming assets, net of valuation allowance

$46

 

$42


Nonperforming assets consist primarily of other real estate owned and are presented in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
A summary of key performance indicators is as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2015

 
2014

Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases
0.15
%
 
0.18
%
Nonperforming retail loans as a percentage of total loans and leases
0.92

 
1.00

Total nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.07
%
 
1.18
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming commercial assets as a percentage of total assets
0.11
%
 
0.13
%
Nonperforming retail assets as a percentage of total assets
0.69

 
0.73

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
0.80
%
 
0.86
%

The following is an analysis of the age of the past due amounts (accruing and nonaccruing):
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
 30-89 Days Past Due
 90 Days or More Past Due
 Total Past Due
 
 30-89 Days Past Due
 90 Days or More Past Due
 Total Past Due
Commercial

$13


$71


$84

 

$57


$114


$171

Commercial real estate
33

77

110

 
26

50

76

Leases
10


10

 
3


3

Total commercial
56

148

204

 
86

164

250

Residential mortgages
70

246

316

 
97

269

366

Home equity loans
44

104

148

 
60

145

205

Home equity lines of credit
80

205

285

 
73

198

271

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
20

20

40

 
26

23

49

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
16

29

45

 
10

19

29

Automobile
159

35

194

 
93

16

109

Student
30

41

71

 
25

17

42

Credit cards
20

16

36

 
22

17

39

Other retail
12

5

17

 
18

4

22

Total retail
451

701

1,152

 
424

708

1,132

Total

$507


$849


$1,356

 

$510


$872


$1,382


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


150

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Impaired loans include: (1) nonaccruing larger balance commercial loans (greater than $3 million carrying value); and (2) commercial and retail TDRs. The following is a summary of impaired loan information by class:

December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Impaired Loans With a Related Allowance
Allowance on Impaired Loans
Impaired Loans Without a Related Allowance
Unpaid Contractual Balance
Total Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
Commercial

$92


$23


$58


$144


$150

Commercial real estate
56

13

12

70

68

Total commercial
148

36

70

214

218

Residential mortgages
121

16

320

608

441

Home equity loans
85

11

139

283

224

Home equity lines of credit
27

2

167

234

194

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
50

8

24

88

74

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
3

1

7

14

10

Automobile
3


11

19

14

Student
163

48

2

165

165

Credit cards
28

11


28

28

Other retail
13

4

2

18

15

Total retail
493

101

672

1,457

1,165

Total

$641


$137


$742


$1,671


$1,383


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Impaired Loans With a Related Allowance
Allowance on Impaired Loans
Impaired Loans Without a Related Allowance
Unpaid Contractual Balance
Total Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
Commercial

$124


$19


$36


$178


$160

Commercial real estate
7

1

38

62

45

Total commercial
131

20

74

240

205

Residential mortgages
157

18

288

605

445

Home equity loans
129

11

141

335

270

Home equity lines of credit
75

3

86

193

161

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
75

9

16

102

91

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
4

1

7

14

11

Automobile
2

1

9

16

11

Student
167

48


167

167

Credit cards
32

13


32

32

Other retail
17

5

3

23

20

Total retail
658

109

550

1,487

1,208

Total

$789


$129


$624


$1,727


$1,413


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


151

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Additional information on impaired loans is as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(in millions)
Interest Income Recognized
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
Average Recorded Investment
Commercial

$4


$135

 

$9


$198

 

$1


$157

Commercial real estate
1

44

 
2

98

 
1

149

Total commercial
5

179

 
11

296

 
2

306

Residential mortgages
15

415

 
14

429

 
7

419

Home equity loans
9

222

 
8

246

 
5

228

Home equity lines of credit
4

173

 
4

149

 
2

90

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
4

75

 
5

91

 
5

102

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)

9

 

11

 

12

Automobile

11

 

7

 

8

Student
7

157

 
8

153

 
7

140

Credit cards
2

26

 
2

31

 
3

41

Other retail
1

16

 
1

21

 
1

25

Total retail
42

1,104

 
42

1,138

 
30

1,065

Total

$47


$1,283

 

$53


$1,434

 

$32


$1,371


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
A loan modification is identified as a TDR when the Company or a bankruptcy court grants the borrower a concession the Company would not otherwise make in response to the borrower’s financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation efforts and are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery and continuity of the relationship. The Company’s loan modifications are handled on a case-by-case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet the borrower’s financial needs. Concessions granted in TDRs for all classes of loans may include lowering the interest rate, forgiving a portion of principal, extending the loan term, lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, or capitalizing past due amounts. A rate increase can be a concession if the increased rate is lower than a market rate for debt with risk similar to that of the restructured loan. TDRs for commercial loans and leases may also involve creating a multiple note structure, accepting non-cash assets, accepting an equity interest, or receiving a performance-based fee. In some cases, a TDR may involve multiple concessions. The financial effects of TDRs for all loan classes may include lower income (either due to a lower interest rate or a delay in the timing of cash flows), larger loan loss provisions, and accelerated charge-offs if the modification renders the loan collateral-dependent. In some cases, interest income throughout the term of the loan may increase if, for example, the loan is extended or the interest rate is increased as a result of the restructuring.
Because TDRs are impaired loans, the Company measures impairment by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows, or when appropriate, the fair value of collateral, to the loan’s recorded investment. Any excess of recorded investment over the present value of expected future cash flows or collateral value is recognized by creating a valuation allowance or increasing an existing valuation allowance. Any portion of the loan’s recorded investment the Company does not expect to collect as a result of the modification is charged off at the time of modification.
Commercial TDRs were $155 million and $176 million on December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Retail TDRs totaled $1.2 billion on December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Commitments to lend additional funds to debtors owing receivables which were TDRs were $15 million and $53 million on December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.


152

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes how loans were modified during the year ended December 31, 2015 , the charge-offs related to the modifications, and the impact on the ALLL. The reported balances include loans that became TDRs during 2015 and were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to December 31, 2015 .
 
Primary Modification Types
 
Interest Rate Reduction (1)
 
Maturity Extension (2)
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial
25


$19


$19

 
160


$22


$22

Commercial real estate
1



 
1



Total commercial
26

19

19

 
161

22

22

Residential mortgages
153

31

31

 
40

7

6

Home equity loans
96

5

5

 
191

35

35

Home equity lines of credit
4

1

1

 
23

2

2

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
29

2

2

 



Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
2



 
1



Automobile
108

2

2

 
5



Student



 



Credit cards
2,413

13

13

 



Other retail
3



 



Total retail
2,808

54

54

 
260

44

43

Total
2,834


$73


$73

 
421


$66


$65

 
Primary Modification Types
 
 
 
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Net Change to ALLL Resulting from Modification
Charge-offs Resulting from Modification
Commercial
16


$34


$34

 

($1
)

$1

Commercial real estate
1

4

4

 


Total commercial
17

38

38

 
(1
)
1

Residential mortgages
275

33

33

 
(1
)

Home equity loans
448

28

28

 

1

Home equity lines of credit
320

21

19

 

2

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
124

6

5

 

1

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
41

3

2

 


Automobile
812

14

12

 

2

Student
1,204

22

22

 
4


Credit cards



 
2


Other retail
20



 


Total retail
3,244

127

121

 
5

6

Total
3,261


$165


$159

 

$4


$7


(1) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is an interest rate reduction.
(2) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is a maturity extension (unless one of the other concessions was an interest rate reduction).
(3) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(4) Includes modifications other than interest rate reductions or maturity extensions, such as lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, capitalizing arrearages, and principal forgiveness. Also included are the following: deferrals, trial modifications, certain bankruptcies, loans in forbearance and prepayment plans. Modifications can include the deferral of accrued interest resulting in post modification balances being higher than pre-modification.

153

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes how loans were modified during the year ended December 31, 2014 , the charge-offs related to the modifications, and the impact on the ALLL. The reported balances include loans that became TDRs during 2014 and were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to December 31, 2014 .
 
Primary Modification Types
 
Interest Rate Reduction (1)
 
Maturity Extension (2)
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial
25


$8


$7

 
131


$21


$22

Commercial real estate
9

1

2

 
15

3

2

Total commercial
34

9

9

 
146

24

24

Residential mortgages
126

17

17

 
40

6

5

Home equity loans
125

8

9

 
85

5

6

Home equity lines of credit
7



 
276

17

16

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
42

2

2

 



Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
4



 
1



Automobile
75

1

1

 
18



Student



 



Credit cards
2,165

12

12

 



Other retail
3



 



Total retail
2,547

40

41

 
420

28

27

Total
2,581


$49


$50

 
566


$52


$51

 
Primary Modification Types
 
 
 
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Net Change to ALLL Resulting from Modification
Charge-offs Resulting from Modification
Commercial
27


$52


$74

 

$3


$—

Commercial real estate
1

7

7

 

3

Total commercial
28

59

81

 
3

3

Residential mortgages
393

47

46

 
(4
)
1

Home equity loans
1,046

63

62

 
(1
)
2

Home equity lines of credit
356

25

21

 

5

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
138

5

5

 
(1
)

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
39

2

2

 


Automobile
1,039

17

13

 

5

Student
1,675

31

31

 
5


Credit cards



 


Other retail
57

2

1

 
(1
)

Total retail
4,743

192

181

 
(2
)
13

Total
4,771


$251


$262

 

$1


$16

(1) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is an interest rate reduction.
(2) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is a maturity extension (unless one of the other concessions was an interest rate reduction).
(3) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(4) Includes modifications other than interest rate reductions or maturity extensions, such as lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, capitalizing arrearages, and principal forgiveness. Also included are the following: deferrals, trial modifications, certain bankruptcies, loans in forbearance and prepayment plans. Modifications can include the deferral of accrued interest resulting in post modification balances being higher than pre-modification.

154

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes how loans were modified during the year ended December 31, 2013 , the charge-offs related to the modifications, and the impact on the ALLL. The reported balances include loans that became TDRs during 2013 and were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to December 31, 2013 .
 
Primary Modification Types
 
Interest Rate Reduction (1)
 
Maturity Extension (2)
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial
126


$13


$13

 
134


$18


$18

Commercial real estate
11

7

7

 
3

1

1

Total commercial
137

20

20

 
137

19

19

Residential mortgages
200

32

33

 
46

5

6

Home equity loans
196

15

16

 
94

6

6

Home equity lines of credit
18

1

1

 
2,081

80

70

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
31

2

2

 
5



Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
3



 
1



Automobile
238

2

2

 
2



Student



 



Credit cards
2,729

15

15

 



Other retail
21



 



Total retail
3,436

67

69

 
2,229

91

82

Total
3,573


$87


$89

 
2,366


$110


$101

 
Primary Modification Types
 
 
 
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Net Change to ALLL Resulting from Modification
Charge-offs Resulting from Modification
Commercial
6


$1


$1

 

$—


$1

Commercial real estate
1



 
(2
)

Total commercial
7

1

1

 
(2
)
1

Residential mortgages
430

64

63

 
5

2

Home equity loans
995

57

51

 
2

5

Home equity lines of credit
771

53

46

 

16

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
269

12

10

 

3

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
43

2

1

 

1

Automobile
1,323

13

10

 

3

Student
2,620

48

47

 


Credit cards



 


Other retail
148

3

3

 

1

Total retail
6,599

252

231

 
7

31

Total
6,606


$253


$232

 

$5


$32


(1) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is an interest rate reduction.
(2) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is a maturity extension (unless one of the other concessions was an interest rate reduction).
(3) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(4) Includes modifications other than interest rate reductions or maturity extensions, such as lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, capitalizing arrearages, and principal forgiveness. Also included are the following: deferrals, trial modifications, certain bankruptcies, loans in forbearance and prepayment plans. Modifications can include the deferral of accrued interest resulting in post-modification balances being higher than pre-modification.

155

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The table below summarizes TDRs that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 within 12 months of their modification date. For purposes of this table, a payment default is defined as being past due 90 days or more under the modified terms. Amounts represent the loan’s recorded investment at the time of payment default. Loan data includes loans meeting the criteria that were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to December 31, 2015 and 2014 . If a TDR of any loan type becomes 90 days past due after being modified, the loan is written down to the fair value of collateral less cost to sell. The amount written off is charged to the ALLL.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Balance Defaulted
 
Number of Contracts
Balance Defaulted
 
Number of Contracts
Balance Defaulted
Commercial
23


$2

 
37


$12

 
18


$1

Commercial real estate


 
3

1

 
3

1

Total commercial
23

2

 
40

13

 
21

2

Residential mortgages
168

21

 
301

35

 
526

60

Home equity loans
184

13

 
329

24

 
740

43

Home equity lines of credit
131

7

 
229

12

 
394

21

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
43

1

 
60

2

 
187

3

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
22

1

 
20


 
42

2

Automobile
87

1

 
112

1

 
208

1

Student
171

3

 
355

7

 
885

17

Credit cards
455

3

 
579

3

 
548

3

Other retail
4


 
12


 
33

1

Total retail
1,265

50

 
1,997

84

 
3,563

151

Total
1,288


$52

 
2,037


$97

 
3,584


$153

(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions. Generally, loans are collateralized by assets including real estate, inventory, accounts receivable, other personal property and investment securities. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company had a significant amount of loans collateralized by residential and commercial real estate. There are no significant concentrations within the commercial loan or retail loan portfolios. Exposure to credit losses arising from lending transactions may fluctuate with fair values of collateral supporting loans, which may not perform according to contractual agreements. The Company’s policy is to collateralize loans to the extent necessary; however, unsecured loans are also granted on the basis of the financial strength of the applicant and the facts surrounding the transaction.
Certain loan products, including residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, and credit cards, have contractual features that may increase credit exposure to the Company in the event of an increase in interest rates or a decline in housing values. These products include loans that exceed 90% of the value of the underlying collateral (high LTV loans), interest-only and negative amortization residential mortgages, and loans with low introductory rates. Certain loans have more than one of these characteristics.

156

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents balances of loans with these characteristics:
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Residential Mortgages
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit
Home Equity Products serviced by others
Credit Cards
Total

High loan-to-value

$649


$1,038


$785


$—


$2,472

Interest only/negative amortization
1,110




1,110

Low introductory rate

3


96

99

Multiple characteristics and other
14




14

Total

$1,773


$1,041


$785


$96


$3,695

 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Residential Mortgages
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit
Home Equity Products serviced by others
Credit Cards
Total

High loan-to-value

$773


$1,743


$1,025


$—


$3,541

Interest only/negative amortization
894




894

Low introductory rate



98

98

Multiple characteristics and other
24




24

Total

$1,691


$1,743


$1,025


$98


$4,557


NOTE 6 - VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
Low Income Housing Tax Credit Partnerships
The Company makes equity investments in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing the LIHTC pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of these investments is to assist in achieving goals of the Community Reinvestment Act and to earn an adequate return on capital. Each LIHTC partnership is managed by a general partner who exercises full and exclusive control over the affairs of the limited partnership, including: selecting and investing in specific properties, company expenditures and use of working capital funds, borrowing funds, disposition of fund property, contract authority, employment of agents, and litigation resolution. The limited partner(s) may not participate in the management, control, conduct or operation of the limited partnership’s business and the general partner may only be removed by the limited partner(s) if the general partner fails to comply with the terms of the partnership agreement or is negligent in performing its duties. In addition, Citizens, as a limited partner, is only liable for capital contributions up to a maximum amount specified in the investment agreement. For all of these reasons, the Company believes that the general partner of each limited partnership has the power to direct the activities which most significantly affect the performance of each partnership and that the Company is therefore not the primary beneficiary of any LIHTC partnership. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate any of its LIHTC partnership investments.
Effective January 1, 2015, the Company adopted ASU 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects” and uses the proportional amortization method to account for all of its investments in its LIHTC partnership investments. The retrospective adoption of ASU 2014-01 would have had an immaterial effect on the Company’s financial statements; therefore, the Company applied ASU 2014-01 prospectively. Under the proportional amortization method, the Company recognizes the net investment performance in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of income tax expense. LIHTC investment balances are reported in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, with unfunded commitments reported in other liabilities.
At December 31, 2015 , the Company’s balance of LIHTC investments was $598 million and unfunded commitments totaled $365 million . For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company recognized $45 million of amortization expense, $45 million of tax credits and $17 million of other tax benefits associated with these investments in the provision for income taxes. No LIHTC investment impairment losses were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2015 .


157

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 7 - PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE
A summary of the carrying value of premises and equipment follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in millions)
Useful Lives
 
2015

 
2014

Land and land improvements
15 years
 

$25

 

$26

Buildings and leasehold improvements
7-40 years
 
634

 
607

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
5-15 years
 
1,667

 
1,613

Total premises and equipment, gross
 
 
2,326

 
2,246

Less: accumulated depreciation
 
 
1,731

 
1,651

Total premises and equipment, net
 
 

$595

 

$595


The above table includes capital leases with book values of $47 million and $46 million and related accumulated depreciation of $25 million and $22 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Depreciation charged to noninterest expense was $116 million , $117 million , and $138 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively, and is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in occupancy and equipment expense.
The Company entered into two sale-leaseback transactions during 2015 , one of which included an operating lease for a period of 10 years. There were $9 million of gains recorded of which $1 million was deferred. There were no sale-leaseback transactions during 2014 . The Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction during 2013 , which includes an operating lease for a period of 10 years. There was a $15 million gain recorded in 2013 of which $14 million was deferred.
The Company had capitalized software assets of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion and related accumulated amortization of $532 million and $387 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Amortization expense was $146 million , $145 million , and $102 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. Capitalized software assets are reported as a component of other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The estimated future amortization expense for capitalized software assets is as follows:
Year
(in millions)

2016

$142

2017
125

2018
104

2019
72

2020
43

Thereafter
129

Total (1)

$615

(1) Excluded from this balance is $171 million of in-process software at December 31, 2015 .


158

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 8 - LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Company is committed under long-term leases for the rental of premises and equipment. These leases have varying renewal options and require, in certain instances, the payment of insurance, real estate taxes and other operating expenses.
At December 31, 2015 , the aggregate minimum rental commitments under these non-cancelable operating leases and capital leases, exclusive of renewals, are as follows for the years ended December 31:
(in millions)
Operating Leases
 
Capital Leases
2016

$190

 

$8

2017
167

 
7

2018
131

 
3

2019
85

 
2

2020
64

 
2

Thereafter
180

 
10

Total minimum lease payments

$817

 

$32

Amounts representing interest
N/A

 
(9
)
Present value of net minimum lease payments
N/A

 

$23


Rental expense for such leases for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 totaled $205 million , $214 million , and $224 million , respectively, and is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in occupancy and equipment expense.

NOTE 9 - GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the excess of fair value of purchased assets over the purchase price. Since 1988, the Company has completed more than 25 acquisitions of banks or assets of banks. The changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were:
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Total

Balance at December 31, 2013

$2,136

 

$4,740

 

$6,876

Adjustments

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$2,136

 

$4,740

 

$6,876

Adjustments

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

$2,136

 

$4,740

 

$6,876


Accumulated impairment losses related to the Consumer Banking reporting unit totaled $5.9 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 . The accumulated impairment losses related to the Commercial Banking reporting unit totaled $50 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
The Company performs an annual test for impairment of goodwill at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit. The Company has identified and allocated goodwill to two reporting units — Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking — based upon reviews of the structure of the Company’s executive team and supporting functions, resource allocations and financial reporting processes.
No impairment was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 . The Company tested the value of goodwill as of June 30, 2013, and recorded an impairment charge of $4.4 billion relating to the Consumer Banking reporting unit. The impairment charge, which was a non-cash item, had minimal impact on the Company's regulatory capital ratios and liquidity, and for segment reporting purposes was included in Other. Refer to Note 24 “Business Segments” for further information regarding segment reporting.
The valuation of goodwill is dependent on forward-looking expectations related to the performance of the U.S. economy and the associated financial performance of the Company. The prolonged delay in the full recovery of the U.S. economy, and the impact of that delay on earnings expectations, prompted a goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2013. Although the U.S. economy had demonstrated signs of recovery, notably improvements in unemployment and housing, the pace and extent of these indicators,

159

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


as well as in overall GDP, lagged previous expectations. The impact of the slow recovery was most evident in the Company's Consumer Banking reporting unit. Forecasted economic growth for the U.S., coupled with the continuing impact of the new regulatory framework in the financial industry, resulted in a deceleration of expected growth for the Consumer Banking reporting unit's future profits and an associated goodwill impairment. Refer to Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” for further information regarding the impairment test.

NOTE 10 - MORTGAGE BANKING
In its mortgage banking business, the Company sells residential mortgages to government-sponsored entities and other parties, who may issue securities backed by pools of such loans. The Company retains no beneficial interests in these sales, but may retain the servicing rights of the loans sold. The Company is obligated to subsequently repurchase a loan if the purchaser discovers a standard representation or warranty violation such as noncompliance with eligibility requirements, customer fraud, or servicing violations. This primarily occurs during a loan file review.
The Company received $2.7 billion , $1.6 billion , and $4.2 billion of proceeds from the sale of residential mortgages for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, and recognized gains on such sales of $51 million , $36 million , and $66 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Pursuant to the standard representations and warranties obligations discussed in the preceding paragraph, the Company repurchased residential mortgage loans totaling $10 million , $25 million , and $35 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Mortgage servicing fees, a component of mortgage banking income, were $55 million , $59 million , and $61 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The Company recorded valuation recoveries of $9 million , $5 million , and $47 million for its MSRs for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Changes related to MSRs were as follows:
 
As of and for the Year Ended 
 December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

MSRs:
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1

$184

 

$208

Amount capitalized
26

 
17

Amortization
(37
)
 
(41
)
Carrying amount before valuation allowance
173

 
184

Valuation allowance for servicing assets:
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1
18

 
23

Valuation recovery
(9
)
 
(5
)
Balance at end of period
9

 
18

Net carrying value of MSRs

$164

 

$166


MSRs are presented in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The fair value of MSRs is estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, contractual servicing fee income, servicing costs, default rates, ancillary income, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The valuation model uses a static discounted cash flow methodology incorporating current market interest rates. A static model does not attempt to forecast or predict the future direction of interest rates; rather it estimates the amount and timing of future servicing cash flows using current market interest rates. The current mortgage interest rate influences the expected prepayment rate and therefore, the length of the cash flows associated with the servicing asset, while the discount rate determines the present value of those cash flows. Expected mortgage loan prepayment assumptions are obtained using the QRM Multi Component prepayment model. The Company periodically obtains third-party valuations of its MSRs to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the valuation model.

160

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The key economic assumptions used to estimate the value of MSRs are presented in the following table:
 
December 31,
(dollars in millions)
   2015
 
   2014
Fair value
$178
 
$179
Weighted average life (in years)
5.4
 
5.2
Weighted average constant prepayment rate
11.6%
 
12.4%
Weighted average discount rate
9.7%
 
9.8%

The key economic assumptions used in estimating the fair value of MSRs capitalized during the period were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Weighted average life (in years)
5.9
 
5.8
 
6.0
Weighted average constant prepayment rate
 10.7%
 
 11.7%
 
 12.4%
Weighted average discount rate
   9.7%
 
 10.3%
 
 10.5%

The sensitivity analysis below as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 presents the impact to current fair value of an immediate 50 basis points and 100 basis points adverse change in the key economic assumptions and presents the decline in fair value that would occur if the adverse change were realized. These sensitivities are hypothetical. The effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (e.g., changes in interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment speeds, could result in changes in the discount rates), which might amplify or counteract the sensitivities. The primary risk inherent in the Company’s MSRs is an increase in prepayments of the underlying mortgage loans serviced, which is dependent upon market movements of interest rates.
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
Prepayment rate:
 
 
 
Decline in fair value from a 50 basis point decrease in interest rates

$5

 

$9

Decline in fair value from a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates

$11

 

$15

Weighted average discount rate:
 
 
 
Decline in fair value from a 50 basis point increase in weighted average discount rate

$3

 

$3

Decline in fair value from a 100 basis point increase in weighted average discount rate

$6

 

$6


NOTE 11 - DEPOSITS
The major components of deposits are as follows:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Demand

$27,649

 

$26,086

Checking with interest
17,921

 
16,394

Regular savings
8,218

 
7,824

Money market accounts
36,727

 
33,345

Term deposits
12,024

 
12,058

Total deposits

$102,539

 

$95,707


161

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The maturity distribution of term deposits as of December 31, 2015 is as follows:
Year
(in millions)

2016

$9,994

2017
1,309

2018
428

2019
183

2020
104

2021 and thereafter
6

Total

$12,024

Of these deposits, the amount of term deposits with a denomination of $100,000 or more was $6.3 billion at December 31, 2015 . The remaining maturities of these deposits are as follows:
 
(in millions)

Three months or less

$3,136

After three months through six months
1,145

After six months through twelve months
1,329

After twelve months
675

Total term deposits

$6,285


NOTE 12 - BORROWED FUNDS
The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term borrowed funds:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Federal funds purchased

$—

 

$574

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
802

 
3,702

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
2,630

 
6,253

Total short-term borrowed funds

$3,432

 

$10,529

Key data related to short-term borrowed funds is presented in the following table:
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014
 
2013
Weighted-average interest rate at year-end:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.15
%
 
0.14
%
 
0.09
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.44

 
0.26

 
0.20

Maximum amount outstanding at month-end during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$5,375

 

$7,022

 

$5,114

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
7,004

 
7,702

 
2,251

Average amount outstanding during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$3,364

 

$5,699

 

$2,400

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
5,865

 
5,640

 
251

Weighted-average interest rate during the year:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.22
%
 
0.12
%
 
0.31
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.28

 
0.25

 
0.44



162

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following is a summary of the Company’s long-term borrowed funds:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
4.150% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2022

$350

 

$350

5.158% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debt, (LIBOR + 3.56%) callable, due 2023 (1)
333

 
333

4.771% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2023   (1)

 
333

4.691% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1)

 
334

4.153% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1) (2)
250

 
333

4.023% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1) (3)
331

 
333

4.082% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (1) (4)
331

 
334

4.350% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025
250

 

4.300% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025
750

 

Banking Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
1.600% senior unsecured notes, due 2017 (5) (6)
749

 
750

2.300% senior unsecured notes, due 2018 (5) (7)
747

 

2.450% senior unsecured notes, due 2019 (5) (8)
752

 
746

Federal Home Loan advances due through 2033
5,018

 
772

Other
25

 
24

Total long-term borrowed funds

$9,886

 

$4,642


(1) Borrowed funds with RBS. See Note 19 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS” for further information.
(2) Interest is payable until January 1, 2016 at a fixed rate per annum of 4.153% and at a fixed rate per annum of 3.750% thereafter.
(3) $333 million principal balance of subordinated debt reflects the impact of $2 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” for further information.
(4) $334 million principal balance of subordinated debt reflects the impact of $3 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” for further information.
(5) These securities were offered under CBNA’s Global Bank Note Program dated December 1, 2014.
(6) $750 million principal balance of unsecured notes reflects the impact of $1 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” for further information.
(7) $750 million principal balance of unsecured notes reflects the impact of $3 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” for further information.
(8) $750 million principal balance of unsecured notes reflects the impact of $2 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps at December 31, 2015 . See Note 16 “Derivatives” for further information.
On December 3, 2015, the Company repurchased $750 million of outstanding subordinated debt instruments held by RBS. The $3 million difference between the repurchase price and the net carrying amount of the repurchased debt was recognized as a gain on extinguishment of the debt. To fund the repurchase, the Company issued $750 million of new subordinated debt with a 4.300% fixed rate and a ten-year maturity.
Advances, lines of credit, and letters of credit from the FHLB are collateralized by pledged mortgages and pledged securities at least sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level established by the FHLB. The utilized borrowing capacity for FHLB advances and letters of credit was $11.3 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 . The Company’s available FHLB borrowing capacity was $4.1 billion and $3.5 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The Company can also borrow from the FRB discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. Collateral, such as investment securities and loans, was pledged to provide borrowing capacity at the FRB. At December 31, 2015 , the Company’s unused secured borrowing capacity was approximately $32.1 billion , which includes unencumbered securities, FHLB borrowing capacity, and FRB discount window capacity.

163

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following is a summary of maturities for the Company’s long-term borrowed funds at December 31, 2015 :
Year (in millions)
CFG Parent Company
Banking Subsidiaries
Consolidated

2016 or on demand

$—


$—


$—

2017

5,764

5,764

2018

753

753

2019

753

753

2020

2

2

2021 and thereafter
2,595

19

2,614

Total

$2,595


$7,291


$9,886


NOTE 13 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2015 , the Company had 100,000,000 shares authorized and 250,000 shares outstanding of $25.00 par value undesignated preferred stock. The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof are authorized to provide for the issuance of these shares in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. There were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 .
On April 6, 2015, the Company issued $250 million , or 250,000 shares, of 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $25.00 per share with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section (4)(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As a result of this issuance, the Company received net proceeds of $247 million after underwriting discount.
The Series A Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and is not subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive dividend payments when, and if, declared by the Company’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof. Any such dividends will be payable on a semi-annual basis at an annual rate equal to 5.500% . On April 6, 2020, the Series A Preferred Stock converts to a quarterly floating-rate basis equal to three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR on the related dividend determination date plus 3.960% .
Citizens may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part on any dividend payment date, on or after April 6, 2020 or, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. Citizens may not redeem shares of the Series A Preferred Stock without obtaining the prior approval of the FRBG if then required under applicable capital guidelines.
Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have priority over the Company's common stock with regard to the payment of dividends and, as such, the Company may not pay dividends on or repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of its common stock unless dividends for the Series A Preferred Stock have been declared for that period and sufficient funds have been set aside to make payment.
Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series A Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.
Treasury Stock
On August 3, 2015, CFG used the net proceeds of its public offering of $250 million aggregate principal amount 4.350% Subordinated Notes due 2025 issued on July 31, 2015, to repurchase 9,615,384 shares of its outstanding common stock directly from RBS at a public offering price of $26.00 per share. The repurchased shares are held in treasury.
On April 7, 2015, the Company used the net proceeds of the Series A Preferred Stock offering to repurchase 10,473,397 shares of its common stock from RBS at a total cost of approximately $250 million and a price per share of $23.87 , which equaled the volume-weighted average price of the Company’s common stock for all traded volume over the five trading days preceding the repurchase agreement date of April 1, 2015. The repurchased shares are held in treasury.

164

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company recorded an additional 876,087 shares of treasury stock associated with share-based compensation plan activity for a total cost of $22 million at a weighted-average price per share of $25.50 .
During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded an additional 80,358 shares of common stock associated with share-based compensation plan activity for a total cost of $2 million at an average price per share of $25.03 .
On October 8, 2014, Citizens executed a capital exchange transaction which involved the issuance of $334 million of 10 -year Subordinated Notes to RBS at a rate of 4.082% and the simultaneous repurchase of 14,297,761 shares of common stock owned by RBS for a total cost of $334 million and an average price per share of $23.36 . The purchase price per share was the average of the daily volume-weighted average price of a share of our common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange over the five trading days preceding the purchase date.
NOTE 14 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Pension Plans
The Company maintains a non-contributory pension plan (the “Plan” or “qualified plan”) that was closed to new hires and re-hires effective January 1, 2009, and frozen to all participants effective December 31, 2012. Benefits under the Plan are based on employees’ years of service and highest five-year average of eligible compensation. The Plan is funded on a current basis, in compliance with the requirements of ERISA. The Company also provides an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement plan (the “non-qualified plan”), which was closed and frozen effective December 31, 2012.
RBS restructured the administration of employee benefit plans during 2008. As a result, the qualified and non-qualified pension plans of certain RBS subsidiaries referred to as the Company’s “Affiliates” merged with the Company’s pension plans.
In September 2014, in preparation for the IPO, the Company divested portions of the qualified and non-qualified plans to newly established plans. RBS is the plan sponsor of the newly established plans, which provide benefits for current and former employees of the Affiliates. Citizens remains the sponsor of the original plans, which provide benefits for the Company’s current and former employees.
The qualified plan’s allocation by asset category is as follows:
 
 
Target Asset Allocation
 
Actual Asset Allocation
Asset Category
 
2015
 
2015
 
2014
Equity securities
 
45-55%
 
47.1
%
 
49.0
%
Debt securities
 
40-50%
 
47.3
%
 
44.7
%
Other
 
0-10%
 
5.6
%
 
6.3
%
Total
 
 
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
The written Pension Plan Investment Policy, set forth by the CFG Retirement Committee, formulates those investment principles and guidelines that are appropriate to the needs and objectives of the Plan, and defines the management, structure, and monitoring procedures adopted for the ongoing operation of the aggregate funds of the Plan. Stated goals and objectives are:
Total return, consistent with prudent investment management, is the primary goal of the Plan. The nominal rate of return objective should meet or exceed the actuarial rate return target. In addition, assets of the Plan shall be invested to ensure that principal is preserved and enhanced over time;
The total return for the overall Plan shall meet or exceed the Plan’s Policy Index;
Total portfolio risk exposure should generally rank in the mid-range of comparable funds. Risk-adjusted returns are expected to consistently rank in the top-half of comparable funds; and
Investment managers shall exceed the return of the designated benchmark index and rank in the top-half of the appropriate asset class and style universe.
The CFG Retirement Committee reviews, at least annually, the assets and net cash flow of the Plan, discusses the current economic outlook and the Plan’s investment strategy with the investment managers, reviews the current asset mix and its compliance with the Policy, and receives and considers statistics on the investment performance of the Plan.
The equity investment mandates follows a global equity approach. Investments are made in broadly diversified portfolios that contain investments in U.S. and non-U.S. developed and developing economies. The fixed income investment mandates are

165

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


US investment grade mandates and follow a long duration investment approach. Investment in high-yield bonds are not allowed unless an investment grade bond is downgraded to a non-investment grade category.
The assets of the qualified plan may be invested in any or all of the following asset categories:
a) Equity-oriented investments:
domestic and foreign common and preferred stocks, and related rights, warrants, convertible debentures, and other common share equivalents
b) Fixed income-oriented investments:
domestic and foreign bonds, debentures and notes
mortgages
mortgage-backed securities
asset-backed securities
money market securities or cash
financial futures and options on financial futures
forward contracts
In addition, derivatives may be employed under the guidelines established for individual managers in order to manage risk exposures and/or to increase the efficiency of strategies. The extent to which derivatives will be utilized will be specified in the investment guidelines for each manager. The Plan will not be exposed to losses through derivatives that exceed the capital invested.
In selecting the expected long-term rate of return on assets, the Company considers the average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits of this Plan. This includes considering the trust’s asset allocation and the expected returns likely to be earned over the life of the Plan. This basis is consistent with the prior year.
Changes in the fair value of defined benefit pension plan assets, projected benefit obligation, funded status, and accumulated benefit obligation are summarized as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Qualified Plan
 
Non-Qualified Plan
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

(1)  
2013

 
2015

 
2014

(1)  
2013

Fair value of plan assets as of January 1

$923

 

$1,031

 

$998

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

Actual return (loss) on plan assets
(41
)
 
98

 
111

 

 

 

Employer contributions
100

 

 

 
9

 
9

 
8

Divestitures

 
(129
)
 

 

 

 

Benefits and administrative expenses paid
(65
)
 
(77
)
 
(78
)
 
(9
)
 
(9
)
 
(8
)
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31
917

 
923

 
1,031

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation
977

 
1,093

 
1,026

 
103

 
117

 
107

Pension asset (obligation)

($60
)
 

($170
)
 

$5

 

($103
)
 

($117
)
 

($107
)
Accumulated benefit obligation

$977

 

$1,093

 

$1,026

 

$103

 

$117

 

$107

(1) December 31, 2014 amounts excluded $129 million in qualified plan assets, $148 million in qualified plan liabilities and $7 million in non-qualified plan liabilities transferred to Affiliates on September 1, 2014.
The pre-tax amounts recognized (for the qualified and non-qualified plans) in AOCI are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
(in millions)

2015

 
2014

(1)  
Net prior service credit

$—

 

$—

 
Net actuarial loss
599

 
606

 
Total loss recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income

$599

 

$606

 
(1) December 31, 2014 amount excluded $35 million transferred to Affiliates on September 1, 2014.

166

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Approximately $16 million of net actuarial loss recorded in AOCI as of December 31, 2015 is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit costs during 2016 .
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations (for the qualified and non-qualified plans) recognized in OCI include the following:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Net periodic pension income

($7
)
 

($8
)
 

($3
)
Net actuarial (gain) loss
7

 
237

 
(174
)
Amortization of net actuarial loss
(15
)
 
(10
)
 
(14
)
Divestiture

 
(35
)
 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income
(8
)
 
192

 
(188
)
Total recognized in net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income

($15
)
 

$184

 

($191
)
The following table presents the components of net periodic pension (income) cost for the Company's qualified and non-qualified plans:
 
Year Ended December 31
 
Qualified Plan
 
Non-Qualified Plan
 
Total
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Service cost

$3

 

$3

 

$3

 
$

 

$—

 

$—

 

$3

 

$3

 

$3

Interest cost
44

 
47

 
48

 
4

 
5

 
5

 
48

 
52

 
53

Expected return on plan assets
(74
)
 
(73
)
 
(73
)
 

 

 

 
(74
)
 
(73
)
 
(73
)
Amortization of actuarial loss
13

 
9

 
13

 
2

 
1

 
1

 
15

 
10

 
14

Net periodic pension (income) cost

($14
)
 

($14
)
 

($9
)
 

$6

 

$6

 

$6

 

($8
)
 

($8
)
 

($3
)

Weighted-average rates assumed in determining the actuarial present value of benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
 
As of and for the
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Assumptions for benefit obligations
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate--qualified plan
4.640
%
 
4.125
%
 
5.00
%
Discount rate--non-qualified plan
4.540
%
 
3.875
%
 
4.75
%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
7.500
%
 
7.50
%
 
7.50
%
Assumptions for net periodic pension cost
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate--qualified plan
4.125
%
 
5.00/4.25%

(1)  
4.125
%
Discount rate--non-qualified plan
3.875
%
 
4.75/4.00%

(2)  
4.00
%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
7.500
%
 
7.50
%
 
7.50
%
(1) 5.00% for January 1 - August 31, 2014 period; 4.25% for September 1 - December 31, 2014 period.
(2) 4.75% for January 1 - August 31, 2014 period; 4.00% for September 1 - December 31, 2014 period.
The Company expects to contribute $8 million to the non-qualified plan in 2016. No contribution to the qualified plan is expected in 2016.

167

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Expected future benefit payments for the qualified and non-qualified plans are as follows:
 
(in millions)


Expected benefit payments by fiscal year ended
 
December 31, 2016

$61

December 31, 2017
62

December 31, 2018
62

December 31, 2019
63

December 31, 2020
64

December 31, 2021 - 2025
337

Fair Value Measurements
The following valuation techniques are used to measure the qualified pension plan assets at fair value:
Cash and money market funds:
Cash and money market funds represent instruments that generally mature in one year or less and are valued at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash and money market funds are classified as Level 2.
Mutual funds:
Where observable quoted prices are available in an active market, mutual funds are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. If quoted market prices are not available, mutual funds are classified as Level 2 because they currently trade in active markets and the Company expects all future purchases and sales to be valued at current net asset value.
Common and collective funds
The fair value is estimated using the net asset value of units of a bank collective trust, the net asset value is used as a practical expedient to estimate fair value. The net asset value is based on the fair value of the underlying investments held by the fund less its liabilities. This practical expedient is not used when it is determined to be probable that the fund will sell the investment for an amount different than the reported net asset value. These instruments are classified as Level 2 because the Company expects all future purchases and sales to be valued at current net asset value.
U.S. and Non-U.S. government obligations, municipal obligations, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities-Managed portfolio:
U.S. government obligations, municipal obligations, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities are valued at the quoted market prices determined in the active markets in which the securities are traded. If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value of the security is estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. These investments are classified as Level 2, because they currently trade in active markets for similar securities and the inputs to the valuations are observable.
Derivatives-Managed portfolio:
The managed portfolio invests in certain derivatives that are valued at the settlement price determined by the relevant exchange and are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
Limited partnerships:
Limited partnerships are valued at estimated fair value based on their proportionate share of the limited partnerships’ fair value as recorded in the limited partnerships’ audited financial statements. The limited partnerships invest primarily in readily marketable securities. The limited partnerships allocate gains, losses and expenses to the partners based on ownership percentage as described in the partnership agreements. The instruments that can be transacted at the investment net asset value are classified as Level 2 because the Company expects all future purchases and sales to be valued at current net asset value.

168

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents qualified pension plan assets and liabilities measured at fair value (including gross derivative assets and liabilities, within the fair value hierarchy):
 
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Assets:
 
 
 
 
Cash and money market funds

$4


$—


$4


$—

Mutual funds
 
 
 
 
International equity funds
47

47



Equity funds
9


9


Common and collective funds
 
 
 
 
Global equities common and collective fund
220


220


Balanced common and collective funds
196


196


Fixed income common and collective fund
120


120


Managed portfolio assets
 
 
 
 
Cash and money market funds
4


4


Fixed income mutual fund
20


20


U.S. government obligations
35


35


Non-U.S. government obligations




Municipal obligations
1


1


Corporate bonds
84


84


Asset-backed securities
5


5


Mortgage-backed securities
1


1


Derivative assets - interest rate forwards
1


1


Limited partnerships
 
 
 
 
International equity fund
107


107


International equity
95


95


Total assets measured at fair value

$949


$47


$902


$—

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities - interest rate forwards
1


1


Derivative liabilities - credit default swaps
1


1


Total liabilities measured at fair value

$2


$—


$2


$—


169

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents qualified pension plan assets and liabilities measured at fair value (including net derivative assets and liabilities, within the fair value hierarchy):
 
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Cash and money market funds

$18


$—


$18


$—

Mutual funds
 
 
 
 
International equity funds
24

24



Income funds
39


39


Common and collective funds
 
 
 
 
Global equities common and collective funds
241


241


Fixed income common and collective funds
305


305


Managed portfolio
 
 
 
 
Cash and money market funds
(6
)

(6
)

Corporate bonds
85


85


Municipal obligations
2


2


U.S. government obligations
17


17


Non-U.S. government obligations
2


2


Derivative assets - credit default swaps
1


1


Derivative liabilities - interest rate swaps
(1
)

(1
)

Derivative liabilities - foreign currency futures
(1
)

(1
)

Other
14


14


Limited partnerships
183


183


Total assets measured at fair value

$923


$24


$899


$—


170

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


There were no transfers among Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 . The fair values of participation units in the common and collective trusts are based on net asset value after adjustments to reflect all fund investments at fair value. The unfunded commitments, redemption frequency, and redemption notice period for those Plan investments that utilize net asset value to determine the fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , are as follows:
 
Fair Value Estimated Using Net Asset Value per Share December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
Unfunded
 
Redemption
 
Redemption
 
Redemption
Investment (dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Commitment
 
Frequency
 
Restrictions
 
Notice Period
Equity Mutual Fund (1)

$9

 

$39

 

$—

 
Daily
 
None
 
 1-7 days
Common and Collective Funds:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Global equities funds (2)
220

 
241

 

 
Daily
 
None
 
2-3 days
     Balanced funds (3)
196

 

 

 
Daily
 
None
 
 2-3 days
     Fixed income fund (4)
120

 
305

 

 
Daily
 
None
 
 3 days
Managed Portfolio - Fixed Income Mutual fund (5)
20

 

 

 
Daily
 
None
 
 1 days
Limited Partnerships:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     International equity fund (6)
107

 
90

 

 
Monthly
 
None
 
 3 days
     International equity (7)
95

 
84

 

 
Daily
 
None
 
 10 days
     Offshore feeder fund (8)

 
9

 

 
Daily
 
None
 
1-14 days
Total

$767

 

$768

 

$—

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) The equity mutual fund seeks to offer participants capital appreciation by primarily investing in common stocks via investments in several underlying funds of the same fund family. The principle investment objective is to generate positive total return.
(2) The global equities funds objective is to track the MSCI All Country World Index.
(3) The balanced funds seek to maximize total return by investing in global equities and fixed income transferable securities which may include some high yield income transferable securities. The funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars.
(4) The fixed income fund seeks to outperform the Barclay’s Capital US Long Corporate Bond Index or similar benchmark.
(5) The managed portfolio fixed income mutual fund seeks to outperform the Barclay’s U.S. Long Credit Index or similar benchmark.
(6)  
The international equity fund seeks to medium to long-term capital appreciation principally through global investments in readily marketable high-quality equity securities of companies with improving fundamentals and attractive valuations.
(7) The international equity limited partnership seeks to outperform the MSCI World Index by investing primarily in the common stock of Non-U.S. issuers.
(8) The offshore feeder fund operates under a “master/feeder” structure whereby it invests substantially all of its assets in GMO Multi-Strategy Fund (Onshore) (the “master fund”). The investment objective of the master fund is capital appreciation with a target performance of the Citigroup Three-Month Treasury Bill plus 8% with a standard deviation of 5% . The investment adviser plans to pursue the master fund’s objective through a combination of investments in other pooled vehicles.
Postretirement Benefits
The Company and Affiliates merged their postretirement plans into a single postretirement plan in 2008 and continue to provide health care insurance benefits for certain retired employees and their spouses. In preparation for the IPO, the Company divested the portion of the postretirement plan associated with the Affiliates in September 2014. As a result, in September 2014, the Company transferred liabilities of approximately $7 million to the Affiliates.
Employees enrolled in medical coverage immediately prior to retirement and meeting eligibility requirements can elect retiree medical coverage. Employees and covered spouses can continue coverage at the full cost, except for a small group described below. However, coverage must be elected at the time of retirement and cannot be elected at a future date. Spouses may be covered only if the spouse is covered at the time of the employee’s retirement.
The Company reviews coverage on an annual basis and reserves the right to modify or cancel coverage at any renewal date. The Company’s cost sharing for certain full-time employees, who were hired prior to August 1, 1993 with 25 years of service who reach retirement age (under age 65) while employed by the Company is 70% ; for those with 15-24 years of service, the Company’s share is 50% . Also, the Company shares in the cost for retiree medical benefits for a closed group of grandfathered arrangements from acquisitions. A small, closed group of retirees receive life insurance coverage. Effective July 1, 2014, the Company utilizes a private health care exchange to provide medical and dental benefits to current and future Medicare-eligible plan participants. The Company provides a fixed subsidy to a small, closed group of retirees and spouses based on the subsidy levels prior to July 1, 2014; retirees and spouses pay the cost of benefits in excess of the fixed subsidy.

171

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Expected future benefit payments for the postretirement benefit plan are as follows:
 
(in millions)

Expected benefit payments by fiscal year ended
 
December 31, 2016

$1

December 31, 2017
1

December 31, 2018
1

December 31, 2019
1

December 31, 2020
1

December 31, 2021 - 2025
5

The Company expects to contribute $1 million to the plan during 2016 .
The discount rate assumed in determining the actuarial present value of benefit obligations was 3.93% and 3.50% as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
For measurement purposes, a 7.0% assumed annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was used for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 . This is expected to decrease gradually down to a 5.0% ultimate rate over the next several years (2022 and 2019 for years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively).
Weighted-average rates assumed in determining the net periodic benefit cost of the postretirement benefits plan are as follows:
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
(dollars in millions)

2015

 
2014

 
Discount rate
3.500
%
 
4.625/3.875/3.75%
(1)  
Rate of compensation increase
N/A

 
%
 
Ultimate health care cost trend rate
5.000
%
 
5.00
%
 
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
One percent increase

$—

 

$—

 
One percent decrease

 

 
(1) 4.625% for January 1 - May 31, 2014 period; 3.875% for June 1 - August 31, 2014 period; and, 3.750% for September 1 - December 31, 2014 period.
Postemployment Benefits
The Company provides postemployment benefits to certain former and inactive employees, primarily the Company’s long-term disability plan. Effective January 1, 2013, the Company required claimants receiving long-term disability benefits for 24 months to apply for Medicare approval so that Medicare is the primary payer of medical benefits. Benefit recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 were none , $1 million , and $3 million , respectively.
401(k) Plan
The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan under which employee tax-deferred/Roth after-tax contributions to the plan are matched by the Company after completion of one year of service. Effective January 1, 2013, contributions were matched at 100% up to an overall limitation of 5% on a pay period basis. Subsequently, effective January 1, 2015, 100% of matching contributions was reduced from 5% to 4% on a pay period basis. Substantially all employees will receive an additional 2% of earnings after completion of one year of service, subject to limits set by the Internal Revenue Service. Amounts contributed by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 were $52 million , $60 million , and $70 million , respectively.

172

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 15 - INCOME TAXES
Total income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Income tax expense (benefit)

$423

 

$403

 

($42
)
Tax effect of changes in OCI
(12
)
 
154

 
(194
)
Total comprehensive income tax expense (benefit)

$411

 

$557

 

($236
)
Components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
(in millions)
Current

Deferred

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
U.S. federal

$162


$225


$387

State and local
12

24

36

Total

$174


$249


$423

Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
U.S. federal

$224


$145


$369

State and local
38

(4
)
34

Total

$262


$141


$403

Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
U.S. federal

$3


($47
)

($44
)
State and local
8

(6
)
2

Total

$11


($53
)

($42
)
The effective income tax rate differed from the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(dollars in millions)
Amount

 Rate
 
Amount

 Rate
 
Amount

 Rate
U.S. Federal income tax expense (benefit) and tax rate

$442

35.0
 %
 

$444

35.0
 %
 

($1,214
)
35.0
 %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill impairment


 


 
1,217

(35.1
)
State and local income taxes (net of federal benefit)
27

2.1

 
22

1.7

 
1


Bank-owned life insurance
(20
)
(1.6
)
 
(17
)
(1.3
)
 
(17
)
0.5

Tax-exempt interest
(17
)
(1.3
)
 
(15
)
(1.2
)
 
(13
)
0.4

Tax credits
(16
)
(1.2
)
 
(27
)
(2.1
)
 
(11
)
0.3

Non-deductible expenses
8

0.6







Other
(1
)
(0.1
)
 
(4
)
(0.3
)
 
(5
)
0.1

Total income tax expense (benefit) and tax rate

$423

33.5
 %
 

$403

31.8
 %
 

($42
)
1.2
 %
The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 reflected the adoption of ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The application of this guidance resulted in the reclassification of the amortization of these investments to income tax expense from noninterest income. See Note 6 “Variable Interest Entities,” for further information.

173

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The increase in the effective tax rate from 2014 to 2015 is primarily attributable to the Company’s adoption of ASU 2014-01 effective January 1, 2015. Additionally, the 2015 effective tax rate was affected by the impact of non-deductible permanent expense items incurred by the Company in 2015.     
The effective tax rate in 2013 was primarily due to the tax rate impact of the goodwill impairment charge taken in 2013 . Goodwill not deductible for tax purposes accounted for 78.4% of the total goodwill impairment charge and generated a reduction of 35.1% in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income

$241

 

$232

Allowance for credit losses
465

 
456

Net operating loss carryforwards
137

 
155

Accrued expenses not currently deductible
135

 
170

Deferred income
40

 
45

Fair value marks
36

 
34

Other
5

 
1

Total deferred tax assets
1,059

 
1,093

Valuation allowance
(123
)
 
(157
)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
936

 
936

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Leasing transactions
882

 
825

Amortization of intangibles
455

 
380

Depreciation
213

 
164

Pension and other employee compensation plans
69

 
14

MSRs
47

 
46

Total deferred tax liabilities
1,666

 
1,429

Net deferred tax liability

$730

 

$493

At December 31, 2015 , the Company had state tax net operating loss carryforwards of $1.9 billion . Limitations on the ability to realize these carryforwards are reflected in the associated valuation allowance. Additionally, RBS divested its remaining ownership interest in CFG in 2015. The change in ownership resulting from this divestiture generated an annual limitation on the amount of carryforwards that can be utilized. These net operating losses will expire, if not utilized, in the years 2016 - 2035 .
At December 31, 2015 , the Company had a valuation allowance of $123 million against the deferred tax assets related to certain state temporary differences and net operating losses, as it is management’s current assessment that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize a portion of the deferred tax asset related to these items. The valuation allowance decreased $34 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 .
Effective with the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997, the reserve method for bad debts was no longer permitted for tax purposes. The repeal of the reserve method required the recapture of the reserve balance in excess of certain base year reserve amounts attributable to years ended prior to 1988. At December 31, 2015 , the Company’s base year loan loss reserves attributable to years ended prior to 1988, for which no deferred income taxes have been provided, was $557 million . This base year reserve may become taxable if certain distributions are made with respect to the stock of the Company or if the Company ceases to qualify as a bank for tax purposes. No actions are planned that would cause this reserve to become wholly or partially taxable.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and local jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by major tax authorities for years before 2011 .

174

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Balance at the beginning of the year, January 1

$72

 

$33

 

$34

Gross (decrease) increase for tax positions related to prior years
(6
)
 
60

 

Decreases for tax positions as a result of the lapse of the statutes of limitations
(3
)
 
(1
)
 

Decreases for tax positions related to settlements with taxing authorities
(1
)
 
(20
)
 
(1
)
Balance at end of year

$62

 

$72

 

$33

Included in the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015 , are potential benefits of $43 million that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.
The Company classifies interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income taxes. The Company accrued less than $1 million , $1 million , and $2 million of interest expense through December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. The Company had approximately $14 million , $15 million , and $14 million accrued for the payment of interest at December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. There were no amounts accrued for penalties as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , and there were no penalties recognized during 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 .
The Company expects to enter into settlement agreements with certain state taxing authorities regarding its passive investment companies. Settlement of these uncertainties would reduce the unrecognized tax benefit by $55 million . During 2015 , the Company settled nexus issues with various state taxing authorities for the years 2004 through 2013. Settlement of these uncertainties combined with the lapse of statutes of limitations reduced the unrecognized tax benefit by $4 million .

175

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 16 - DERIVATIVES
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a variety of derivative transactions in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company does not use derivatives for speculative purposes.
The Company’s derivative instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Information regarding the valuation methodology and inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments is described in Note 20 “Fair Value Measurements.”
The following table identifies derivative instruments included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in derivative assets and derivative liabilities:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
 
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$16,750


$96


$50

 

$5,750


$24


$99

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
33,719

540

455

 
31,848

589

501

Foreign exchange contracts
8,366

163

156

 
8,359

170

164

Other contracts
981

8

5

 
730

7

9

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
711

616

 
 
766

674

Gross derivative fair values
 
807

666

 
 
790

773

Less: Gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (2)
 
(178
)
(178
)
 
 
(161
)
(161
)
Less: Cash collateral applied (2)
 
(4
)
(3
)
 
 


Total net derivative fair values presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (3)
 

$625


$485

 
 

$629


$612


(1) The notional or contractual amount of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments under the contract are based. Notional amounts are typically not exchanged. Therefore, notional amounts should not be taken as the measure of credit or market risk, as they tend to greatly overstate the true economic risk of these contracts.
(2) Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Company to settle positive and negative positions.
(3) The Company also offsets assets and liabilities associated with repurchase agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 3 “Securities” for further information.
The Company’s derivative transactions are internally divided into three sub-groups: institutional, customer and residential loan.
Institutional derivatives
The institutional derivatives portfolio primarily consists of interest rate swap agreements that are used to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the Company’s loans and financing liabilities (i.e., borrowed funds, deposits, etc.). The goal of the Company’s interest rate hedging activities is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect net interest income.
The Company enters into certain interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk associated with floating rate loans. By entering into pay-floating/receive-fixed interest rate swaps, the Company was able to minimize the variability in the cash flows of these assets due to changes in interest rates. The Company has outstanding interest rate swap agreements designed to hedge a portion of the Company’s borrowed funds and deposits. By entering into a pay-fixed/receive-floating interest rate swap, a portion of these liabilities has been effectively converted to a fixed rate liability for the term of the interest rate swap agreement. The Company has also entered into a forward-starting interest rate swap to minimize the exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on a forecasted fixed rate debt issuance.
The Company also uses receive-fixed/pay-floating interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate exposure on our medium term borrowings.
Customer derivatives
The customer derivatives portfolio consists of interest rate swap agreements and option contracts that are transacted to meet the financing needs of the Company’s customers. Offsetting swap and cap agreements are simultaneously transacted to

176

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


effectively eliminate the Company’s market risk associated with the customer derivative products. The customer derivatives portfolio also includes foreign exchange contracts that are entered into on behalf of customers for the purpose of hedging exposure related to cash orders and loans and deposits denominated in foreign currency. The primary risks associated with these transactions arise from exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the ability of the counterparties to meet the terms of the contract. To manage this market risk, the Company simultaneously enters into offsetting foreign exchange contracts.
Residential loan derivatives
The Company enters into residential loan commitments that allow residential mortgage customers to lock in the interest rate on a residential mortgage while the loan undergoes the underwriting process. The Company also uses forward sales contracts to protect the value of residential mortgage loans and loan commitments that are being underwritten for future sale to investors in the secondary market.
The Company has certain derivative transactions that are designated as hedging instruments described as follows:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
The Company’s entire institutional hedging portfolio qualifies for hedge accounting. This includes interest rate swaps that are designated in highly effective fair value and cash flow hedging relationships. The Company formally documents at inception all hedging relationships, as well as risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various accounting hedges. Additionally, the Company uses dollar offset or regression analysis at the hedge’s inception, and monthly thereafter to assess whether the derivatives are expected to be, or have been, highly effective in offsetting changes in the hedged item’s expected cash flows. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it is determined that a derivative is not expected to be or has ceased to be effective as a hedge, and then reflects changes in fair value in earnings after termination of the hedge relationship.
Fair value hedges
The Company entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage the interest rate exposure on its medium term borrowings. The changes in fair value of the fair value hedges, to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective, are recorded through earnings and offset against changes in the fair value of the hedged item.
The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s fair value hedges:
 
The Effect of Fair Value Hedges on Net Income
 
Amounts Recognized in Other Income for the
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Derivative
Hedged Item
Hedge Ineffectiveness
 
Derivative
Hedged Item
Hedge Ineffectiveness
Hedges of interest rate risk on borrowings using interest rate swaps

($2
)

$2


$—

 

($4
)

$4


$—

Cash flow hedges
The Company has outstanding interest rate swap agreements designed to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating rate assets, financing liabilities (including its borrowed funds), and a forecasted debt issuance. All of these swaps have been deemed as highly effective cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the hedging gains and losses associated with these hedges are recorded in OCI; the ineffective portion of the hedging gains and losses is recorded in earnings (other income). Hedging gains and losses on derivative contracts reclassified from OCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the hedged item is recorded and in the same period that the hedged item affects earnings. During the next 12 months, approximately $9 million of net loss (pre-tax) on derivative instruments included in OCI is expected to be reclassified to net interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Hedging gains and losses associated with the Company’s cash flow hedges are immediately reclassified from OCI to current period earnings (other income) if it becomes probable that the hedged forecasted transactions will not occur during the originally specified time period.

177

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s cash flow hedges:
The Effect of Cash Flow Hedges on Net Income and Stockholders' Equity
 
Amounts Recognized for the Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Effective portion of gain (loss) recognized in OCI (1)

$150

 

$334

 

($59
)
Amounts reclassified from OCI to interest income (2)
82

 
72

 
56

Amounts reclassified from OCI to interest expense (2)
(59
)
 
(99
)
 
(235
)
Amounts reclassified from OCI to net gain (3)

 

 
(1
)

(1) The cumulative effective gains and losses on the Company’s cash flow hedging activities are included on the accumulated other comprehensive loss line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) This amount includes both (a) the amortization of effective gains and losses associated with the Company’s terminated cash flow hedges and (b) the current reporting period’s interest settlements realized on the Company’s active cash flow hedges. Both (a) and (b) were previously included on the accumulated other comprehensive loss line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and were subsequently recorded as adjustments to the interest expense of the underlying hedged item.
(3) This amount represents hedging gains and losses that have been immediately reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss based on the probability that the hedged forecasted transactions would not occur by the originally specified time period. This amount is reflected in the other net gains (losses) line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Economic hedges
The Company’s customer derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. These include interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts that are transacted to meet the hedging and financing needs of the Company’s customers. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of customer related interest rate contracts are included in other income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of foreign exchange contracts relating to foreign currency loans are included in interest and fees on loans and leases in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, while all other foreign currency contract fair value changes are included in foreign exchange and trade finance fees. In both cases, the mark-to-market gains and losses associated with the customer derivatives are mitigated by the mark-to-market gains and losses on the offsetting interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts transacted.
The Company’s residential loan derivatives (including residential loan commitments and forward sales contracts) are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of residential loan commitments and forward sale contracts are included in noninterest income under mortgage banking fees.
The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s customer derivatives and economic hedges:
The Effect of Customer Derivatives and Economic Hedges on Net Income
 
Amounts Recognized in Noninterest Income for the Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Customer derivative contracts
 
 
 
 
 
Customer interest rate contracts (1)

$140

 

$240

 

$79

Customer foreign exchange contracts (1)
(18
)
 
(59
)
 
18

Residential loan commitments (2)
(4
)
 
6

 
(7
)
Economic hedges
 
 
 
 
 
Offsetting derivatives transactions to hedge interest rate risk on customer interest rate contracts (1)
(106
)
 
(209
)
 
(30
)
Offsetting derivatives transactions to hedge foreign exchange risk on customer foreign exchange contracts (3)
19

 
58

 
(15
)
Forward sale contracts (2)
1

 
(3
)
 
25

Total

$32

 

$33

 

$70


(1) Reported in other income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(2) Reported in mortgage banking fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3) Reported in foreign exchange and trade finance fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.


178

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The following is a summary of outstanding off-balance sheet arrangements:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Commitment amount:
 
 
 
Undrawn commitments to extend credit

$56,524

 

$55,899

Financial standby letters of credit
2,010

 
2,315

Performance letters of credit
42

 
65

Commercial letters of credit
87

 
75

Marketing rights
47

 
51

Risk participation agreements
26

 
19

Residential mortgage loans sold with recourse
10

 
11

Total

$58,746

 

$58,435

Commitments to Extend Credit
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with conditions contractually agreed upon in advance. Generally, the commitments have fixed expiration dates or termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements.
Letters of Credit
Standby letters of credit, both financial and performance, are issued by the Company for its customers. They are used as conditional guarantees of payment to a third party in the event the customer either fails to make specific payments (financial) or fails to complete a specific project (performance). Commercial letters of credit are used to facilitate the import of goods. The commercial letter of credit is used as the method of payment to the Company’s customers’ suppliers. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of counterparty nonperformance in connection with the above instruments is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments, net of the value of collateral held. Standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit are issued for terms of up to ten years and one year , respectively.
Generally, letters of credit are collateralized by cash, accounts receivable, inventory or investment securities. Credit risk associated with letters of credit is considered in determining the appropriate amounts of reserves for unfunded commitments.
The Company recognizes a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets representing its obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the standby letters of credit in the event that the specified triggering events occur. The liability for these guarantees was $3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
Marketing Rights
During 2003, the Company entered into a 25 -year agreement to acquire the naming and marketing rights of a baseball stadium in Pennsylvania. The Company paid approximately $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and is obligated to pay $47 million over the remainder of the contract.
Risk Participation Agreements
RPAs are guarantees issued by the Company to other parties for a fee, whereby the Company agrees to participate in the credit risk of a derivative customer of the other party. Under the terms of these agreements, the “participating bank” receives a fee from the “lead bank” in exchange for the guarantee of reimbursement if the customer defaults on an interest rate swap. The interest rate swap is transacted such that any and all exchanges of interest payments (favorable and unfavorable) are made between the lead bank and the customer. In the event that an early termination of the swap occurs and the customer is unable to make a required close out payment, the participating bank assumes that obligation and is required to make this payment.
RPAs where the Company acts as the lead bank are referred to as “participations-out,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the customer derivatives being transferred out of the Company. Participations-out generally occur concurrently with the sale of new customer derivatives. RPAs where the Company acts as the participating bank are referred to as “participations-in,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the counterparty’s derivatives being assumed by the Company. The Company’s maximum credit exposure is based on its proportionate share of the settlement amount of the referenced interest rate swap. Settlement amounts are generally calculated based on the fair value of the swap plus outstanding accrued interest receivables from the customer.

179

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The Company’s estimate of the credit exposure associated with its risk participations-in as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 is $26 million and $19 million , respectively. The current amount of credit exposure is spread out over 84 counterparties. RPAs generally have terms ranging from 1 - 5 years; however, certain outstanding agreements have terms as long as 10 years .
Other Commitments
In November 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with RBS to purchase $500 million of its subordinated notes held by RBS by July 30, 2016, subject to regulatory approval and rating agency considerations. See Note 19 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS,” for more information.
In June 2015, the Company amended its agreement originally entered into in May 2014, to purchase automobile loans on a quarterly basis in future periods. Commencing on the effective date of June 25, 2015 and through July 31, 2015, the amended agreement required the purchase of a minimum of $250 million of outstanding balances to a maximum of $600 million per quarterly period. For quarterly periods on or after August 1, 2015, the minimum and maximum purchases are $50 million and $200 million , respectively. The agreement automatically renews until terminated by either party. The Company may cancel the agreement at will with payment of a variable termination fee. There is no termination fee after three years from the original agreement.
In July 2014, the Company created a commercial loan trading desk to provide ongoing secondary market support and liquidity to its clients. Unsettled loan trades (i.e., loan purchase contracts) represent firm commitments to purchase loans from a third party at an agreed-upon price. Principal amounts associated with unsettled commercial loan trades are off-balance sheet commitments until delivery of the loans has taken place. Fair value adjustments associated with each unsettled loan trade are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and classified within other assets or other liabilities, depending on whether the fair value of the unsettled trade represents an unrealized gain or unrealized loss. The principal balance of unsettled commercial loan trade purchases and sales were $69 million and $75 million , respectively, at December 31, 2015 . Settled loans purchased by the trading desk are classified as loans held for sale, at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 20 “Fair Value Measurements” for further information.
On January 7, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase student loans on a quarterly basis beginning with the first calendar quarter in 2016 and ending with the fourth calendar quarter in 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company committed to purchase a minimum of $125 million of loans per quarter. The minimum and maximum amount of the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans under the terms of the agreement are $500 million and $1 billion , respectively. The agreement will terminate immediately if at any time during its term the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans equals the maximum amount. The agreement may be extended by written agreement of the parties for an additional four quarters. The Company may terminate the agreement at will with payment of a termination fee equal to the product of $1 million times the number of calendar quarters remaining in the term.

Contingencies
The Company operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to potentially significant risks. A certain amount of litigation ordinarily results from the nature of the Company’s banking and other businesses. The Company is a party to legal proceedings, including class actions. The Company is also the subject of investigations, reviews, subpoenas, and regulatory matters arising out of its normal business operations, which, in some instances, relate to concerns about fair lending, unfair and/or deceptive practices, mortgage-related issues, and mis-selling of certain products. In addition, the Company engages in discussions with relevant governmental and regulatory authorities on a regular and ongoing basis regarding various issues, and any issues discussed or identified may result in investigatory or other action being taken. Litigation and regulatory matters may result in settlements, damages, fines, penalties, public or private censure, increased costs, required remediation, restrictions on business activities, or other impacts on the Company.
In these disputes and proceedings, the Company contests liability and the amount of damages as appropriate. Given their complex nature, it may be years before some of these matters are finally resolved. Moreover, before liability can be reasonably estimated for a claim, numerous legal and factual issues may need to be examined, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal issues relevant to the proceedings in question.
The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how, or when such claims will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for claims that are at an early stage in their development or where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages. The Company recognizes a provision for a claim when, in the opinion of management after seeking legal advice, it is probable that a liability exists and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In many proceedings, however, it is not possible to determine whether any loss is probable or to estimate the amount of any loss. In each of the matters described below, the Company is unable to estimate the liability in excess of any provision accrued, if any, that

180

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


might arise or its effects on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations or Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in any particular period.
Set out below are descriptions of significant legal matters involving the Company and its banking subsidiaries. Based on information currently available, the advice of legal counsel and other advisers, and established reserves, management believes that the aggregate liabilities, if any, potentially arising from these proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
Consumer Products Matters
The activities of the Company’s banking subsidiaries are subject to extensive laws and regulations concerning unfair or deceptive acts or practices in connection with customer products. Certain of the banking subsidiaries’ past practices have not met applicable standards, and they have implemented and are continuing to implement changes to improve and bring their practices in accordance with regulatory guidance. The Company and its banking subsidiaries have actively pursued resolution of the legacy regulatory enforcement matters set forth below.
As previously reported, CBNA is currently subject to a consent order issued in 2013 by the OCC in connection with its findings of deceptive marketing and implementation of some of our checking account and funds transfer products and services. Among other things, the consent order requires us to remedy deficiencies and develop stronger compliance controls, policies and procedures. The Company and its banking subsidiaries are also currently subject to consent orders issued in August 2015 by the CFPB, the OCC and the FDIC in connection with past deposit reconciliation practices, and CBNA is subject to a consent order issued in November 2015 by the OCC in connection with past billing and sales practices pertaining to identity theft and debt cancellation products, under which the applicable regulators will have to provide non-objections to, among other things, restitution plans for affected customers.
Accordingly, all financial penalties associated with these legacy regulatory enforcement matters have been paid, and substantially all remediation related to such legacy matters is expected to be resolved by the end of 2016.
NOTE 18 - DIVESTITURES
There were no branch-related divestitures of assets and liabilities during 2015.
On June 20, 2014, the Company completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities associated with the Chicago-area retail branches, small business relationships and select middle market relationships to U.S. Bancorp. The agreement to sell these assets and liabilities to U.S. Bancorp had previously been announced in January 2014. This sale included 103 retail branches located in Illinois, including certain customer deposits of $4.8 billion and selected loans of $1.0 billion (primarily middle market, small business, home equity and credit card balances). As a result of this transaction, the Company recorded a gain on sale of $288 million consisting of $286 million related to the deposits, a gain on sale of $11 million related to the loans and a $9 million  loss on sale of other branch assets. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the corresponding interest and fees on these loans was $20 million and interest expense on deposits was $4 million . There was no impact on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of this transaction.
NOTE 19 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS WITH RBS
On November 3, 2015, RBS completed the sale of all of its remaining shares of CFG’s common stock. The parenthetical disclosures on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as well as the tables and discussions below include significant related party transactions with RBS prior to the Company’s separation from RBS and significant transactions subsequent to the separation.    
In September 2014, the Company entered into certain agreements that established a framework for its ongoing relationship with RBS. Specifically, the Company entered into the following agreements with RBS: Separation and Shareholder Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Trade Mark License Agreement, Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, and Transitional Services Agreements. In connection with RBS’s exit of its ownership in our common stock in 2015, the Separation and Shareholder Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement were terminated and the Trademark License Agreement was partially terminated.

181

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following is a summary of borrowed funds from RBS:
 
Interest
 
Maturity
 
December 31,
(dollars in millions)
Rate
 
Date
 
2015

 
2014

Subordinated debt
5.158
%
 
June 2023
 
$333
 

$333

 
4.771
%
 
October 2023
 

 
333

 
4.691
%
 
January 2024
 

 
334

 
4.153
%
(1)  
July 2024
 
250

 
333

 
4.023
%
 
October 2024
 
333

 
333

 
4.082
%
 
January 2025
 
334

 
334

(1) Interest is payable until January 1, 2016 at a fixed rate per annum of 4.153% and at a fixed rate per annum of 3.750% thereafter.
The following table presents total interest expense recorded on subordinated debt with RBS:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Interest expense on subordinated debt

$76

 

$64

 

$16

On December 3, 2015, the Company repurchased $750 million of outstanding subordinated debt instruments held by RBS. The $3 million difference between the reacquisition price and the net carrying amount of the repurchased debt was recognized as a gain on extinguishment of the debt and is presented in other income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In November 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with RBS to purchase an additional $500 million of its subordinated notes held by RBS by July 30, 2016, subject to regulatory approval and ratings agency considerations.
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements with RBS for the purpose of reducing the Company’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The following table presents a summary of these swap agreements:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(dollars in millions)
Notional
Fixed Rates
Maturity Date
 
Notional
Fixed Rates
Maturity Date
Receive-fixed swaps

$6,700

0.77% to 2.04%
2017 - 2023
 

$4,750

1.66% to 2.04%
2019 - 2023
Pay-fixed swaps
3,500

1.96% to 4.30%
2016 - 2023
 
1,000

4.18% to 4.30%
2016
Total

$10,200

 
 
 

$5,750

 
 
The following table presents net interest income (expense) recorded by the Company in relation to interest rate swap agreements with RBS:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

The effect of related party interest rate swap agreements on net interest income

$12

 

($27
)
 

($146
)
In order to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Company enters into interest rate swap and cap agreements with its customers and simultaneously enters into offsetting swap and cap agreements with RBS. The Company earns a spread equal to the difference between rates charged to the customer and rates charged by RBS. The notional amount of these interest rate swap and cap agreements outstanding with RBS was $6.5 billion and $9.8 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Also to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Company enters into a variety of foreign currency denominated products, such as loans, deposits and foreign exchange contracts. To manage the foreign exchange risk associated with these products, the Company simultaneously enters into offsetting foreign exchange contracts with RBS. The Company earns a spread equal to the difference between rates charged to the customer and rates charged by RBS. The notional amount of foreign exchange contracts outstanding with RBS was $3.6 billion and $4.7 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

182

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents the income (expense) recorded by the Company in relation to the interest rate swap and cap agreements and foreign exchange contracts with RBS:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

The effect of related party interest rate swap and cap agreements on other income

($105
)
 

($209
)
 

($32
)
The effect of related party foreign exchange contracts on foreign exchange and trade finance fees
19

 
58

 
(15
)
The Company receives income for providing services and referring customers to RBS. The Company also shares office space with certain RBS entities for which rent expense and/or income is recorded in occupancy expense. Also, the Company receives certain services provided by RBS and by certain RBS entities, the fees for which were recorded in outside services expense.
The following table presents the effect of the related party fees on total fee income and outside services:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

The effect of related party service and referral fees, net of occupancy expense, on total fee income

$10

 

$16

 

$26

The effect of related party service fees on outside services
11

 
22

 
20

The Company paid $71 million , $124 million and $185 million in regular common stock dividends to RBS for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Additionally, in 2014 and 2013, the Company paid $666 million and $1.0 billion , respectively, of common stock dividends to RBS as part of exchange transactions.
Additionally, the Company has engaged in repurchases of its common stock directly from RBS. Refer to Note 13 “Stockholders’ Equity” for further information.
The Company, as a matter of policy and during the ordinary course of business with underwriting terms similar to those offered to the public, has entered into credit facilities with directors and executive officers and their immediate families, as well as their affiliated companies. Extensions of credit amounted to $136 million and $126 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
NOTE 20 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
As discussed in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” the Company measures or monitors many of its assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Fair value is used on a recurring basis for assets and liabilities for which fair value is the required or elected measurement basis of accounting. Additionally, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve the application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. The Company also applies the fair value measurement guidance to determine amounts reported for certain disclosures in this Note for assets and liabilities not required to be reported at fair value in the financial statements.
The Company elected to account for residential mortgage loans held for sale and certain commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale at fair value. Applying fair value accounting to the residential mortgage loans held for sale better aligns the reported results of the economic changes in the value of these loans and their related hedge instruments. Certain commercial and commercial real estate held for sale loans are managed by a commercial secondary loan desk that provides liquidity to banks, finance companies and institutional investors. Applying fair value accounting to this portfolio is appropriate because the Company holds these loans with the intent to sell within short term periods.
Fair Value Option, Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
The fair value of residential loans held for sale is derived from observable mortgage security prices and includes adjustments for loan servicing value, agency guarantee fees, and other loan level attributes which are mostly observable in the marketplace. Credit risk does not significantly impact the valuation since these loans are sold shortly after origination. Therefore, the Company classifies the residential mortgage loans held for sale in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

183

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The election of the fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities is optional and irrevocable. The loans accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value (i.e., acquisition cost) when the financial asset is acquired. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in mortgage banking fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recognized mortgage banking income (expense) of ($2) million , $5 million , and ($33) million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Interest income on residential mortgage loans held for sale is calculated based on the contractual interest rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income.
Fair Value Option, Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans Held for Sale
The fair value of commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale is estimated using observable prices of identical or similar loans that transact in the marketplace. In addition, the Company uses external pricing services that provide estimates of fair values based on quotes from various dealers transacting in the market, sector curves or benchmarking techniques. Therefore, the Company classifies the commercial and commercial real estate loans managed by the commercial secondary loan desk in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy given the observable market inputs.
There were no loans in this portfolio that were 90 days or more past due or nonaccruing as of December 31, 2015 . The loans accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value when the financial asset is recognized. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in current earnings. Since all loans in the Company’s commercial trading portfolio consist of floating rate obligations, all changes in fair value are due to changes in credit risk. Such credit-related fair value changes may include observed changes in overall credit spreads and/or changes to the creditworthiness of an individual borrower. Unsettled trades within the commercial trading portfolio are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and represent off-balance sheet commitments. Refer to Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” for further information.
Interest income on commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale is calculated based on the contractual interest rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income. Additionally, the Company recognized $3 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, in other noninterest income related to its commercial trading portfolio. There was no interest income or noninterest income recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
The following table summarizes the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance loans held for sale measured at fair value:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Aggregate Fair Value
Aggregate Unpaid Principal
Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value
Aggregate Unpaid Principal
Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
Residential mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

$268


$263


$5

 

$213


$206


$7

Commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale, at fair value
57

57


 
43

43




Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The Company utilizes a variety of valuation techniques to measure its assets and liabilities at fair value. Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for significant assets and liabilities carried on the balance sheet at fair value on a recurring basis:
Securities available for sale
The fair value of securities classified as AFS is based upon quoted prices, if available. Where observable quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. Classes of instruments that are valued using this market approach include debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value for the security is estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. These instruments are classified as Level 2 because they currently trade in active markets and the inputs to the valuations are observable. The pricing models used to value securities generally begin with market prices (or rates) for similar instruments and make adjustments based on the unique characteristics of the instrument being valued. These adjustments reflect assumptions made regarding the sensitivity of each security’s value to changes in interest rates and prepayment speeds.

184

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Classes of instruments that are valued using this market approach include residential and commercial CMOs, specified pool mortgage “pass-through” securities and other debt securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and state and political subdivisions.
A significant majority of the Company’s Level 1 and 2 securities are priced using an external pricing service. The Company verifies the accuracy of the pricing provided by its primary outside pricing service on a quarterly basis. This process involves using a secondary external vendor to provide valuations for the Company’s securities portfolio for comparison purposes. Any securities with discrepancies beyond a certain threshold are researched and, if necessary, valued by an independent outside broker.
In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation model, securities are classified as Level 3.
Residential loans held for sale
See the Fair Value Option, Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale” discussion above.
Commercial loans held for sale
See the Fair Value Option, Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans Held for Sale” discussion above.
Derivatives
The vast majority of the Company’s derivatives portfolio is composed of “plain vanilla” interest rate swaps, which are traded in over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For these interest rate derivatives, fair value is determined utilizing models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as swap rates and yield curves. The pricing models used to value interest rate swaps calculate the sum of each instrument’s fixed and variable cash flows, which are then discounted using an appropriate yield curve (i.e., LIBOR or OIS curve) to arrive at the fair value of each swap. The pricing models do not contain a high level of subjectivity as the methodologies used do not require significant judgment. The Company also considers certain adjustments to the modeled price which market participants would make when pricing each instrument, including a credit valuation adjustment that reflects the credit quality of the swap counterparty. The Company incorporates the effect of exposure to a particular counterparty’s credit by netting its derivative contracts with the collateral available and calculating a credit valuation adjustment on the basis of the net position with the counterparty where permitted. The determination of this adjustment requires judgment on behalf of Company management; however, the total amount of this portfolio-level adjustment is not material to the total fair value of the interest rate swaps in their entirety . Therefore, interest rate swaps are classified as Level 2 in the valuation hierarchy.
The Company’s other derivatives include foreign exchange contracts. Fair value of foreign exchange derivatives uses the mid-point of daily quoted currency spot prices. A valuation model estimates fair value based on the quoted spot rates together with interest rate yield curves and forward currency rates. Since all of these inputs are observable in the market, foreign exchange derivatives are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
Money Market Mutual Fund
Fair value is determined based upon unadjusted quoted market prices and is considered a Level 1 fair value measurement.
Other investments
The fair values of the Company’s other investments are based on security prices in the market that are not active; therefore, these investments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

185

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including gross derivative assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 :
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

$17,842


$—


$17,842


$—

State and political subdivisions
9


9


Equity securities
17


17


U.S. Treasury and other
16

15

1


Total securities available for sale
17,884

15

17,869


Loans held for sale, at fair value:
 
 
 
 
Residential loans held for sale
268


268


Commercial loans held for sale
57


57


Total loans held for sale, at fair value
325


325


Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
636


636


Foreign exchange contracts
163


163


Other contracts
8


8


Total derivative assets
807


807


Other investment securities, at fair value:
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual fund
65

65



Other investments
5


5


Total other investment securities, at fair value
70

65

5


Total assets

$19,086


$80


$19,006


$—

Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$505


$—


$505


$—

Foreign exchange contracts
156


156


Other contracts
5


5


Total derivative liabilities
666


666


Total liabilities

$666


$—


$666


$—



186

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value including gross derivative assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014 :
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

$18,606


$—


$18,606


$—

State and political subdivisions
10


10


Equity securities
25

8

17


U.S. Treasury
15

15



Total securities available for sale
18,656

23

18,633


Loans held for sale, at fair value:
 
 
 
 
Residential loans held for sale
213


213


Commercial loans held for sale
43


43


Total loans held for sale, at fair value
256


256


Derivative assets:




Interest rate swaps
613


613


Foreign exchange contracts
170


170


Other contracts
7


7


Total derivative assets
790


790


Other investment securities, at fair value:
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual fund
28

28



Venture capital investments and other investments
5



5

Total other investment securities, at fair value
33

28


5

Total assets

$19,735


$51


$19,679


$5

Derivative liabilities:




Interest rate swaps

$600


$—


$600


$—

Foreign exchange contracts
164


164


Other contracts
9


9


Total derivative liabilities
773


773


Total liabilities

$773


$—


$773


$—


The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Beginning as of January 1

$5

 

$5

 

$6

Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases

 

 

Sales

 

 
(4
)
Settlements

 

 
3

Net (losses) gains

 

 

Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2
(5
)
 

 

Balance as of December 31

$—

 

$5

 

$5

Net unrealized gain (loss) included in net income for the year relating to assets held at December 31

$—

 

$—

 

$—


In March 2015, the Company transferred $5 million of securities from Level 3 to Level 2. The fair values of these securities are based on security prices in the market that are not active.

187

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
The following valuation techniques are utilized to measure significant assets for which the Company utilizes fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
Impaired Loans
The carrying amount of collateral-dependent impaired loans is compared to the appraised value of the collateral less costs to dispose and is classified as Level 2. Any excess of carrying amount over the appraised value is charged to the ALLL.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. MSRs are classified as Level 3 since the valuation methodology utilizes significant unobservable inputs. At December 31, 2015 , the fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which used assumptions, including weighted-average life of 5.4 years (range of 2.8 - 6.2 years ), weighted-average constant prepayment rate of 11.6% (range of 10.7% - 22.2% ) and weighted-average discount rate of 9.7% (range of 9.1% - 12.1% ). At December 31, 2014 , the fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which used assumptions, including weighted-average life of 5.2 years (range of 2.8 - 6.6 years ), weighted-average constant prepayment rate of 12.4% (range of 10.4% - 22.6% ) and weighted-average discount rate of 9.8% (range of 9.1% - 12.1% ). Refer to Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 10 “Mortgage Banking” for more information.
Foreclosed assets
Foreclosed assets consist primarily of residential properties. Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to dispose. Fair value is based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral and is classified as Level 2.
Goodwill
Goodwill is valued using unobservable inputs and is classified as Level 3. Fair value is calculated using the present value of estimated future earnings (discounted cash flow method). On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses whether or not impairment indicators are present.
For information on the Company’s goodwill impairment testing and the most recent goodwill impairment test, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 9 “Goodwill” for a description of the Company's goodwill valuation methodology.
The following table presents gains (losses) on assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recorded in earnings:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Impaired collateral-dependent loans

($32
)
 

($101
)
 

($83
)
MSRs
9

 
5

 
47

Foreclosed assets
(3
)
 
(3
)
 
(4
)
Goodwill impairment (1)

 

 
(4,435
)

(1)   In the year ended December 31, 2013 , Goodwill totaling  $11.3 billion  was written down to its implied fair value of  $6.9 billion , resulting in an impairment charge of  $4.4 billion .

The following table present assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

 
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Impaired collateral-dependent loans

$60


$—


$60


$—

 

$102


$—


$102


$—

MSRs
178



178

 
166



166

Foreclosed assets
42


42


 
40


40





188

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Following is a description of valuation methodologies used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes (these instruments are not recorded in the financial statements at fair value):
Loans and leases
For loans and leases not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis that are not accounted for as collateral-dependent impaired loans, fair value is estimated by using one of two methods: a discounted cash flow method or a securitization method. The discounted cash flow method involves discounting the expected future cash flows using current rates which a market participant would likely use to value similar pools of loans. Inputs used in this method include observable information such as contractual cash flows (net of servicing cost) and unobservable information such as estimated prepayment speeds, credit loss exposures, and discount rates. The securitization method involves utilizing market securitization data to value the assets as if a securitization transaction had been executed. Inputs used include observable market-based MBS data and pricing adjustments based on unobservable data reflecting the liquidity risk, credit loss exposure and other characteristics of the underlying loans. The internal risk-weighted balances of loans are grouped by product type for purposes of these estimated valuations. For nonaccruing loans, fair value is estimated by discounting management’s estimate of future cash flows with a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with such assets. Fair value of collateral-dependent loans is primarily based on the appraised value of the collateral.
Other loans held for sale
Balances are loans that were transferred to loans held for sale that are reported at book value.
Securities held to maturity
The fair value of securities classified as HTM is estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flow. The pricing models used to value these securities generally begin with market prices (or rates) for similar instruments and make adjustments based on the unique characteristics of the instrument being valued. These adjustments reflect assumptions made regarding the sensitivity of each security’s value to changes in interest rates and prepayment speeds.
Other investment securities, at cost
The fair value of other investment securities, at cost, such as FHLB stock and FRB stock, is assumed to approximate the cost basis of the securities. As a member of the FHLB and FRB, the Company is required to hold FHLB and FRB stock. The stock can be sold only to the FHLB and FRB upon termination of membership, or redeemed at the FHLB’s or FRB’s sole discretion.
Deposits
The fair value of demand deposits, checking with interest accounts, regular savings and money market accounts is the amount payable on demand at the balance sheet date. The fair value of term deposits is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, other short-term borrowed funds, and long-term borrowed funds
Rates currently available to the Company for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities are used to discount the expected cash flows of existing debt.

189

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table is a summary of fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the indicated captions:
 
December 31, 2015
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
(in millions)
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity

$5,258


$5,297

 

$—


$—

 

$5,258


$5,297

 

$—


$—

Other investment securities, at cost
863

863

 


 
863

863

 


Other loans held for sale
40

40

 


 


 
40

40

Loans and leases
99,042

99,026

 


 
60

60

 
98,982

98,966

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
102,539

102,528

 


 
102,539

102,528

 


Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
802

802

 


 
802

802

 


Other short-term borrowed funds
2,630

2,630

 


 
2,630

2,630

 


Long-term borrowed funds
9,886

9,837

 


 
9,886

9,837

 


 
December 31, 2014
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
(in millions)
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity

$5,148


$5,193

 

$—


$—

 

$5,148


$5,193

 

$—


$—

Other investment securities, at cost
867

867

 


 
867

867

 


Other loans held for sale
25

25

 


 


 
25

25

Loans and leases
93,410

93,674

 


 
102

102

 
93,308

93,572

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
95,707

95,710

 


 
95,707

95,710

 


Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
4,276

4,276

 


 
4,276

4,276

 


Other short-term borrowed funds
6,253

6,253

 


 
6,253

6,253

 


Long-term borrowed funds
4,642

4,706

 


 
4,642

4,706

 



NOTE 21 - REGULATORY MATTERS
As a BHC, the Company is subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. The primary subsidiaries of the Company are its two insured depository institutions CBNA, a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC, and CBPA, a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank regulated by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and supervised by the FDIC as its primary federal regulator. Under the Basel III capital framework that took effect on January 1, 2015, the Company and its banking subsidiaries must meet specific capital requirements. Basel III requirements are expressed in terms of the following ratios: (1) common equity tier 1 capital (common equity tier 1 capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); (2) tier 1 capital (tier 1 capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); (3) total capital (total capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); and (4) tier 1 leverage (tier 1 capital/adjusted average quarterly assets). To meet the regulatory capital requirements, the Company and its banking subsidiaries must maintain minimum regulatory levels for each ratio. In addition, the Company must not be subject to a written agreement, order or capital directive with any of its regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in the initiation of certain actions that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

190

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents capital and capital ratio information evidencing the Company’s transition from Basel I regulatory accounting as of December 31, 2014 to Basel III regulatory accounting as of December 31, 2015 . Basel I requirements did not include the common equity tier I capital ratio. Certain Basel III requirements are subject to phase-in through 2019, and these phase-in rules are used in this report of actual regulatory ratios. In addition, the Company has declared itself as an “AOCI opt-out” institution, which means that the Company will not be required to change its methodology for recognizing in regulatory capital only a subset of unrealized gains and losses that are classified as AOCI. As an AOCI opt-out institution, the Company is not required to recognize within regulatory capital the impacts of net unrealized gains and losses on securities AFS, accumulated net gains and losses on cash-flow hedges included in AOCI, net gains and losses on certain defined benefit pension plan assets, and net unrealized gains and losses on securities held to maturity that are included in AOCI.
 
Transitional Basel III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FDIA Requirements
 
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Adequacy
 
Classification as Well-capitalized
(dollars in millions)
 
Amount

Ratio

 
Amount

Ratio

 
Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2015
Basel III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (1)
 

$13,389

11.7
%
 

$5,134

4.5
%
 

$7,415

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (2)
 
13,636

12.0

 
6,845

6.0

 
9,127

8.0

Total capital (3)
 
17,505

15.3

 
9,127

8.0

 
11,408

10.0

Tier 1 leverage (4)
 
13,636

10.5

 
5,218

4.0

 
6,523

5.0

As of December 31, 2014
Basel I
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common equity (1)
 

$13,173

12.4
%
 
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
 
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Tier 1 capital (2)
 
13,173

12.4

 

$4,239

4.0
%
 

$6,358

6.0
%
Total capital (3)
 
16,781

15.8

 
8,477

8.0

 
10,596

10.0

Tier 1 leverage (4)
 
13,173

10.6

 
4,982

4.0

 
6,227

5.0

(1) CET1 under Basel III replaced the concept of tier 1 common capital that existed under Basel I effective January 1, 2015. “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of December 31, 2015 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 common capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 common equity divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(2) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(3) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “Total capital ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(4) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach. The “tier 1 leverage ratio” reported prior to January 1, 2015, represented tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
Under the Capital Plan Rule, the Company may only make capital distributions, including payment of dividends, in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed by the Federal Reserve and to which the Federal Reserve has not objected. In the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company paid total common dividends of approximately $214 million and repurchased 20,088,781 shares of its common stock. Additionally, in the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company paid total preferred dividends of approximately $7 million .
In accordance with federal and state banking regulations, dividends paid by the Company’s banking subsidiaries to the Company itself are generally limited to the retained earnings of the respective banking subsidiaries unless specifically approved by the appropriate bank regulator.
The earnings impact of goodwill impairment recognized by CBNA in 2013 has put the bank subsidiary in the position of having to request specific approval from the OCC before executing capital distributions to its parent, CFG. This requirement has been in place through the fourth quarter of 2015 .
On March 13, 2014, the OCC determined that CBNA no longer meets the condition to own a financial subsidiary — namely that CBNA must be both well capitalized and well managed. A financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in a broader range of activities, similar to those of a financial holding company, than those permissible for a national bank itself. CBNA has two financial subsidiaries, Citizens Securities, Inc., a registered broker-dealer, and RBS Citizens Insurance Agency, Inc., a dormant entity. CBNA has entered into an agreement with the OCC pursuant to which the Company has developed and submitted to the OCC a remediation plan, that sets forth the specific actions it will take to bring itself back into compliance with the conditions to own a financial subsidiary. CBNA has made substantial progress toward completing those actions. However, until the plan has been completed to the OCC’s satisfaction, CBNA will be subject to restrictions on its ability to acquire control or hold an interest in any new financial subsidiary and to commence new activities in any existing financial subsidiary without the prior consent of the OCC.

191

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 22 - EXIT COSTS AND RESTRUCTURING RESERVES
For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company incurred $26 million of restructuring costs, consisting of $17 million of facilities costs in occupancy, $8 million in outside services, and $1 million in salaries and employee benefits, relating to restructuring initiatives designed to enhance operating efficiencies and reduce expense growth. In 2014, the Company began the implementation of a restructuring initiative designed to achieve operating efficiencies and reduce expense growth. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company incurred $101 million of restructuring costs related to these initiatives, including $41 million of salaries and employee benefits, $18 million of facilities costs (including $6 million of building impairment) in occupancy, $24 million in outside services, $6 million in software expense reported in amortization of software, and $12 million in other operating expenses.
Also in 2014, as a result of the sale of retail branches located in Illinois, the Company incurred total costs of approximately $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , consisting of $3 million of employee compensation reported in salaries and employee benefits, $3 million of fixed asset expenses reported in equipment, $4 million in outside services and $7 million in other operating expenses.
For segment reporting, all of these restructuring costs are reported within Other. See Note 24 “Business Segments” for further information.
The following table includes the activity in the exit costs and restructuring reserves:
(in millions)
Salaries & Employee Benefits
Occupancy & Equipment
Other

Total

Reserve balance as of January 1, 2013

$3


$27


$—


$30

Additions
6

22

3

31

Reversals
(1
)
(4
)

(5
)
Utilization
(6
)
(21
)
(3
)
(30
)
Reserve balance as of December 31, 2013
2

24


26

Additions
43

24

57

124

Reversals
(1
)
(5
)
(4
)
(10
)
Utilization
(21
)
(25
)
(50
)
(96
)
Reserve balance as of December 31, 2014
23

18

3

44

Additions
5

18

8

31

Reversals
(4
)
(1
)

(5
)
Utilization
(12
)
(19
)
(6
)
(37
)
Reserve balance as of December 31, 2015

$12


$16


$5


$33


192

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 23 - RECLASSIFICATIONS OUT OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following table presents the changes in the balances, net of income taxes, of each component of AOCI:
(in millions)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivatives
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities
 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
 
Total AOCI

Balance at January 1, 2013
 

($240
)
 

$306

 

($378
)
 

($312
)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
 
(172
)
 
(285
)
 

 
(457
)
Other than temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities
 

 
(26
)
 

 
(26
)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income
 
114

 
(86
)
 
119

 
147

Net other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(58
)
 
(397
)
 
119

 
(336
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 

($298
)
 

($91
)
 

($259
)
 

($648
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
 
212

 
198

 

 
410

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities
 

 
(22
)
 

 
(22
)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss)
 
17

 
(11
)
 
(118
)
 
(112
)
Net other comprehensive income
 
229

 
165

 
(118
)
 
276

Balance at December 31, 2014
 

($69
)
 

$74

 

($377
)
 

($372
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
 
93

 
(66
)
 

 
27

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities
 

 
(22
)
 

 
(22
)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(14
)
 
(14
)
 
8

 
(20
)
Net other comprehensive (loss) income
 
79

 
(102
)
 
8

 
(15
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
 

$10

 

($28
)
 

($369
)
 

($387
)
The following table reports the amounts reclassified out of each component of AOCI and into the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
 
Details about AOCI Components
 
 
 
 
 
 
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Reclassification adjustment for net derivative gains (losses) included in net income:

$82

 

$72

 

$56

 
Interest income
 
(59
)
 
(99
)
 
(235
)
 
Interest expense
 

 

 
(1
)
 
Other income
 
23

 
(27
)
 
(180
)
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
 
9

 
(10
)
 
(66
)
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 

$14

 

($17
)
 

($114
)
 
Net income (loss)
Reclassification of net securities gains (losses) to net income:

$29

 

$28

 

$144

 
Securities gains, net
 
(7
)
 
(10
)
 
(8
)
 
Net securities impairment losses recognized in earnings
 
22

 
18

 
136

 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
 
8

 
7

 
50

 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 

$14

 

$11

 

$86

 
Net income (loss)
Reclassification of changes related to defined benefit pension plans:

($8
)
 

$192

 

($190
)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
(8
)
 
192

 
(190
)
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
 

 
74

 
(71
)
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 

($8
)
 

$118

 

($119
)
 
Net income (loss)
Total reclassification gains (losses)

$20

 

$112

 

($147
)
 
Net income (loss)

193

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents the effects to net income of the amounts reclassified out of AOCI:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Net interest income (includes $23, ($27) and ($179) of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)

$3,402

 

$3,301

 

$3,058

Provision for credit losses
302

 
319

 
479

Noninterest income (includes $22, $18 and $135 of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)
1,422

 
1,678

 
1,632

Noninterest expense (includes $8, ($192) and $190 of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)
3,259

 
3,392

 
7,679

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
1,263

 
1,268

 
(3,468
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (includes $17, $71 and ($87) income tax net expense (benefit) from reclassification items, respectively)
423

 
403

 
(42
)
Net income (loss)

$840

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
NOTE 24 - BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company is managed by its CEO on a segment basis. The Company’s two business segments are Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served. Each segment has one or more segment heads who report directly to the CEO. The CEO has final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment. The business segments reflect this management structure and the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by the CEO. Non-segment operations are classified as Other, which includes corporate functions, the Treasury function, the securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, intangible assets, community development, non-core assets, and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses.
Reportable Segments
Segment results are determined based upon the Company’s management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around the Company’s organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions. A description of each reportable segment and table of financial results is presented below:
Consumer Banking
The Consumer Banking segment focuses on retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million . It offers traditional banking products and services, including checking, savings, home loans, student loans, credit cards, business loans and financial management services. It also operates an indirect auto financing business, providing financing for both new and used vehicles through auto dealerships. The segment’s distribution channels include a branch network, ATMs and a work force of experienced specialists ranging from financial consultants, mortgage loan officers and business banking officers to private bankers. Our Consumer Banking value proposition is based on providing simple, easy to understand product offerings and a convenient banking experience with a more personalized approach.
Commercial Banking
The Commercial Banking segment primarily targets companies with annual revenues from $25 million to $2.5 billion and provides a full complement of financial products and solutions, including loans, leases, trade financing, deposits, cash management, commercial cards, foreign exchange, interest rate risk management, corporate finance and capital markets advisory capabilities. It focuses on middle-market companies, large corporations and institutions and has dedicated teams with industry expertise in government banking, not-for-profit, healthcare, technology, professionals, oil & gas, asset finance, franchise finance, asset-based lending, commercial real estate, private equity and sponsor finance. While the segment’s business development efforts are predominantly focused in the Company’s footprint, some of its specialized industry businesses also operate selectively on a national basis (such as healthcare, asset finance and franchise finance). A key component of Commercial Banking’s growth strategy is to bring ideas to clients that help their businesses thrive, and in doing so, expand the loan portfolio and ancillary product sales.
Non-segment Operations
Other
In addition to non-segment operations, Other includes certain reconciling items in order to translate the segment results that are based on management accounting practices into consolidated results. For example, Other includes goodwill and any associated goodwill impairment charges.

194

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

 
Consolidated

Net interest income

$2,198

 

$1,162

 

$42

 

$3,402

Noninterest income
910

 
415

 
97

 
1,422

Total revenue
3,108

 
1,577

 
139

 
4,824

Noninterest expense
2,456

 
709

 
94

 
3,259

Profit before provision for credit losses
652

 
868

 
45

 
1,565

Provision for credit losses
252

 
(13
)
 
63

 
302

Income before income tax expense (benefit)
400

 
881

 
(18
)
 
1,263

Income tax expense (benefit)
138

 
302

 
(17
)
 
423

Net income (loss)

$262

 

$579

 

($1
)
 

$840

Total average assets

$52,848

 

$42,800

 

$39,422

 

$135,070

 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

 
Consolidated

Net interest income

$2,151

 

$1,073

 

$77

 

$3,301

Noninterest income
899

 
429

 
350

 
1,678

Total revenue
3,050

 
1,502

 
427

 
4,979

Noninterest expense
2,513

 
652

 
227

 
3,392

Profit before provision for credit losses
537

 
850

 
200

 
1,587

Provision for credit losses
259

 
(6
)
 
66

 
319

Income before income tax expense
278

 
856

 
134

 
1,268

Income tax expense
96

 
295

 
12

 
403

Net income
182

 
561

 
122

 
865

Total average assets

$48,939

 

$38,483

 

$40,202

 

$127,624

 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

 
Consolidated

Net interest income (expense)

$2,176

 

$1,031

 

($149
)
 

$3,058

Noninterest income
1,025

 
389

 
218

 
1,632

Total revenue
3,201

 
1,420

 
69

 
4,690

Noninterest expense
2,522

 
635

 
4,522

 
7,679

Profit (loss) before provision for credit losses
679

 
785

 
(4,453
)
 
(2,989
)
Provision for credit losses
308

 
(7
)
 
178

 
479

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
371

 
792

 
(4,631
)
 
(3,468
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
129

 
278

 
(449
)
 
(42
)
Net income (loss)
242

 
514

 
(4,182
)
 
(3,426
)
Total average assets

$46,465

 

$35,229

 

$39,172

 

$120,866


195

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Management accounting practices utilized by the Company as the basis for presentation for segment results include the following:
FTP adjustments
The Company utilizes an FTP system to eliminate the effect of interest rate risk from the segments’ net interest income because such risk is centrally managed within the Treasury function. The FTP system credits (or charges) the segments with the economic value of the funds created (or used) by the segments. The FTP system provides a funds credit for sources of funds and a funds charge for the use of funds by each segment. The sum of the interest income/expense and FTP charges/credits for each segment is its designated net interest income. The variance between the Company’s cumulative FTP charges and cumulative FTP credits is offset in Other.
Provision for credit losses allocations
Provision for credit losses is allocated to each business segment based on actual net charge-offs that have been recognized by the business segment. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.
Income tax allocations
Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.
Expense allocations
Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business lines that directly support another business line’s operations are charged to the applicable business line based on its utilization of those services.
Goodwill
For impairment testing purposes, the Company allocates goodwill to its Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units. For management reporting purposes, the Company presents the goodwill balance (and any related impairment charges) in Other.
Substantially all revenues generated and long-lived assets held by the Company’s business segments are derived from clients that reside in the United States. Neither business segment earns revenue from a single external customer that represents 10 percent or more of the Company’s total revenues.
NOTE 25 - SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Equity Grants Prior to the IPO
Prior to the Company’s IPO, RBS granted share-based compensation awards to employees of the Company pursuant to its various long-term incentive plans, which are administered by the RBS Performance and Remuneration Committee. Below is a summary of those awards. All share-based compensation awards granted to Company employees have been historically settled in RBS shares. Effective as of the IPO, no share-based compensation awards in respect of RBS shares will be granted to Company employees.
Restricted Stock Units
A restricted stock unit is the right to receive shares of stock on a future date, which may be subject to time-based vesting conditions and/or performance-based vesting conditions. Time-based restricted stock units granted historically have generally become vested ratably over a three -year period. Performance-based restricted stock units granted historically have generally become vested at the end of a three -year performance period, depending on the level of performance achieved during such period.
The fair value of each award is determined on the grant date. All awards are expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. With respect to performance-based awards, over the performance and requisite service period (i.e., vesting period) of the award, the compensation expense and the number of shares of stock expected to be issued are adjusted upward or downward based upon the probability of achievement of performance. Once vesting has occurred, the related compensation cost recognized as expense is based on actual performance and the number of shares actually issued.
Special IPO Awards
In March 2014, RBS granted special IPO awards to certain Citizens employees. These awards were granted half in the form of restricted stock units in respect of RBS shares and half as a fixed convertible bond. The special IPO awards are scheduled

196

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


to vest 50% in March 2016 and 50% in March 2017, subject to certain conditions. Pursuant to their terms, upon the closing of the Company’s IPO, these awards were converted into Company restricted stock units and the performance condition was met; however, following the IPO, these awards remain subject to the original vesting schedule and other original terms and conditions.
Equity Award Conversion
In conjunction with the Company's IPO, any restricted stock units granted by RBS to Company employees that were unvested at the time of the IPO and the bond portion of special IPO awards, were converted into equity-based awards in respect of CFG common stock. Converted awards are governed by the applicable Converted Equity Plan and are generally subject to the same terms and conditions as prior to conversion. However, when the awards become vested and are settled in accordance with their terms, grantees will receive shares of CFG common stock. Following the IPO, no additional awards were granted under the Converted Equity Plans.
The number of shares of CFG common stock underlying converted awards was determined by dividing (A) the product of (x) the maximum number of RBS shares underlying the awards outstanding as of the closing of the IPO and (y) the average of the closing prices of RBS shares on each of the 30 London Stock Exchange dealing days immediately prior to the pricing date of the IPO (such 30 -day period, the “Conversion Period”), converted into U.S. Dollars using the average British Pound to U.S. Dollar currency rate over the Conversion Period, by (B) the price per share of CFG common stock on the pricing date of the IPO. The bond portion of the special IPO awards was converted by dividing the bond value by the price per share of CFG common stock on the pricing date of the IPO. During 2014 , the Company converted 19,390,752 RBS share awards to 5,249,721 CFG share awards. The difference between the fair value of RBS restricted share units immediately preceding the conversion and the fair value of the CFG equity-based awards granted was not material. The bond portions of the Special IPO awards were converted to 524,783 CFG share awards.
Employee Share Plans Following the IPO
Omnibus Incentive Plan
In connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”). This plan permits the Company to grant a variety of awards to employees and service providers. Certain employees have received share grants under this plan as an element of fixed compensation for service in a “Material Risk Taker” role (as defined by the European Banking Authority). These shares were fully vested at grant, but are subject to a retention period which lapses ratably over three to five years. In addition, the Company has also awarded to certain employees immediately vested shares, time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units pursuant to the Omnibus Plan. If a dividend is paid on shares underlying the Omnibus Plan awards prior to the date such shares are distributed, those dividends will be distributed following vesting in the same form as the dividend that has been paid to stockholders generally.
Director Compensation Plan
In connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (the “ Directors Plan”). Grants of restricted stock units have been made to the Company’s non-employee directors under this plan as compensation for their services pursuant to the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy. If a dividend is paid on shares underlying the stock units prior to the date such shares are distributed, those dividends will be distributed following vesting in the same form as the dividend that has been paid to stockholders generally. In the event that a director ceases to serve on the Board of Directors prior to the vesting date for any reason other than under circumstances which would constitute cause, the restricted stock units will fully vest on the date of the director’s cessation from service.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which provides eligible employees an opportunity to purchase its common stock at a 10% discount, through accumulated payroll deductions. Eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of eligible compensation to the ESPP, up to a maximum purchase of $25,000 worth of stock in any calendar year. Offering periods under the ESPP are quarterly.
Shares of CFG common stock are purchased for a participant on the last day of each quarter at a 10% discount from the fair market value (fair market value under the plan is defined as the closing price on the day of purchase). Prior to the date the shares are purchased, participants do not have any rights or privileges as a stockholder with respect to shares to be purchased at the end of the offering period.

197

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Summary of Share-Based Plans Activity
The following tables summarize the activity related to the Company’s share-based plans (excluding the ESPP):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
CFG Share Awards
Shares
Underlying Awards
 
Weighted Average Grant Price
 
Shares
Underlying Awards
 
Weighted Average Grant Price
Nonvested, January 1
5,595,882

 

$21.52

 

 

$—

Conversion to CFG Shares

 

 
5,774,504

 
21.50

Granted
1,315,572

 
25.18

 
209,099

 
24.87

Vested
(2,496,092
)
 
22.15

 
(161,067
)
 
25.07

Forfeited
(987,232
)
 
21.58

 
(226,654
)
 
21.50

Nonvested, December 31
3,428,130

 

$22.43

 
5,595,882

 

$21.52

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
RBS Share Awards
Shares Underlying Awards
 
Weighted Average Grant Price
 
Shares Underlying Awards
 
Weighted Average Grant Price
Nonvested, January 1
19,778,967

 

$5.31

 
22,865,810

 

$6.14

Granted
9,627,635

 
5.48

 
6,363,919

 
4.66

Vested
(6,040,806
)
 
6.14

 
(4,208,789
)
 
6.68

Forfeited
(3,975,044
)
 
6.73

 
(5,241,973
)
 
7.03

Conversion to CFG Shares
(19,390,752
)
 
4.84

 

 

Nonvested, December 31

 

$—

 
19,778,967

 

$5.31

There are 60,652,066 shares of Company common stock available for awards to be granted under our employee share plans ( including the “ESPP”). Upon settlement of share-based awards, the Company generally issues new shares, but may also issue shares from treasury stock.
Compensation Expense
Compensation expense related to the above share plans (including the ESPP) was $24 million , $53 million , and $27 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. At December 31, 2015 , the total unrecognized compensation expense for nonvested equity awards granted was $11 million . This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years . No share-based compensation costs were capitalized during the years end December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
The income tax benefit recognized in earnings based on the compensation expense recognized for all share-based compensation arrangements amounted to $5 million and $17 million in 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The excess of actual tax deductions over amounts assumed, which are recognized in stockholders’ equity, was insignificant in 2013 .

198

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 26 - EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions, except share and per-share data)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Numerator (basic and diluted):
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)

$840

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
Less: Preferred stock dividends
7

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

$833

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic
535,599,731

 
556,674,146

 
559,998,324

Dilutive common shares: share-based awards
2,621,167

 
1,050,790

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted
538,220,898

 
557,724,936

 
559,998,324

Earnings (loss) per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic

$1.55

 

$1.55

 

($6.12
)
Diluted
1.55

 
1.55

 
(6.12
)
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, plus the effect of potential dilutive common shares such as share-based awards, using the treasury stock method. Potential dilutive common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS in the periods where the effect would be antidilutive.
On August 22, 2014, the Company declared and made effective a 165,582 -for-1 forward stock split of common stock. As a result, all share and per share data have been restated to reflect the effect of the split.

199

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 27 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIALS
CFG Parent Company
Condensed Statements of Operations
 
Year Ended December 31,
 (in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

OPERATING INCOME:
 
 
 
 
 
Income from consolidated bank subsidiaries and associated banks, excluding equity in undistributed income:
 
 
 
 
 
       Dividends from banking subsidiaries

$345

 

$595

 

$210

       Interest
54

 
29

 
13

       Management and service fees
20

 
21

 
26

  Securities gains
3

 

 

  All other operating income
4

 
5

 
2

  Total operating income
426

 
650

 
251

OPERATING EXPENSE:
 
 
 
 
 
  Salaries and employee benefits
15

 
63

 
38

  Interest expense
108

 
80

 
24

  All other expenses
38

 
123

 
43

  Total operating expense
161

 
266

 
105

Income before taxes and undistributed income
265

 
384

 
146

  Applicable income taxes
(29
)
 
(77
)
 
(22
)
Income before undistributed income of subsidiaries and associated companies
294

 
461

 
168

Equity in undistributed income (losses) of subsidiaries and associated companies:
 
 
 
 
 
   Bank
543

 
402

 
(3,595
)
   Nonbank
3

 
2

 
1

Net income (loss)

$840

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Net pension plan activity arising during the period

$1

 

$8

 

$17

Net unrealized derivative instrument gains arising during the period
2

 

 
1

Net unrealized securities (losses) gains arising during the period
(2
)
 
1

 

Other comprehensive income activity of the Parent Company Only, net of income taxes
1

 
9

 
18

Other comprehensive (loss) income activity of Bank subsidiaries, net of income taxes
(16
)
 
267

 
(354
)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income taxes
(15
)
 
276

 
(336
)
Total comprehensive income (loss)

$825

 

$1,141

 

($3,762
)
In accordance with federal and state banking regulations, dividends paid by the Company’s banking subsidiaries to the Company itself are generally limited to the retained earnings of the respective banking subsidiaries unless specifically approved by the appropriate bank regulator. The Company declared and paid total common stock dividends of $214 million in 2015 , $806 million in 2014 , and $1.2 billion in 2013 .

200

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


CFG Parent Company
Condensed Balance Sheets
 (in millions)
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
ASSETS:
 
 
 
  Cash and due from banks

$531

 

$280

  Loans and advances to:
 
 
 
      Bank subsidiaries
1,725

 
1,685

  Investments in subsidiaries:
 
 
 
        Bank subsidiaries
19,865

 
19,512

        Nonbank subsidiaries
54

 
72

Balances due from RBS
6

 

  Other assets
154

 
214

TOTAL ASSETS

$22,335

 

$21,763

LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
  Long-term debt due to:
 
 
 
       Unaffiliated companies

$1,345

 

$350

       RBS
1,250

 
2,000

Balances due to RBS
3

 
2

Balances due to nonbank subsidiaries
1

 

  Other liabilities
90

 
143

TOTAL LIABILITIES
2,689

 
2,495

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
19,646

 
19,268

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$22,335

 

$21,763


201

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


CFG Parent Company
Condensed Cash Flow Statements
 
Year Ended December 31,
 (in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)

$840

 

$865

 

($3,426
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes
49

 
27

 
(11
)
Gain on sales of assets
(3
)
 

 

Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses of subsidiaries
(546
)
 
(404
)
 
3,594

Net change in other liabilities
(48
)
 
18

 
7

Net change in other assets
(16
)
 
(74
)
 
15

Other operating, net
3

 
17

 
1

Total adjustments
(561
)
 
(416
)
 
3,606

Net cash provided by operating activities
279

 
449

 
180

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
8

 

 

Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries
(215
)
 
(1,470
)
 
(220
)
Sale or repayment of investments in and advances to subsidiaries
376

 
945

 
315

Other investing, net

 
(11
)
 
(1
)
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities
169

 
(536
)
 
94

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment of advances from subsidiaries

 

 
(289
)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
1,000

 
1,000

 
1,000

Repayments of long-term debt
(750
)
 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock
27

 
13

 

Repurchase of common stock
(500
)
 
(334
)
 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
247

 

 

Dividends paid
(221
)
 
(806
)
 
(1,185
)
Net cash used by financing activities
(197
)
 
(127
)
 
(474
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks
251

 
(214
)
 
(200
)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year
280

 
494

 
694

Cash and due from banks at end of year

$531

 

$280

 

$494

NOTE 28 - OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE
The following table presents the details of other operating expense:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013

Deposit insurance

$115

 

$95

 

$85

Promotional expense
101

 
86

 
76

Settlements and operating losses
43

 
89

 
51

Postage and delivery
46

 
48

 
60

Other
225

 
255

 
256

Other operating expense

$530

 

$573

 

$528


202

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 29 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated the impacts of events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2015 through the date the Consolidated Financial Statements were filed with the SEC. Based on this evaluation, the Company has determined none of these events were required to be recognized or disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes, except as follows:
On January 7, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase student loans on a quarterly basis beginning with the first calendar quarter in 2016 and ending with the fourth calendar quarter in 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company committed to purchase a minimum of $125 million of loans per quarter. The minimum and maximum amount of the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans under the terms of the agreement are $500 million and $1 billion , respectively. The agreement will terminate immediately if at any time during its term the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans equals the maximum amount. The agreement may be extended by written agreement of the parties for an additional four quarters. The Company may terminate the agreement at will with payment of a termination fee equal to the product of $1 million times the number of calendar quarters remaining in the term.
On January 8, 2016, the Company completed a $369 million purchase of student loans pursuant to the agreement described above.
On January 22, 2016, the Company announced a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per share, or $53 million , which was paid on February 18, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of business on February 4, 2016.
On January 28, 2016, RBS received written notice from the Federal Reserve Board that it is not deemed to control CFG for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act.
On February 24, 2016, the Company announced the appointment of Malcolm Griggs as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer effective April 1, 2016. Mr. Griggs, who has been with the bank since 2014, will succeed the Company’s current Chief Risk Officer, Nancy Shanik, who is retiring from the Company as of May 31, 2016.
On February 25, 2016, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a semi-annual preferred dividend on its 5.500% Series A, Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. The dividend of $27.50 per share, or $7 million in the aggregate, is payable on April 6, 2016 to the holders of record as of March 22, 2016.
    



203

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management's evaluation pursuant to Rules13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, the Reporting of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Item 8 on pages 122, 123 and 124, respectively.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

204

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART III

We refer in Part III of this report to relevant sections of our 2016 Proxy Statement for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the close of our 2015 fiscal year. Portions of our 2016 Proxy Statement, including the sections we refer to in this report, are incorporated by reference into this report.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by this item is presented under the captions Directors, Officers, and Corporate Governance, Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance, and Audit Matters — Audit Committee Report of our 2016 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by this item is presented under the captions Compensation Discussion and Analysis, Compensation Committee Report, Executive Compensation, Director Compensation, and Compensation Risk Assessment of our 2016 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information required by this item is presented under the caption Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management of our 2016 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by this item is set forth under the caption Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance — Director Independence, Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions, and Related Party Transactions of our 2016 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this item is presented under the caption Audit Matters — Pre-approval of Independent Auditor Services and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees of our 2016 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.

205

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

a)(1) Financial Statements of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. included in this report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 ;
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 ;
Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 ;
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 ;
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 ; and
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules for the Registrant have been included in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements or the related footnotes in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report, or are either inapplicable or not required.

(a)(3) Exhibits

3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as in effect on the date hereof (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)

3.2
Bylaws of the Registrant (as amended and restated on February 13, 2015) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 17, 2015)

4.1
Senior Debt Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon dated as of October 28, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed October 29, 2015)

4.2
Subordinated Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon dated as of September 28, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 28, 2015)

4.3
Form of Certificate representing the Series A Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 6, 2015)

4.4
Registration and Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc*

4.5
Agreement to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request a copy of instruments defining the rights of holders of certain long-term debt of the registrant and consolidated subsidiaries*

10.1
Separation and Shareholder Agreement between the Registrant and The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)

10.2
Transitional Services Agreement between the Registrant and The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)

10.3
Trademark License Agreement between the Registrant and The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)

10.4
Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)

10.5
Amended and Restated Master Service Agreement between Citizens Bank, N.A. and RBS Business Services Private LTD (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)


206

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

10.6
Transitional Services Agreement between Citizens Bank, N.A. and RBS Global Trade Service Centre Private Limited (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)

10.7
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Converted Equity 2010 Deferral Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)†

10.8
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Converted Equity 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)†

10.9
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)†

10.10
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015)†

10.11
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2016 Awards†*

10.12
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015)†

10.13
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Role-Based Allowance - Share Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015)†

10.14
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Amendment to Performance Share Unit Award Agreement/Restricted Stock Unit Agreement/Deferred Cash Agreement Terms and Conditions†*

10.15
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed September 26, 2014)†

10.16
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Compensation Policy original adopted as of September 29, 2014 and amended on June 25, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 21, 2015)†

10.17
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed September 26, 2014)†

10.18
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)†

10.19
Form of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan Award Agreement for 2016 Awards†*

10.20
Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Citizens Financial Group, Inc., effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.21
Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 8, 2014)†

10.25
Amended and Restated CFG Voluntary Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2009 and amended and restated on September 1, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015)†

10.26
Amended and Restated Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†


207

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

10.27
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Form of Deferred Cash Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015)†

10.28
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Form of Deferred Cash Award Agreement for 2016 Awards†* 

10.29
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Executive Severance Practice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.30
Form of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc 2010 Deferral Plan Award Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.31
Form of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan Award Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.32
Form of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan Award Certificate for Bruce Van Saun (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.33
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Performance Formula and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015)†

10.34
Form of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc CFG Special (IPO) Award Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.35
Form of Role Based Allowance Letter (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.36
Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant and Bruce Van Saun (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.37
Offer Letter, dated November 6, 2013, between The Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc and Bruce Van Saun (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†

10.38
Executive Employment Agreement, dated March 6, 2015, between the Registrant and Eric Aboaf (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.43 of Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed March 12, 2015)†

10.39
Retirement Agreement, dated March 9, 2015, between the Registrant and John Fawcett (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed March 23, 2015)†

10.40
Executive Employment Agreement, dated March 23, 2015, between the Registrant and Donald H. McCree III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed March 25, 2015) †

10.41
Offer Letter, dated September 18, 2007, as amended on August 14, 2014, between RBS North America Services, Inc. and John Fawcett (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015†

10.42
Offer Letter, dated May 23, 2008, as amended on August 6, 2014 between the Registrant and Brad Conner (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015†

10.43
Offer Letter, dated September 13, 2010, as amended on January 20, 2015, between the Registrant and Nancy Shanik (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015)†

10.44
Executive Employment Agreement dated July 1, 2014 between the Registrant and Stephen Gannon (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 3, 2015)†

10.45
Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated October 31, 1995, as amended, between Charter One Financial, Inc. and
Charles J. Koch (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 8, 2014)†

208

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 


11.1
Statement re computation of earnings per share (filed herewith as Note 25 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, included elsewhere in this report)

12.1
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*

12.2
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends*

21.1
Subsidiaries of Registrant*

23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*

24.1
Power of Attorney (contained herein on signature pages)

31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

101
The following materials from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 , formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements*

† Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Filed herewith.

209

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 26, 2016.        
    
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
(Registrant)
 
 
By:
/s/ Eric Aboaf

 
Name: Eric Aboaf
 
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 




210

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

SIGNATURES
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned, being a director or officer of Citizens Financial Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and appoints Bruce Van Saun, Eric Aboaf, Stephen T. Gannon, and Ronald S. Ohsberg, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign one or more Annual Reports for the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 on Form 10-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or such other form as any such attorney-in-fact may deem necessary or desirable, any amendments thereto, and all additional amendments thereto, each in such form as they or any one of them may approve, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done so that such Annual Report shall comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable Rules and Regulations adopted or issued pursuant thereto, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their substitute or resubstitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Bruce Van Saun

 
 
 
 
 
Bruce Van Saun
 
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer and Director)
 
 
/s/ Eric Aboaf
 
 
 
 
 
Eric Aboaf
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
/s/ Ronald S. Ohsberg
 
 
 
 
 
Ronald S. Ohsberg
 
 
Executive Vice President and Controller
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
(Principal Accounting Officer and Authorized Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Mark Casady
 
 
 
 
 
Mark Casady
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Christine M. Cumming
 
 
 
 
 
Christine M. Cumming
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Anthony Di Iorio
 
 
 
 
 
Anthony Di Iorio
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ William P. Hankowsky
 
 
 
 
 
William P. Hankowsky
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Howard W. Hanna, III
 
 


 
 
Howard W. Hanna, III
 
 
Director

 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Leo I. Higdon, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
Leo I. Higdon, Jr.
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Charles J. Koch
 
 
 
 
 
Charles J. Koch
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Arthur F. Ryan
 
 
 
 
 
Arthur F. Ryan
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Shivan S. Subramaniam
 
 
 
 
 
Shivan S. Subramaniam
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Wendy A. Watson
 
 
 
 
 
Wendy A. Watson
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Marita Zuraitis
 
 
 
 
 
Marita Zuraitis
 
 
Director
 
February 26, 2016

211

EXHIBIT 4.4


REGISTRATION AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This REGISTRATION AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of November 23, 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and between Citizens Financial Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of Scotland (Company Number SC045551) (“ RBSG ”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Purchase and Sale Agreement ”), by and between the Company and RBSG, RBSG has agreed to sell and the Company has agreed to purchase (1) $333,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.771% Subordinated Notes due 2023 (CUSIP No. USU7535RAC08), (2) $334,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.691% Subordinated Notes due 2024 (CUSIP No. US75524RAF64), and (3) $83,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.153% Subordinated Notes due 2024 (CUSIP No. US174610AA37) (collectively, the “ Repurchased Notes ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase and Sale Agreement;
WHEREAS, after giving effect to the purchase of the Repurchased Notes pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, RBSG will continue to own the following subordinated notes issued by the Company: (1) $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.153% Subordinated Notes due 2024 (CUSIP No. US174610AA37), (2) $333,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.023% Subordinated Notes due 2024 (CUSIP No. US174610AB10), (3) $334,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.082% Subordinated Notes due 2025 (CUSIP No. US174610AF24), and (4) $333,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.158% Fixed to Floating Callable Subordinated Notes due 2023 (CUSIP No. USU7535RAB25) (collectively, the “ Retained Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed, subject to the consummation of the purchase of the Repurchased Notes pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement (the date on which such consummation occurs being referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”) and on the terms and conditions set forth herein, that:
(1) the Company will promptly (and in any event within 15 days of the Closing Date) prepare and file a Prospectus Supplement (as defined herein) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) to permit resales by RBSG of the Retained Notes on a Registered basis and thereafter prepare and file with the SEC such additional prospectus supplements as are reasonably required by RBSG in connection with any such resale, and will cooperate in any Underwritten Offering (as defined below) to be completed between March 15, 2016 and June 15, 2016, subject to Blackout Periods (as defined below) and extensions, in connection therewith;

    
SC1:3990756.12



(2) the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to remove the restrictive legends from any Retained Notes promptly after February 3, 2016, provided that RBSG continues to be the beneficial owner of such Retained Notes on such date, or, if RBSG does not so continue to beneficially own such Retained Notes on such date, promptly after such time as the Retained Notes have been held by Persons that are not affiliates of the Company for at least six months;
(3) the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Retained Notes to be rated as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 15 days after the Closing Date, by at least two Ratings Agencies selected by the Company;
(4) RBSG has agreed to sell and the Company has agreed to purchase $334,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.082% Subordinated Notes due 2025 (CUSIP No. US174610AF24) and $166,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.023% Subordinated Notes due 2024 (CUSIP No. US174610AB10) (collectively, the “ Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase ”) on or prior to July 31, 2016, provided that a Market Disruption Event or a Regulatory Prohibition Event shall not have occurred;
(5) the interest rate on the $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.153% Subordinated Notes due 2024 (CUSIP No. US174610AA37) (the “ Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset ”) will be reduced to 3.75% effective upon the next succeeding interest payment date for the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset; and
(6) RBSG will reimburse the Company for all reasonable and documented expenses in connection with the Company’s registration and rating of the Retained Notes and issuances of subordinated debt securities to finance the purchase of the Repurchased Notes, subject to the limitation on reimbursement described in Section 4.02 hereof;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Article 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.      Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Action ” means any demand, action, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority or any federal, state, local, foreign or international arbitration or mediation tribunal.
Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

2
    
SC1:3990756.12



Bankruptcy Event ” means either (i) the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the consent by the Company to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee sequestrator or similar official of the Company or of substantially all its property or (ii) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar law.
Blackout Period ” means each period commencing at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the 15 th day of the last month of each fiscal quarter of the Company and ending at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second New York Stock Exchange trading day after the day on which the Company furnishes to the SEC a current report on Form 8-K pursuant to Item 2.02 of such form containing consolidated financial results of the Company for such fiscal quarter.
Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated by law to be closed in New York, New York or London, United Kingdom.
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one or both of the following events after the date hereof:
(i)      any Person, other than an employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or
(ii)      the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or, if applicable, the ultimate parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power and total fair market value of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.
Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

3
    
SC1:3990756.12



Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include its successors, by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.
DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.
Encumbrance ” includes any mortgage, charge, pledge, hypothecation, lien, assignment by way of security, option, right to acquire, right of pre-emption, right of set off, counterclaim, trust arrangement or other security, preferential right or other third party right or agreement whatsoever to confer security or restriction
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Federal Reserve ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Global Certificates ” means one or more global certificates representing the Retained Notes registered in the name of the holder thereof.
Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government and any executive official thereof.
Indenture ” means the Subordinated Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2012, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.
Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Fitch Ratings, Inc.
Lock-up Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).
Loss ” or “ Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).
Market Disruption Event ” shall mean that in connection with a proposed offering of debt securities by the Company to finance the Purchase Price for the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase pursuant to Section 3.01, the proposed managing underwriters or underwriters for such proposed offering shall have notified the Company in writing that the proposed offering cannot be executed at any time during the one week period prior to the Repurchase Date.
Person ” means an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

4
    
SC1:3990756.12



Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.
Prospectus Supplement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
Purchase and Sale Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Purchase Price ” means the purchase price of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase determined in accordance with Schedule A attached hereto.
Ratings Agencies ” means Fitch Ratings, Inc., Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or, in each case, any successor to its rating agency business.
RBSG ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include its successors, by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.
Registration ” means a registration with the SEC of the offer and sale to the public of the Retained Notes under the Shelf Registration Statement. The terms “ Register, ” “ Registered ” and “ Registering ” shall have a correlative meaning.
Registration Expenses ” shall mean all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incident to the registration of securities, including all (i) registration, qualification and filing fees; (ii) expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of any prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto and any issuer free writing prospectus and the distribution thereof; (iii) the reasonable fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the securities under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws and the preparation, printing and distribution of a World Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel); (v) the costs and charges of any trustee, registrar or paying agent, as applicable; (vi) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of an offer or sale by, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; (vii) expenses incurred in connection with any “ road show ” presentation to potential investors; (viii) printing expenses, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (ix) all fees and expenses for the Ratings Agencies to rate the securities; and (x) fees and expenses of listing any securities on any securities exchange on which the securities are listed (if any); but excluding any Selling Expenses.
Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such

5
    
SC1:3990756.12



registration statement, including post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
Regulatory Prohibition Event ” means that the purchase by the Company of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase on the Repurchase Date would violate any law, rule, regulation, order, consent, directive or objection of the Federal Reserve or any other applicable banking regulatory authority applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries.
A “ Release Event ” shall occur if:
(1)      the Company ceases to be a “well-known seasoned issuer” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or is otherwise not eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act;
(2)      a Regulatory Prohibition Event has occurred or the Federal Reserve objects on quantitative grounds to the capital plan that the Company must submit on or prior to April 5, 2016 under 12 CFR 225.8;
(3)      a Market Disruption Event has occurred or the Company fails to raise gross proceeds from the issuance of debt securities of at least $500,000,000 or an amount otherwise sufficient to purchase the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase in accordance with Section 3.01 hereof (to the extent the parties rights and obligations under such Section 3.01 have not been earlier terminated in accordance with Section 3.02 hereof) on the Repurchase Date;
(4)      the Company’s long-term issuer rating or the rating of the Company’s unsecured subordinated indebtedness, in each case assigned by any Ratings Agency, is either (i) at least two ratings levels lower than the rating assigned by such Ratings Agency on the date hereof, other than a downgrade resulting from a change in ratings methodology (it being understood that a ratings level shall be represented by gradations of +, – or no + or - designation, such that change in rating level shall be, for example, from – to +) or (ii) below an Investment Grade Rating;
(5)      the five consecutive trading day volume-weighted average price of a share of the Company’s common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange is less than $18.00 per share of common stock;
(6)      an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) in respect of the Retained Notes has occurred and is continuing;
(7)      a transaction that would result in a Change in Control has been announced or a Change in Control has occurred;
(8)      the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer to any Person of assets of the Company, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, constituting

6
    
SC1:3990756.12



substantially all of the assets of the Company has occurred, but only to the extent that, in connection with such transaction(s) or within a reasonable period thereafter, the Company’s shareholders receive distributions of cash and/or assets having a fair market value that is greater than 50% of the fair market value of the Company and its subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction(s);
(9)      a Bankruptcy Event has occurred;
(10)      the shares of the Company’s common stock have ceased to be listed, traded or publicly quoted on a U.S. national securities exchange without being immediately re-listed, re-traded or re-quoted on the same or another U.S. national securities exchange other than pursuant to a trading or market disruption; or
(11)      there occurs any material default by the Company under, or material failure by the Company to comply with, the Company’s obligations under Article 2 hereof; provided that a material default by the Company under, or material failure by the Company to comply with, the Company’s obligations under Article 2 hereof (other than Section 2.01 and 2.07, which shall not be subject to a cure period) shall not be a Release Event unless and until RBSG has given written notice of such material default or material failure to comply to the Company (describing such material default or material failure to comply) and the Company has not cured such event within five Business Days.
Repurchase Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).
Repurchased Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Retained Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
SEC ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of any securities.
Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
Shelf Takedown ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

7
    
SC1:3990756.12



Supplemental Indenture ” means any indenture supplemental to the Indenture, relating to the Retained Notes.
Takedown Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under the Indenture.
Underwritten Offering ” means a Registration in which Retained Notes are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.
Underwritten Offering Periods ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.
Section 1.02.      General Interpretive Principles . Whenever used in this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to include the plural as well as the singular and to cover all genders. Whenever the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “ without limitation .” Unless otherwise specified, the terms “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” “ hereunder ” and similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the exhibits hereto), and references herein to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement. Except as otherwise indicated, all periods of time referred to herein shall include all Saturdays, Sundays and holidays; provided , however , that if the date to perform the act or give any notice with respect to this Agreement shall fall on a day other than a Business Day, such act or notice may be performed or given timely if performed or given on the next succeeding Business Day. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
REGISTRATION AND RATING
Section 2.01.      Registration . Promptly following the Closing Date (but in any event no later than 15 days thereafter), the Company shall file a Prospectus supplement (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Prospectus Supplement ”) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-207668) (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) contemplating the sale, from time to time, by RBSG of the Retained Notes. RBSG shall have the right to request a shelf takedown (a “ Shelf Takedown ”) at any time by delivering a written request thereof to the Company at least two Business Days prior to the date of the proposed Shelf Takedown specifying the series and aggregate principal amount of

8
    
SC1:3990756.12



Retained Notes that RBSG wishes to include in the Shelf Takedown (“ Takedown Notice ”). The Company shall make such filings reasonably required by RBSG in connection with a Shelf Takedown, including the filing of a Prospectus supplement if reasonably requested, and take the actions described in Sections 2.02 and 2.05 in connection with a Shelf Takedown, in accordance with the intended method of distribution set forth in the Takedown Notice, as soon as reasonably practicable.
Section 2.02.      Underwritten Offering . RBSG shall have the right to request that the Company cooperate and, if so requested, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate, in one Underwritten Offering (including taking the actions set forth in Section 2.05) at any time between March 1, 2016 and June 15, 2016 and one Underwritten Offering (including taking the actions set forth in Section 2.05) at any time between August 1, 2016 and the termination of this Agreement (as such periods may be extended pursuant to Section 2.04, the “ Underwritten Offering Periods ”), subject to the blackouts described in Section 2.04 and the extensions of such period as a result of blackouts described in Section 2.04. The Company shall include in such Underwritten Offering all Retained Notes that that RBSG requests to be included in such Takedown Notice; provided that the Retained Notes requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering must represent (i) an aggregate offering price of Retained Notes that is reasonably be expected to equal at least $100,000,000 or (ii) all of the remaining Retained Notes owned by RBSG. In the event of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.02, RBSG shall select the underwriters; provided that each of such underwriters shall have been an underwriter on a previous Registered offering of securities of the Company and such underwriters shall engage Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP as underwriters’ counsel. RBSG shall consult with the Company in the selection of such underwriters by RBSG. All Shelf Takedowns shall comply with applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Prospectus Supplement filed or otherwise furnished by the Company in connection therewith shall not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
Section 2.03.      SEC Form . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain eligible to use Form S-3.
Section 2.04.      Blackout . Upon notice to RBSG, the Company may postpone a Registration pursuant to this Article 2 and direct RBSG to suspend sales of Retained Notes pursuant to the Registration Statement (i) for such times as the Company reasonably may determine are necessary or advisable (but in no event for more than an aggregate of 120 days in any rolling 12 month period or more than 45 days in any rolling 90 day period), if the Company determines that the sale of Retained Notes pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of material non-public information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, or (ii) for such times as the underwriters in an underwritten offering of securities by the Company may advise the Company are necessary or advisable, but in no event under this clause (ii) to exceed the

9
    
SC1:3990756.12



period between launch and settlement of any underwritten offering of subordinated debt securities by the Company. If the Company shall postpone a Registration pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company agrees that it shall extend the Underwritten Offering Periods and the term of this Agreement by the number of days from the date such suspension notice is given to and including the date of notice to RBSG that sales may resume. In addition, RBSG shall suspend sales of Retained Notes pursuant to the Registration Statement if such sale, including in any Underwritten Offering, would occur during or continue into a Blackout Period.
Section 2.05.      Registration Procedures .
(a)      In connection with the Registration and/or sale of Retained Notes pursuant to this Agreement, through an Underwritten Offering or otherwise, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to effect or cause the Registration and the sale of such Retained Notes in accordance with the intended methods of disposition thereof and, as applicable:
(i)      prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to the Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus Supplement as may be necessary to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Retained Notes Registered;
(ii)      notify RBSG as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (A) when any amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective, or when any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus Supplement has been filed, (B) of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other Governmental Authority for amendments or supplements to the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus Supplement, (C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final prospectus supplement relating to the Retained Notes or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, and (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Retained Notes for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;
(iii)      promptly notify RBSG when the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as

10
    
SC1:3990756.12



promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish an amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;
(iv)      use its reasonable best efforts to prevent or obtain the withdrawal of any stop order or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;
(v)      promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement, free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters, if any, and RBSG may reasonably request to be included therein in order to permit the intended method of distribution of the Retained Notes; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, free writing prospectus or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement, free writing prospectus or post-effective amendment;
(vi)      in connection with any sale of Retained Notes that will result in such securities no longer being Retained Notes, cooperate with RBSG and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Retained Notes to be sold and not bearing any restrictive Securities Act legends;
(vii) provide a CUSIP number for all Retained Notes and register any such Retained Notes in such denominations and such names as the underwriters or RBSG, as applicable, may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Retained Notes; provided that the Company may satisfy its obligations hereunder without issuing physical certificates through the use of The Depository Trust Company’s Direct Registration System;
(viii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and each securities exchange, if any, on which any of the Company’s securities are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s securities are then quoted, and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of each such exchange, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Retained Notes covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Retained Notes;
(ix)      in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to and addressed to the underwriter or underwriters, an opinion from the Company’s

11
    
SC1:3990756.12



outside counsel in customary form and content for the type of Underwritten Offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, and such other certificates as the underwriter or underwriters may reasonably request;
(x)      in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to and addressed to the underwriter or underwriters, a comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and content for the type of Underwritten Offering, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;
(xi)      cooperate and assist in customary due diligence undertakings, including by the underwriter or underwriters, if any, and outside counsel for the underwriter or underwriters and for RBSG in establishing a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act in connection with any sale of Retained Notes, provided that notwithstanding any provision of this Article 2 to the contrary, the executive officers of the Company shall not be required to participate in more than one initial due diligence session and up to three bring-down due diligence sessions (each of which shall be telephonic and comprising customary launch, pricing and closing bring-down diligence), except that if any executive officers who are requested by the underwriters to participate in the initial due diligence session do not participate in such session, the underwriters may request that such executive officers participate in a separate due diligence session (which shall be telephonic);
(xii) if requested by the managing underwriters for any Underwritten Offering, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters for such offering; provided , however , that RBSG shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding (A) RBSG’s ownership of the Retained Notes to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances created by RBSG, (B) RBSG’s power and authority to effect such transfer, (C) such matters pertaining to RBSG’s compliance with securities laws as reasonably may be requested, and (D) RBSG’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.09 hereof;
(xiii) in connection with the sale of any Retained Notes, cause any related Supplemental Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; cooperate with the Trustee to effect any changes to any such Supplemental Indenture as may be required for such Supplemental Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable any such Supplemental Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; and cause any such Supplemental Indenture, when filed with

12
    
SC1:3990756.12



the SEC, to comply when so filed in all material respects with the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder;
(xiv) take all other steps required by applicable law, rule or regulation or any underwriting agreement executed pursuant to clause (xii) above to facilitate the Registration, offering and sale of the Retained Notes.
(b)      As a condition precedent to any Registration hereunder, the Company may require RBSG to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to it, its ownership of Retained Notes and other matters as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement. RBSG agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.
(c)      RBSG agrees that, upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 2.05(a)(iii), RBSG shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Retained Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until RBSG’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus Supplement contemplated by Section 2.05(a)(iii), or until RBSG is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus Supplement may be resumed, and if so directed by the Company, RBSG shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in RBSG’s possession, of the Prospectus Supplement. The Company shall use its best efforts to provide the supplemented or amended Prospectus Supplement or advise that use of the Prospectus Supplement may be resumed promptly.
Section 2.06.      Holdback Agreements . The Company agrees, upon notice from the managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Registration for an Underwritten Offering of the Company’s securities, not to effect (other than pursuant to such Registration) any public sale or distribution of subordinated debt securities, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to Rule 144A, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters during such period as reasonably requested by the managing underwriters (but in no event shall such period be longer than the period from the pricing of such Underwritten Offering to the settlement date of such Underwritten Offering).
Section 2.07.      Ratings . The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Retained Notes to be rated as promptly as practicable after the Closing Date, but in any event within 15 days after the Closing Date, by at least two Ratings Agencies selected by the Company.
Section 2.08.      Removal of Restrictive Legends . Promptly after the later of February 3, 2016 or the Closing Date, provided that RBSG continues to be the beneficial owner of the Retained Notes on such date, or, if RBSG does not so continue to

13
    
SC1:3990756.12



beneficially own the Retained Notes on such date, such time as is the later of the time that none of the Retained Notes have been held by an affiliate of the Company for less than six months or the Closing Date, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with any applicable DTC procedures for delegending or otherwise exchanging any Global Certificate for the Retained Notes for a Global Certificate not bearing a restrictive legend pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and changing the restricted CUSIP number for an unrestricted CUSIP number (including DTC’s mandatory exchange process, if applicable), and will take any such further reasonable action for the removal of such restrictive legends.
Section 2.09.      Indemnification.
(a)      Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, RBSG and RBSG’s officers, directors, employees, advisors, affiliates and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) RBSG from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or actions in respect thereof, whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto) and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”) arising out of or based upon (i)   any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement (including the Prospectus Supplement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), or any such statement made in any free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or (ii)   any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus Supplement or a free writing prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any particular indemnified party in any such case to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Shelf Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of RBSG or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by RBSG.
(b)      Indemnification by RBSG . RBSG agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company and the Company’s directors, officers, employees, advisors, affiliates and agents and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses arising out of or based upon (i)   any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement (including the Prospectus Supplement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents

14
    
SC1:3990756.12



incorporated by reference therein), or any such statement made in any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or (ii)   any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus Supplement or a free writing prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading to the extent, but, in each case (i) or (ii), only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such RBSG to the Company expressly for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Prospectus Supplement or a free writing prospectus. In no event shall the liability of RBSG hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by RBSG under the sale of the Retained Notes giving rise to such indemnification obligation. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability RBSG may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any indemnified party.
(c)      Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i)   give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder to the extent that it is materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii)   permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided , however , that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (a) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (b) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder or fails to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person or to pursue the defense of such claim in a reasonably vigorous manner, (c) the named parties to any proceeding include both such indemnified and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on written advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (d) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, based upon written advice of its counsel, a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action without the consent of the indemnified party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld,

15
    
SC1:3990756.12



conditioned or delayed. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any appropriate local counsel) at any one time from all such indemnified party or parties unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on written advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or in the reasonable judgment of such Person may exist (based on advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party or parties and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel.
(d)      Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 2.09(a) or Section 2.09(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient to hold it harmless as contemplated by Section 2.09(a) or Section 2.09(b), then the indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.09(d) to the contrary, RBSG shall not be required pursuant to this Section 2.09(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by it from the sale of Retained Notes in the offering to which the Losses of the indemnified parties relate (before deducting expenses, if any) exceeds the amount of any damages which it has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.09(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.09(d). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party hereunder shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 2.09(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating,

16
    
SC1:3990756.12



preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. If indemnification is available under this Section 2.09, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Section 2.09(a) and Section 2.09(b) hereof without regard to the relative fault of said indemnifying parties or indemnified party.
Section 2.10.      Reporting Requirements; Rule 144 . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to be and remain in compliance with the periodic filing requirements imposed under the SEC’s rules and regulations, including the Exchange Act, and thereafter shall timely file such information, documents and reports as the SEC may require or prescribe under Section 13 or 15(d) (whichever is applicable) of the Exchange Act. If the Company is not required to file such reports during such period, it will, upon the request of RBSG, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, and it will take such further action as RBSG may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable RBSG to sell Retained Notes without Registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. From and after the date hereof through the date upon which RBSG no longer owns any Retained Notes, the Company shall forthwith, upon the written request of RBSG, furnish (i)   a written statement by the Company as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof, (ii)   a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii)   such other reports and documents filed by the Company with the SEC as RBSG may reasonably request in availing itself of an exemption for the sale of Retained Notes without registration under the Securities Act; provided that any document publicly available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system shall satisfy the requirements hereof.
ARTICLE 3
THE RETAINED NOTES
Section 3.01.      Purchase of Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase .
(a)      Subject to the prior occurrence of the Closing Date, on or prior to July 31, 2016 (subject to extension if there has been a Market Disruption Event as provided below in this Section 3.01(a)), provided that no Market Disruption Event or Regulatory Prohibition Event has occurred and is continuing and provided that RBSG has not given a termination notice following the occurrence of a Release Event pursuant to Section 3.02, upon at least three Business Days’ notice by the Company to RBSG designating the applicable repurchase date, or such other time and on such other date as the Company and RBSG shall mutually agree (the time and date of such payment are herein referred to as the “ Repurchase Date ”), RBSG shall sell, transfer and deliver to the Company all of the

17
    
SC1:3990756.12



Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, and the Company shall purchase all of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase from RBSG at the Purchase Price. It is hereby understood and agreed that (1) this Section 3.01(a) shall not be applicable and the parties hereto shall have no obligation hereunder if, as the result of a Regulatory Prohibition Event, the repurchase of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase contemplated hereby has not occurred on or prior to July 31, 2016 and (2) if a Market Disruption Event has occurred on or prior to July 31, 2016, such on or prior to July 31, 2016 reference specified above shall be extended until on or prior to September 30, 2016 and this Section 3.01(a) shall only not be applicable (with the parties hereto having no obligation hereunder) if, as the result of a continuing Market Disruption Event, the repurchase of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase contemplated hereby has not occurred on or prior to September 30, 2016.
(b)      In connection with the purchase of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, RBSG shall represent and warrant to the Company as of the Repurchase Date that (i) RBSG is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, free and clear of all liens, charges or other Encumbrances and has good and valid title thereto; (ii) RBSG has all necessary corporate power and capacity to transfer the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase to the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (iii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on such Repurchase Date have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of RBSG; (iv) RBSG has obtained all consents and approvals necessary to be obtained in order to execute the transactions contemplated hereby on the Repurchase Date; (v) RBSG has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in financial and business matters that RBSG is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of consummating the transaction contemplated hereby on the Repurchase Date; and (vi) RBSG has relied solely on its own independent investigation in valuing the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase and determining to proceed with the transactions contemplated hereby on the Repurchase Date.
(c)      RBSG shall, on or before the Repurchase Date, deliver to the Company all documents necessary or reasonably required to effectively transfer the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase to the Company, free and clear of all liens, charges or other Encumbrances whatsoever. RBSG shall, on the Repurchase Date, take any necessary action to effect the transfer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including by instructing the DTC participant through which RBSG holds the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase to transfer such Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase to such DTC participant account as may be specified by the Company.
(d)      Payment for the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase shall be made to RBSG in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City to the order of RBSG against delivery of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase for the account of the Company at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Repurchase Date. The Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Company shall request in writing not later than one full Business Day prior to the

18
    
SC1:3990756.12



Repurchase Date. At closing on the Repurchase Date, RBSG shall deliver the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase to the DTC participant account specified by the Company.
(e)      The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to complete an offering of debt securities of the Company to finance the Purchase Price for the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase pursuant to Section 3.01(a), subject to the occurrence and continuation of a Market Disruption Event or Regulatory Prohibition Event.
Section 3.02.      Restrictions on Sale of Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase .
(a)      RBSG hereby agrees that it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on August 1, 2016 (as may be extended pursuant to this Section 3.02(a), the “ Lock-up Period ”), offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase; provided that the provisions of this Section 3.02 (1) shall not prevent RBSG from entering into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, provided that such swap or other arrangement does not involve a pledge or transfer of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, (2) if so elected by RBSG as provided below, shall not apply after any Release Event and (3) shall be of no further force from and after March 1, 2016 in the event that the Closing Date does not occur on or prior to March 1, 2016. In the event that a Market Disruption Event has occurred on or prior to July 31, 2016, and the Company’s repurchase obligations under Section 3.01(a) are extended until September 30, 2016 pursuant to such section, the Lock-up Period shall be extended until October 1, 2016. The Company shall give notice to RBSG of any Release Event as soon as practicable (but in any event not later than one Business Day after obtaining knowledge of any Release Event). Notwithstanding the foregoing, RBSG may independently determine that a Release Event has occurred and shall, upon such determination, promptly (but in any event not later than one Business Day thereafter) provide the Company with notice thereof, which shall include the underlying facts and circumstances that form the basis for such determination.
(b)      After a Release Event, RBSG may transfer Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase on the following terms:
(i)      If the Release Event occurs on or prior to July 1, 2016, RBS may freely sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase at any time prior to July 8, 2016, provided that (A) RBSG use reasonable best efforts to provide written notice to the Company when it has made a determination to so transfer any of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, (B) RBSG shall promptly (and in event within two Business Days of any such transfer) provide written notice to the Company of any such transfer of any Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, and (C) upon any such transfer of any of

19
    
SC1:3990756.12



the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, the rights and obligations of both parties under Section 3.01 shall terminate;
(ii)      If the Release Event occurs after July 1, 2016 and prior to July 15, 2016, RBS may freely sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase at any time within one week after having given or received notice of such Release Event, provided that (A) RBSG use reasonable best efforts to provide written notice to the Company when it has made a determination to so transfer any of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, (B) RBSG shall promptly (and in event within two Business Days of any such transfer) provide written notice to the Company of any such transfer of Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, and (C) upon any such transfer of any of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase, the rights and obligations of both parties under Section 3.01 shall terminate; and
(iii)      If the Release Event occurs after July 15, 2016, RBS may within two Business Days after having given or received notice of such Release Event, at its election, by written notice to the Company, terminate the rights and obligations of both parties under Section 3.01.
(c)      If the rights and obligations of the parties are not terminated pursuant to Section 3.01 as set forth above in Section 3.02(b), the rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 shall remain applicable notwithstanding such Release Event.
Section 3.03.      Reduction in Interest Rate Applicable To Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset . Subject to the prior occurrence of the Closing Date, the parties hereto agree that the rate of interest applicable to the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset shall be reduced, effective on the January 2, 2016 interest payment date for such series of Retained Notes, to 3.75%, with retroactive effect to January 2, 2016 if the Closing Date shall occur after January 2, 2016. RBSG, as the holder of all of the beneficial interests in each Outstanding Subordinated Debt Security (as defined in the Indenture) representing the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset, hereby consents, pursuant to Section 1102 of the Indenture, to the reduction in the rate of interest on the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset contemplated by this Section 3.03 and hereby consents to the Trustee entering into (i) a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture applicable to the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset for the purposes of reducing the rate of interest on the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset as contemplated by this Section 3.03 and (ii) an amendment to the applicable Global Security (as defined in the Indenture) or an amended and restated Global Security for the purposes of reducing the rate of interest on the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset as contemplated by this Section 3.03. RBSG hereby agrees to prepare and deliver to the Trustee and the Company an Act (as defined in the Indenture) setting forth its consent to the amendment contemplated by this Section 3.03 pursuant to Section 1102 of the Indenture. RBSG agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any Participant (as defined in the

20
    
SC1:3990756.12



Supplemental Indenture for the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset) through which RBSG holds its beneficial interests in each Outstanding Subordinated Debt Security (as defined in the Indenture) representing the Retained Notes Subject to Rate Reset to take any action required under the Indenture and requested by the Company to give effect to the interest rate reduction contemplated by this Section 3.03.
ARTICLE 4
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 4.01.      Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) such time as RBSG ceases to own any Retained Notes and (ii) December 31, 2016, or such later date as results from extension under Section 2.04 of this Agreement; provided that, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.02(b) and (c), after a Release Event, RBSG shall be entitled to terminate the rights and obligations of both parties under Section 3.01 and make the provisions of Section 3.02 inapplicable, in each case with respect to all of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all provisions under this Agreement, except for Section 3.01 and 3.02 shall survive any termination of such Sections under the proviso of this Section 4.01 until otherwise terminated in accordance with this Section 4.01, and the provisions of Section 2.09 and all of this Article 4 shall survive any other termination.
Section 4.02.      Expenses . RBSG hereby agrees to reimburse the Company for all reasonable and documented (i) Registration Expenses and Selling Expenses in respect of the Company’s issuance of subordinated debt securities the proceeds of which are used to purchase the Repurchased Notes pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement; (ii) Registration Expenses and Selling Expenses in respect of the sale by RBSG of any Retained Notes (other than any Selling Expenses resulting from a sale of Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase to the Company pursuant to Section 3.01), and (iii) out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in respect of the Company’s compliance with its obligations to register the Retained Notes, remove any restrictive legends from the Retained Notes and to obtain ratings for the Retained Notes pursuant to this Agreement; provided that the maximum amount of RBSG’s reimbursement obligations pursuant to clause (i) and (iii) above shall be $5,750,000. In the case of any Registration of Retained Notes required pursuant to this Agreement, RBSG shall pay all Registration Expenses and Selling Expenses (other than any Selling Expenses resulting from a sale of Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase to the Company pursuant to Section 3.01). Except as expressly set forth in this Section 4.02, each of RBSG and the Company agrees to bear the costs and expenses incurred by it (including any legal and accounting fees and any costs and charges of any trustee, registrar or paying agent) incident to the performance of its respective obligations under this Agreement.
Section 4.03.      Representations and Warranties . Each of the Company and RBSG represents and warrants, and agrees as to itself that:

21
    
SC1:3990756.12



(a)      This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it, and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.
(b)      It has the requisite power and authority and has duly taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
(c)      The execution and delivery by it of, and the performance by it of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of (i) its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents, as applicable, (ii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon it or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) any applicable law or judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over it or any of its subsidiaries.
(d)      No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or regulatory authority or other governmental agency or instrumentality is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
Section 4.04.      Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when (a) delivered in person or (b) deposited in the United States mail or private express mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to RBSG, to:
The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc
10th Floor
250 Bishopsgate
London EC2M 4AA
Attention: The Treasurer
with a copy to:
Head of Treasury Legal
Fiona.watson@rbs.com
Legalnotices_treasury@rbs.com
If to the Company to:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
600 Washington Boulevard
Stamford, CT 06901

22
    
SC1:3990756.12



Attention: Eric Aboaf, Chief Financial Officer
with a copy to:
Stephen T. Gannon
Citizens Financial Group
Executive Vice President
General Counsel
28 State Street, Boston MA 02109
Any party may, by notice to the other party, change the address to which such notices are to be given.
Section 4.05.      Successors, Assigns and Transferees . This Agreement and all provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Each of RBSG and the Company may assign this Agreement at any time in connection with a sale or acquisition of the Company or RBSG, as applicable, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or RBSG’s, as applicable, assets, or similar transaction, without the consent of the other party; provided that the successor or acquiring Person agrees in writing to assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.
Section 4.06.      GOVERNING LAW; NO JURY TRIAL .
(a)      This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof that would result in the application of any law other than the laws of the State of New York. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY COURT PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF AND PERMITTED UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE.
(b)      With respect to any Action relating to or arising out of this Agreement, each party to this Agreement irrevocably (i) consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and any court of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City; (ii) waives any objection which such party may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Action brought in any such court, waives

23
    
SC1:3990756.12



any claim that such Action has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Action, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such party; and (iii) consents to the service of process at the address set forth for notices in Section 4.03 herein; provided , however , that such manner of service of process shall not preclude the service of process in any other manner permitted under applicable law.
Section 4.07.      Publicity . Neither party shall issue any press release or make any filing with the SEC or other applicable securities regulator relating to the purchase of the Repurchased Notes pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement or the purchase of the Retained Notes Subject to Repurchase pursuant to Section 3.01, or otherwise disclosing this Agreement, without the prior approval of the other party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that nothing herein shall restrict either party from making any public disclosures to comply with applicable law, rule or regulation.
Section 4.08.      Specific Performance . In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the party or parties who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to seek specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.
Section 4.09.      Headings . The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 4.10.      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the parties.
Section 4.11.      Amendment; Waiver .
(a)      This Agreement may not be amended or modified and waivers and consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by an instrument or instruments in writing making specific reference to this Agreement and signed by the Company and RBSG.

24
    
SC1:3990756.12



(b)      Waiver by any party of any default by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of the other party.
Section 4.12.      Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver all additional documents, agreements and instruments and shall do any and all acts and things reasonably requested by the other party hereto in connection with the performance of its obligations undertaken in this Agreement.
Section 4.13.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party. Execution of this Agreement or any other documents pursuant to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic copy of a signature shall be deemed to be, and shall have the same effect as, executed by an original signature.
[ The remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows. ]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
By:
/s/ David Lindenauer
 
Name: David Lindenauer
 
Title: EVP and Treasurer


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND GROUP PLC
By:
/s/ John Cummins
 
Name: John Cummins
 
Title: Treasurer


25
    
SC1:3990756.12



EXHIBIT 4.5 




 
David Lindenauer
Executive Vice President and Treasurer
 
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
1 Citizens Plaza
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
 
 
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549
 
February 26, 2016


Subject:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 – File No. 001-36636

Dear Sirs:
 
Neither Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”) nor any of its consolidated subsidiaries has outstanding any instrument with respect to its long-term debt, other than those filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, under which the total amount of securities authorized exceeds 10% of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. In accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K (17 CFR Sec. 229.601), the Company hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of each instrument that defines the rights of holders of such long term debt not filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.
 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.





/s/ David Lindenauer
 
David Lindenauer
 
Executive Vice President and Treasurer
 





EXHIBIT 10.11

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (2016 Annual & Off-Cycle Awards)
Terms and Conditions
Unless defined in this award agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”), capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). In the event of a conflict among the provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall prevail.
Section 1. Grant of RSU Award. Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (together with its Subsidiaries, the “ Company ”) has granted to the Participant (the “ Participant ”) an award (the “ Award ”) of the number of restricted share units (“ RSUs ”) specified in the Participant’s electronic account, effective on the “ Grant Date ” specified in the Participant's electronic account. The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. The Award is granted under the Plan, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Award Agreement.
Section 2.      Issuance of RSUs . Each RSU shall represent the right to receive one Share upon the vesting of such RSU, as determined in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan.
Section 3.      Rights as a Shareholder; Dividend Equivalents.
(a)    The Participant shall have no voting rights or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the RSUs unless and until the Participant becomes the record owner of the Shares underlying such RSUs.
(b)    If a dividend is declared on Shares during the period commencing on the Grant Date (including such date) and ending on the date on which the Shares underlying RSUs are distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 6, the Participant shall be credited with dividend equivalents in the form and in an amount equal to the dividend that the Participant would have received had the Shares underlying the RSUs been distributed to the Participant as of the time at which such dividend is paid. Dividend equivalents will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as the RSUs to which they are attributable and will be paid on the same date that the RSUs to which they are attributable are settled in accordance with Section 6.
Section 4.      Restrictions on Transferability . The RSUs granted hereunder shall not be assigned, sold, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated, transferred, alienated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily, and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, by the Participant. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 4 shall be null and void and any RSU which is hedged in any manner shall immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.
Section 5.      Vesting; Change of Control; Vesting and Forfeiture Upon a Termination of Employment .
(a)      Vesting . The Award will be subject to the vesting schedule specified in the Participant's electronic account.

1





EXHIBIT 10.11

    
(b)      Change of Control . If the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause, or the Participant resigns from employment with the Company with Good Reason, within 12 months after a Change of Control (a “ Change of Control Termination ”), all unvested RSUs shall fully vest on the Participant’s termination date and shall be distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 6.
(c)      Vesting and Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment.
i. Termination Without Cause . If the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control Termination), the Participant’s RSUs shall continue to vest in accordance with Section 5(a) as though the Participant was still employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date, provided , however , that the Participant does not engage in any Detrimental Activity during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period.
ii. Retirement; Disability . If the Participant’s employment is terminated due to Retirement or Disability, the Participant’s RSUs shall continue to vest in accordance with Section 5(a) as though the Participant was still employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date, provided , however , that the Participant (A) does not engage in any Detrimental Activity and (B) does not become employed by any company in the financial services industry, in each case, during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period.
iii. Death . If the Participant is terminated due to death, the Participant’s RSUs shall fully vest on the Participant’s date of death and shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6.
iv. Forfeiture . If the Participant is terminated by the Company with Cause or the Participant resigns for any reason (other than a Change of Control Termination), any unvested RSUs shall be forfeited in their entirety on the Participant’s termination date without any payment to the Participant. In addition, if (A) the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control Termination) and the Participant engages in any Detrimental Activity during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period, or (B) the Participant’s employment is terminated due to Retirement or Disability and the Participant either (I) engages in any Detrimental Activity, or (II) becomes employed by any company in the financial services industry, in either case, during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period, any unvested RSUs shall be forfeited in their entirety on the date that the Participant engages in such Detrimental Activity or becomes employed by any company in the financial services industry, as applicable, without any payment to the Participant.
Section 6.      Distribution on Vesting . Subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, upon the vesting of any of the RSUs, the Company shall deliver to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary, in the event of the Participant’s death prior to distribution), as soon as reasonably practicable after the vesting date (or the Participant’s termination date, as applicable), one Share for each RSU, provided that such delivery of Shares shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which they vest or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month after the vesting date provided that the Participant shall not be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year of the payment. Upon such delivery, such Shares shall be fully assignable, saleable and transferable by the Participant, provided that any such assignment, sale, transfer or other alienation with respect to such Shares shall be in accordance with applicable securities laws.

2





EXHIBIT 10.11

Section 7.      [Repayment Requirement . If the Participant’s employment is terminated (or notice to terminate is given by the Participant or the Company) for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement, or termination by the Company without Cause within 12 months of the date the Participant commences employment with the Company, any unvested RSUs shall be forfeited in their entirety on the Participant’s termination date without any payment to the Participant and the Participant shall be required to repay the Company within 14 days of the Participant’s termination date the net value (following any applicable tax and other statutory deductions) of any Shares that the Participant received pursuant to this Award Agreement.] 1  
Section 8.      Tax Liability; Withholding Requirements . The Participant shall be solely responsible for any applicable taxes (including, without limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that the Participant incurs in connection with the receipt, vesting or settlement of any RSU granted hereunder. The Company shall be authorized to withhold from the Award the amount (in cash or Shares, or any combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of the Award, its settlement or any payment or transfer under the Award and to take such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or other property by the Participant) as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes; provided, however, that no Shares shall be withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law.
Section 9.      Recoupment/Clawback . The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in order to comply with applicable law (including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and policies of the Company, the Committee retains the right at all times to decrease or terminate all awards and payments under the Plan, and any and all amounts payable under the Plan, or paid under the Plan, shall be subject to clawback, forfeiture, and reduction to the extent determined necessary to comply with applicable law and/or policies of the Company, including as a result of risk-related events.
Section 10.      No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the Plan nor this Award Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to be employed by the Company and the receipt of the Award does not confer any rights on the Participant other than those expressly set forth in this Award Agreement or the Plan.
Section 11.      Section 409A of the Code . This Award Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and this Award Agreement shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of this Award Agreement or any term or condition of the RSUs would otherwise conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. Notwithstanding anything else in this Award Agreement, if the Board considers a Participant to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code at the time of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), and the amount hereunder is “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code any distribution that otherwise would be made to such Participant with respect to RSUs as a result of such separation from service shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in such Participant’s incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. If the Award includes a “series of installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations), the Participants’ right to the series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under this Award
1 Section only applicable to off-cycle awards.

3





EXHIBIT 10.11

Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Participant on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

Section 12.      Miscellaneous .
(a)      Definitions . For purposes of this Award Agreement:
i. Cause ” means:
(1)     any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere or entry into a pre-trial diversion program) of the Participant for the commission of a felony or any conviction of any criminal offense within the scope of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1829;
(2)     the Participant commits an act of gross misconduct, fraud, embezzlement, theft or material dishonesty in connection with the Participant’s duties or in the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates;
(3)     failure on the part of the Participant to perform his or her employment duties in any material respect, which is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within 30 days after the Participant receives written notice of such failure; or
(4)     the Participant engages in Detrimental Activity.
ii. Detrimental Activity ” includes the following:
(1)     The Participant’s disclosure to any unauthorized person, firm, or corporation or use or attempt to use for his or her own advantage or to the advantage of any other person, firm or corporation, any confidential information relating to the business affairs or trade secrets of the Company or any of its affiliates, howsoever obtained or provided, during the course of, or as a result of, his or her employment (the “ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to employees, customers and suppliers (former, actual and potential), Company contracts, pricing structures, financial and marketing details, business plans, any technical data, designs, formulae, product lines, intellectual property, research activities and any information which may be deemed to be commercially or price sensitive in nature, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, including but not limited to electronic and digital media, whether or not labeled as “confidential”;
(2)     Whether directly or indirectly, and whether for the Participant’s account or for any person or entity other than the Company or any of its affiliates:
(a)     hiring, employing, soliciting for employment or hiring, or attempting to solicit for employment or hire, any person who is employed by the Company or any of its affiliates or inducing any such employee to terminate his or her employment or accept employment with anyone other than the Company or any of its affiliates, or otherwise interfering with the relationship between the Company or any of its affiliates and any of its employees; or
(b)     soliciting or assisting in soliciting for business any customer of the Company or any of its affiliates, or inducing or encouraging any such customer to

4





EXHIBIT 10.11

discontinue or diminish his, her or its relationship or prospective relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates, or diverting business away from the Company or any of its affiliates;
(3)     Making any false or disparaging comments about the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, officers, or directors; or
(4)     Engaging in any activity which in the opinion of the Company is not consistent with providing an orderly handover of the Participant’s responsibilities.
The Participant agrees that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s business and that the grant of this Award, along with the benefits and attributes of the Participant’s employment by the Company, is good and valuable consideration to compensate the Participant for agreeing to these restrictions.
iii. Disability ” means the Participant is entitled to, and has begun to receive, long-term disability benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company in which the Participant participates.
iv. Good Reason ” means any of the following changes, as compared to the Participant's terms of employment prior to a Change of Control:
(1)     a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;
(2)     a material diminution in the Participant’s base salary other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees; or
(3)     a relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from his or her current principal place of employment, unless the new principal place of employment is closer to the Participant's home address.
Provided, however, that the Participant must give written notice to the Company within 30 days of the initial existence of any of the foregoing changes, the Company shall have 30 days upon receipt of such notice to remedy the condition so as to eliminate the Good Reason, and if not remedied, the Participant’s employment must terminate no later than 60 days following the expiration of such cure period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s continued employment shall not constitute a waiver of the Participant’s rights with respect to any circumstance constituting Good Reason under this Award Agreement.
v. Retirement ” means the Participant’s age plus years of service (in each case, including completed months) equals or exceeds 65, with a minimum of at least five years of service with the Company.
(b)      Notices. All notices, requests and other communications under this Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person (by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or by e-mail or any other form of electronic transmission or delivery approved by the Committee, as follows:
if to the Company, to:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
600 Washington Blvd.
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: Corporate Secretary

5





EXHIBIT 10.11

if to the Participant, to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company,
or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or such other form of electronic transmission or delivery as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Award Agreement or in the Plan, the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver and, by acceptance of this grant, the Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents and agrees to the receipt and delivery of, any notices permitted or required hereunder, documents related to any Awards granted under the Plan and/or any other information (including, without limitation, information required to be delivered to the Participant pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company and the Subsidiaries or the Plan by electronic means, including but not limited to through the Participant’s electronic account, through another on-line or electronic account system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company or via the Company website. Such consent shall remain in effect throughout the Participant’s term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant may receive from the Company a paper copy of any notices or documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing.
(c)      Entire Agreement . This Award Agreement and the Plan (including the terms specified in the Participant's electronic account, as noted in Section 1 and Section 5 above) constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, whether in term sheets, presentations or otherwise, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(d)      Severability . If any provision of this Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or would disqualify the Plan or this Award Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of this Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, and the remainder of this Award Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
(e)      Amendment; Waiver . No amendment or modification of any provision of this Award Agreement that has a material adverse effect on the Participant shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Participant, provided that the Company may amend or modify this Award Agreement without the Participant’s consent in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as otherwise set forth in this Award Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Award Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this Award Agreement, or any waiver of any provision of this Award Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.
(f)      Assignment . Neither this Award Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Participant.

6





EXHIBIT 10.11

(g)      Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Award Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Company and the Participant, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Award Agreement.
(h)      Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof. By acknowledging this Award Agreement electronically or signing it manually, as applicable, the Participant waives any right that the Participant may have to trial by jury in respect of any litigation based on, arising out of, under or in connection with this Award Agreement or the Plan.
(i)      Discretionary Nature. The grant of the RSUs does not create any contractual right or other right in the Participant to receive any RSUs or other Awards in the future. Future grants of Awards, if any, shall be at the sole discretion of the Company.
(j)      Participant Undertaking; Acceptance . The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or give effect to any of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the RSUs pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Award Agreement and understands that material definitions and provisions concerning the RSUs and the Participant’s rights and obligations with respect thereto are set forth in the Plan. The Participant has read carefully, and understands, the provisions of this Award Agreement and the Plan.
(k)      Dispute Resolution. Except as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company and the Participant agree to waive their rights to seek remedies in court, including but not limited to rights to a trial by jury. The Company and each Participant agree that any dispute between or among them and/or their affiliates arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Plan shall be resolved in accordance with a confidential two-step dispute resolution procedure involving: (a) Step One: non-binding mediation, and (b) Step Two: binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et. seq., or state law, whichever is applicable. Any such mediation or arbitration hereunder shall be under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) pursuant to its then current AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. No arbitration shall be initiated or take place with respect to a given dispute if the parties have successfully achieved a mutually agreed to resolution of the dispute as a result of the Step One mediation. The mediation session(s) and, if necessary, the arbitration hearing shall be held in the city/location selected by the Company in its sole discretion. The arbitration (if the dispute is not resolved by mediation) shall be conducted by a single AAA arbitrator, selected by the Company in its sole discretion. Any award rendered by the arbitrator, including with respect to responsibility for AAA charges (including the costs of the mediator and arbitrator), shall be final and binding, and judgment may be entered on it in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the unlikely event the AAA refuses to accept jurisdiction over a dispute, the Company and each Participant agree to submit to JAMS mediation (formerly known as Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services) and arbitration applying the JAMS equivalent of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. If AAA and JAMS refuse to accept jurisdiction, the parties may litigate in a court of competent jurisdiction.
(l)      Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the scope, meaning, intent or interpretation of the provisions of this Award Agreement.

7





EXHIBIT 10.11

(m)      Nature of Payments . Any and all grants or deliveries related to the RSUs hereunder shall constitute special incentive payments to the Participant and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for the purpose of determining any retirement, death or other benefits under (i) any retirement, bonus, life insurance or other employee benefit plan of the Company, or (ii) any agreement between the Company and the Participant, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.
(n)      Data Privacy . The Participant understands that the Company and its affiliates and hold certain personal information about the Participant, including but not limited to the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, birthdate, social insurance number or other identification number, compensation, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares for the purpose of administering the Plan (the “ Data ”). As a condition of receipt of this Award, the Participant explicitly consents to the collection, use, transfer and retention, in electronic or other form, of the Data by and among, as applicable, the Company, its affiliates and any third parties assisting the Company in administration of the Plan (including but not limited to any broker or other third party with whom the Participate may elect to deposit Shares), in each case, for the purpose of administering the Participant’s participation in the Plan.




8

EXHIBIT 10.14

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
Amendment to
[Performance Share Unit Award Agreement /
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement / Deferred Cash Agreement]
Terms and Conditions
Unless defined in this amendment to the award agreement (this “ Amendment ”), capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the [Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”)] 1 [Deferred Cash Award Agreement Terms and Conditions (the “ Award Agreement ”)] 2 .
Section 1. Change to Definition of Retirement. Effective as of January 1, 2016 provided the Participant remains employed by the Company through of such date and has not provided notice to terminate employment, the terms and conditions of [performance share units / restricted stock units / deferred cash] granted to the Participant following the initial public offering of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. are hereby amended to revise the definition of “Retirement” to read in its entirety as follows:
Retirement ” means the Participant’s age plus years of service (in each case, including completed months) equals or exceeds 65, with a minimum of at least five years of service.
Section 2. Entire Agreement . The Award Agreement, [the Plan] 1 and this Amendment, constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, whether in term sheets, presentations or otherwise, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
Section 3. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.


1 Applicable to restricted stock unit and performance share unit amendments.
2 Applicable to deferred cash amendment.

EXHIBIT 10.19

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
2014 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS COMPENSATION PLAN
RSU Award Agreement
Terms and Conditions
Unless defined in this award agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”), capitalized terms will have the meanings assigned to them in the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”). In the event of a conflict among the provisions of the Plan, this Award Agreement and any descriptive materials provided in connection herewith, the provisions of the Plan will prevail.
Section 1. Grant of RSU Award. Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants this award (this “ Award ”) of restricted share units (“ RSUs ”) on the date that appears in the “grant date” field in the Participant’s electronic account (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. This Award is granted under the Plan, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Award Agreement.
Section 2.      Issuance of RSUs. Each RSU shall represent the right to receive one Share upon the settlement date of such RSU, as determined in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan.
Section 3.      Rights as a Shareholder; Dividend Equivalents .
(a) The Participant shall have no voting rights or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the RSUs unless and until the Participant becomes the record owner of the Shares underlying such RSUs.
(b) If a dividend is declared on Shares during the period commencing on the Grant Date (including such date) and ending on the date on which the Shares underlying RSUs are distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 6, the Participant shall be credited with dividend equivalents in the form and in an amount equal to the dividend that the Participant would have received had the Shares underlying the RSUs been distributed to the Participant as of the time at which such dividend is paid. Dividend equivalents will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as the RSUs to which they are attributable and will be paid on the same date that the RSUs to which they are attributable are settled in accordance with Section 6.
Section 4.      Restrictions on Transferability . The RSUs granted hereunder shall not be assigned, sold, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated, transferred, alienated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily, and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, by the Participant. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 4 will be null and void and any RSU which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.
Section 5.      Vesting; Change of Control; Accelerated Vesting and Forfeiture Upon a Separation from Service .
(a)      Vesting. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, the RSUs shall fully vest on the earlier to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the Grant Date or (ii) the date of the next occurring annual shareholders meeting (the “ Vesting Date ”), provided that the Participant does not

1


experience a separation of service from the Board prior to the Vesting Date or as otherwise set forth below.
(b)      Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the RSUs shall fully vest on the date of such Change of Control and shall be distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 6.
(c)      Accelerated Vesting Upon Separation From Service. In the event of the Participant’s separation from service from the Board for any reason (other than under circumstances which would constitute “cause” under the terms of the Company’s bylaws or applicable law), the RSUs shall fully vest on the date of the Participant’s separation from service from the Board.
(d)      Forfeiture . In the event of the Participant’s separation from service from the Board under circumstances which would constitute “cause” under the terms of the Company’s bylaws or applicable law, any unvested RSUs shall be forfeited in their entirety without any payment to the Participant.
Section 6.      Distribution upon Separation from Service . Subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, on the earlier of (i) within 30 days after the date of the Participant’s “separation from service”, and (ii) upon a Change of Control, one Share for each such RSU. Upon such delivery, such Shares shall be fully assignable, saleable and transferable by the Participant, provided that any such assignment, sale, transfer or other alienation with respect to such Shares shall be in accordance with applicable securities laws.
Section 7.      Tax Liability; Withholding Requiremen ts. The Participant shall be solely responsible for any applicable taxes (including, without limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that the Participant incurs in connection with the receipt, vesting or settlement of any RSU granted hereunder.
Section 8.      Recoupment/Clawback. This Award may be subject to recoupment or “clawback” as may be required by applicable law, stock exchange rules or by any applicable Company policy or arrangement, as it may be established or amended from time to time.
Section 9.      No Right to Continued Service on the Board. Neither the Plan nor this Award Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to be retained as a Non-Employee Director of the Company or in any other capacity, and the receipt of this Award does not confer any rights on the Participant other than those expressly set forth in this Award Agreement or the Plan.
Section 10.      Section 409A of the Code. This Award Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and this Award Agreement shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of this Award Agreement or any term or condition of the RSUs would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. Notwithstanding anything else in this Award Agreement, if the Board considers a Participant to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code at the time of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), and the amount hereunder is “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code any distribution that otherwise would be made to such Participant with respect to RSUs as a result of such separation from service shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in

2


such Participant’s incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. If the Award includes a “series of installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-
2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations), the Participants’ right to the series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment and if the Award includes “dividend equivalents” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(e) of the Treasury Regulations), the Participant’s right to the dividend equivalents shall be treated separately from the right to other amounts under the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under this Award Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Participant on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
Section 11.      Miscellaneous .
(a)      Notices . All notices, requests and other communications under this Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person (by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission, as follows:
if to the Company, to:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
600 Washington Blvd.
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: Corporate Secretary
if to the Participant, to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company,
or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.
(b)      Entire Agreement . This Award Agreement, the Plan and any other agreements, schedules, exhibits and other documents referred to herein or therein constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, whether in term sheets, presentations or otherwise, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(c)      Severability . If any provision of this Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or would disqualify the Plan or this Award Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of this Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, and the remainder of this Award Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
(d)      Amendment; Waiver . No amendment or modification of any provision of this Award Agreement that has a material adverse effect on the Participant shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Participant, provided that the Company may amend or modify this Award Agreement without the Participant’s consent in accordance with

2


the provisions of the Plan or as otherwise set forth in this Award Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Award Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this Award Agreement, or any waiver of any provision of this
Award Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.
(e)      Assignment . Neither this Award Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Participant.
(f)      Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Award Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Company and the Participant, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Award Agreement.
(g)      Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof. By acknowledging this Award Agreement electronically or signing it manually, as applicable, the Participant waives any right that the Participant may have to trial by jury in respect of any litigation based on, arising out of, under or in connection with this Award Agreement or the Plan.
(h)      Discretionary Nature. The grant of the RSUs does not create any contractual right or other right in the Participant to receive any RSUs or other Awards in the future. Future grants of Awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.
(i)      Participant Undertaking; Acceptance . The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or give effect to any of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the RSUs pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Award Agreement and understands that material definitions and provisions concerning the RSUs and the Participant’s rights and obligations with respect thereto are set forth in the Plan. The Participant has read carefully, and understands, the provisions of this Award Agreement and the Plan.
(j)      Dispute Resolution. Except as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company and each Participant agree to waive their rights to seek remedies in court, including but not limited to rights to a trial by jury. The Company and each Participant agree that any dispute between or among them and/or their affiliates arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Plan will be resolved in accordance with a confidential two-step dispute resolution procedure involving: (a) Step One: non-binding mediation, and (b) Step Two: binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et. seq., or state law, whichever is applicable. Any such mediation or arbitration hereunder shall be under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) pursuant to its then current AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. No arbitration shall be initiated or take place with respect to a given dispute if the parties have successfully achieved a mutually agreed to resolution of the dispute as a result of the Step One mediation. The mediation session(s) and, if necessary, the arbitration hearing shall be held in the city/location selected by the Company in its sole discretion. The arbitration (if the dispute is not resolved by mediation) will be conducted by a single AAA arbitrator, selected by the Company in its sole discretion. Any award rendered by the arbitrator, including with respect to responsibility for AAA charges (including the costs of the mediator and arbitrator), will be final and

3


binding, and judgment may be entered on it in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the unlikely event the AAA refuses to accept jurisdiction over a dispute, the Company and each Grantee agree to submit to JAMS (formerly known as Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services) mediation and arbitration applying the JAMS equivalent of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. If AAA and JAMS refuse to accept jurisdiction, the parties may litigate in a court of competent jurisdiction.
(k)      Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the scope, meaning , intent or interpretation of the provisions of this Award Agreement.


4
EXHIBIT 10.28

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
Deferred Cash Award Agreement (2016 Off-Cycle Award)
Terms and Conditions
Section 1. Grant of Deferred Cash Award. Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (together with its Subsidiaries, the “ Company ”) has granted to the recipient, as identified in such recipient’s electronic account (the “ Recipient ”), in exchange for the Recipient’s services to the Company, a cash award (the “ Award ”) in the amount specified in the Recipient’s electronic account, effective on the “ Grant Date ” specified in the Recipient’s electronic account. The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of this award agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”).
Section 2.      Restrictions on Transferability . The Award granted under this Award Agreement shall not be assigned, sold, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated, transferred, alienated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, by the Recipient. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 2 shall be null and void and any portion of the Award that is hedged in any manner shall immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement shall be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.
Section 3.      Vesting; Change of Control; Vesting and Forfeiture Upon a Termination of Employment.
(a)      Vesting . The Award will be subject to the vesting schedule specified in the Recipient's electronic account.
(b)      Change of Control . If the Recipient is terminated by the Company without Cause, or the Recipient resigns from employment with the Company with Good Reason, within 12 months after a Change of Control (a “ Change of Control Termination ”), the Award shall fully vest on the Recipient’s termination date and shall be paid to the Recipient pursuant to Section 4.
(c)      Vesting and Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment.
i. Termination Without Cause . If the Recipient is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control Termination), the Award shall continue to vest in accordance with Section 3(a) as though the Recipient was still employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date; provided , however , that the Recipient does not engage in any Detrimental Activity during the Recipient’s post-employment vesting period.
ii. Retirement; Disability . If the Recipient’s employment is terminated due to Retirement or Disability, the Award shall continue to vest in accordance with Section 3(a) as though the Recipient was still employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date, provided , however , that the Recipient (A) does not engage in any Detrimental Activity and (B) does not become employed by any company in the financial services industry, in each case, during the Recipient’s post-employment vesting period.
iii. Death . If the Recipient is terminated due to death, the Award shall fully vest on the Recipient’s date of death and shall be paid to the Recipient’s Beneficiary pursuant to Section 4.
iv. Forfeiture . If the Recipient is terminated by the Company with Cause or the Recipient resigns for any reason (other than a Change of Control Termination), any unvested

1



portion of the Award shall be forfeited in its entirety on the Recipient’s termination date without any payment to the Recipient. In addition, if (A) the Recipient’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control Termination) and the Recipient engages in Detrimental Activity during the Recipient’s post-employment vesting period, or (B) the Recipient’s employment is terminated due to Retirement or Disability and the Recipient either (I) engages in any Detrimental Activity, or (II) becomes employed by any company in the financial services industry, in either case, during the Recipient’s post-employment vesting period, any unvested portion of the Award shall be forfeited in its entirety on the date that the Recipient engages in such Detrimental Activity or becomes employed by any company in the financial services industry, as applicable, without any payment to the Recipient.
Section 4.      Distribution on Vesting . Each portion of the Award that becomes vested pursuant to Section 3 shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable on or after the applicable vesting date in an amount equal to the portion of the Award that became vested on that date; provided, however , that such payment shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which it vests or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month after the vesting date provided that the Recipient shall not be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year of the payment.
Section 5.      Repayment Requirement . If the Recipient’s employment is terminated (or notice to terminate is given by the Recipient or the Company) for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement, or termination by the Company without Cause within 12 months of the date the Recipient commences employment with the Company, any unvested portion of the Award shall be forfeited in its entirety on the Recipient’s termination date without any payment to the Recipient and the Recipient shall be required to repay the Company within 14 days of the Recipient’s termination date the net value (following any applicable tax and other statutory deductions) of any portion of the Award that the Recipient received pursuant to this Award Agreement.
Section 6.      Tax Liability; Withholding Requirements . The Recipient shall be solely responsible for any applicable taxes (including, without limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that the Recipient incurs in connection with the receipt, vesting or payment of the Award. The Company shall be authorized to withhold from the Award any payment due or transfer made under the Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to the Recipient the amount (in cash or other property, or any combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of the Award, its settlement or any payment or transfer under the Award and to take such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or other property by the Recipient) as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.
Section 7.      Recoupment/Clawback . The Recipient hereby acknowledges and agrees that in order to comply with applicable law (including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and policies of the Company, the Committee retains the right at all times to decrease or terminate the Award and payments under the Award, and any and all amounts payable under the Award, or paid under the Award, shall be subject to clawback, forfeiture, and reduction to the extent determined necessary to comply with applicable law and/or policies of the Company, including as a result of risk-related events.
Section 8.      No Right to Continued Employment . The grant of the Award shall not be construed as giving a Recipient the right to be retained in the employ of, or to continue to provide services to, the Company. The receipt of the Award is not intended to confer any rights on the Recipient except as set forth in this Award Agreement.

2



Section 9.      Section 409A of the Code . This Award Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and this Award Agreement shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of this Award Agreement or any term or condition of the Award would otherwise conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. Notwithstanding anything else in this Award Agreement, if the Board considers a Recipient to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code at the time of such Recipient’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), and the amount under the Award is “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code any distribution that otherwise would be made to such Recipient with respect to the Award as a result of such separation from service shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in such Recipient’s incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. If the Award includes a “series of installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations), the Recipients’ right to the series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under this Award Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Recipient on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
Section 10.      Miscellaneous .
(a)      Definitions . For purposes of this Award Agreement:
i. Beneficiary ” means a person entitled to receive payments or other benefits that are available under the Award in the event of the Recipient’s death. If no such person can be named or is named by the Recipient, or if no Beneficiary designated by the Recipient is eligible to receive payments or other benefits that are available under the Award at the Recipient’s death, the Recipient’s Beneficiary shall be the Recipient’s estate. A Recipient may designate a Beneficiary or change a previous Beneficiary designation only at such times as prescribed by the Company, in its sole discretion, and only by using forms and following procedures approved or accepted by the Company for that purpose.
ii. Board ” means the board of directors of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
iii. Cause ” means:
(1) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere or entry into a pre-trial diversion program) of the Recipient for the commission of a felony or any conviction of any criminal offense within the scope of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1829;
(2) the Recipient commits an act of gross misconduct, fraud, embezzlement, theft or material dishonesty in connection with the Recipient’s duties or in the course of the Recipient’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates;
(3) failure on the part of the Recipient to perform his or her employment duties in any material respect, which is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within 30 days after the Recipient receives written notice of such failure; or
(4) the Recipient engages in Detrimental Activity.

3



iv. Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
(1) any person (as described in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than an employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company, becomes the beneficial owner (as described in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;
(2) at any time during a period of 12 consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board and any new member of the Board whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of members of the Board; or
(3) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or, if applicable, the ultimate parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power and total fair market value of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer to any person (as such term is described in clause (1) above) of assets of the Company, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, having an aggregate fair market value of more than 50% of the fair market value of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Value”) immediately prior to such transaction(s), but only to the extent that, in connection with such transaction(s) or within a reasonable period thereafter, the Company’s shareholders receive distributions of cash and/or assets having a fair market value that is greater than 50% of the Company Value immediately prior to such transaction(s).
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the Award provides for accelerated distribution on a Change of Control of amounts that constitute “deferred compensation” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder), if the event that constitutes such Change of Control does not also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets (in either case, as defined in Section 409A of the Code), such amount shall not be distributed on such Change of Control but instead shall vest as of the date of such Change of Control and shall be paid on the scheduled payment date specified in the Award Agreement, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in the Recipient who holds such Award incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.
v. Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Code shall include any successor provision thereto.
vi. Committee ” means the compensation committee of the Board unless another committee is designated by the Board. If there is no compensation committee of the Board and the Board does not designate another committee, references herein to the “Committee” shall refer to the Board.
vii.
Detrimental Activity ” includes the following:

4



(1) The Recipient’s disclosure to any unauthorized person, firm, or corporation or use or attempt to use for his or her own advantage or to the advantage of any other person, firm or corporation, any confidential information relating to the business affairs or trade secrets of the Company or any of its affiliates, howsoever obtained or provided, during the course of, or as a result of, his or her employment (the “ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to employees, customers and suppliers (former, actual and potential), Company contracts, pricing structures, financial and marketing details, business plans, any technical data, designs, formulae, product lines, intellectual property, research activities and any information which may be deemed to be commercially or price sensitive in nature, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, including but not limited to electronic and digital media, whether or not labeled as “confidential”;
(2) Whether directly or indirectly, and whether for the Recipient’s account or for any person or entity other than the Company or any of its affiliates:
(a) hiring, employing, soliciting for employment or hiring, or attempting to solicit for employment or hire, any person who is employed by the Company or any of its affiliates or inducing any such employee to terminate his or her employment or accept employment with anyone other than the Company or any of its affiliates, or otherwise interfering with the relationship between the Company or any of its affiliates and any of its employees; or
(b) soliciting or assisting in soliciting for business any customer of the Company or any of its affiliates, or inducing or encouraging any such customer to discontinue or diminish his, her or its relationship or prospective relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates, or diverting business away from the Company or any of its affiliates;
(3) Making any false or disparaging comments about the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, officers, or directors; or
(4) Engaging in any activity which in the opinion of the Company is not consistent with providing an orderly handover of the Recipient’s responsibilities.
The Recipient agrees that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s business and that the grant of this Award, along with the benefits and attributes of the Recipient’s employment by the Company, is good and valuable consideration to compensate the Recipient for agreeing to these restrictions.
viii. Disability ” means the Recipient is entitled to, and has begun to receive, long-term disability benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company in which the Recipient participates.
ix. Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
x. Good Reason ” means any of the following changes as compared to the Recipient’s terms of employment prior to a Change of Control:
(1) a material diminution in the Recipient’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;
(2) a material diminution in the Recipient’s base salary other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated employees; or

5



(3) a relocation of the Recipient’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from his or her current principal place of employment, unless the new place of employment is closer to the Recipient’s home address.
Provided, however, that the Recipient must give written notice to the Company within 30 days of the initial existence of any of the foregoing changes, the Company shall have 30 days upon receipt of such notice to remedy the condition so as to eliminate the Good Reason, and if not remedied, the Recipient’s employment must terminate no later than 60 days following the expiration of such cure period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Recipient’s continued employment shall not constitute a waiver of the Recipient’s rights with respect to any circumstance constituting Good Reason under this Award Agreement.
xi. “Retirement ” means the Recipient’s age plus years of service (in each case, including completed months) equals or exceeds 65, with a minimum of at least five years of service with the Company .
(b)      Notices. All notices, requests and other communications under this Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person (by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or by e-mail or any other form of electronic transmission or delivery approved by the Committee, as follows:
if to the Company, to:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
600 Washington Blvd.
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: Corporate Secretary
if to the Recipient, to the address that the Recipient most recently provided to the Company,
or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or such other form of electronic transmission or delivery as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver and, by acceptance of this grant, the Recipient hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents and agrees to the receipt and delivery of, any notices permitted or required hereunder, documents related to the Award and/or any other information (including, without limitation, information required to be delivered to the Recipient pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company and the Subsidiaries or the Award by electronic means, including but not limited to through the Recipient’s electronic account, through another on-line or electronic account system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company or via the Company website. Such consent shall remain in effect throughout the Recipient’s term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by the Recipient. The Recipient acknowledges that the Recipient may receive from the Company a paper copy of any notices or documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Recipient by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing.
(c)      Entire Agreement . This Award Agreement (including the terms specified in the Recipient's electronic account, as noted in Section 1 and Section 3) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and

6



supersedes all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, whether in term sheets, presentations or otherwise, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(d)      Severability . If any provision of this Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or would disqualify this Award Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of this Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, and the remainder of this Award Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
(e)      Amendment; Waiver . No amendment or modification of any provision of this Award Agreement that has a material adverse effect on the Recipient shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Recipient; provided, however, that the Company may amend or modify this Award Agreement without the Recipient’s consent to the extent any such amendment or modification is made to cause the Award to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations, to impose any “clawback” or recoupment provisions on the Awards in accordance with Section 8, or as otherwise set forth in this Award Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Award Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this Award Agreement, or any waiver of any provision of this Award Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.
(f)      Administration; Determinations. The Award Agreement shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be appointed by the Board. All decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Company, its shareholders, and the Recipient.
(g)      Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Company.
(h)      Assignment . Neither this Award Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Recipient.
(i)      Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Recipient and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Award Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the Company and the Recipient, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Award Agreement.
(j)      Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof. By acknowledging this Award Agreement electronically or signing it manually, as applicable, the Recipient waives any right that the Recipient may have to trial by jury in respect of any litigation based on, arising out of, under or in connection with this Award Agreement.
(k)      Unfunded Obligation . The Award is an unfunded obligation and does not create and will not be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and the Recipient or any other person. To the extent that the Recipient

7



becomes vested in the Award and acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to this Award Agreement, that right will be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
(l)      Discretionary Nature. The grant of the Award does not create any contractual right or other right in the Recipient to receive any other Awards in the future. Future grants of Awards, if any, shall be at the sole discretion of the Company.
(m)      Recipient Undertaking; Acceptance . The Recipient agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or give effect to any of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Recipient or the Award pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Recipient acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Award Agreement. The Recipient has read carefully, and understands, the provisions of this Award Agreement.
(n)      Dispute Resolution. Except as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company and the Recipient agree to waive their rights to seek remedies in court, including but not limited to rights to a trial by jury. The Company and the Recipient agree that any dispute between or among them and/or their affiliates arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Award shall be resolved in accordance with a confidential two-step dispute resolution procedure involving: (a) Step One: non-binding mediation, and (b) Step Two: binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et. seq., or state law, whichever is applicable. Any such mediation or arbitration hereunder shall be under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) pursuant to its then current AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. No arbitration shall be initiated or take place with respect to a given dispute if the parties have successfully achieved a mutually agreed to resolution of the dispute as a result of the Step One mediation. The mediation session(s) and, if necessary, the arbitration hearing shall be held in the city/location selected by the Company in its sole discretion. The arbitration (if the dispute is not resolved by mediation) shall be conducted by a single AAA arbitrator, selected by the Company in its sole discretion. Any award rendered by the arbitrator, including with respect to responsibility for AAA charges (including the costs of the mediator and arbitrator), shall be final and binding, and judgment may be entered on it in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the unlikely event the AAA refuses to accept jurisdiction over a dispute, the Company and the Recipient agree to submit to JAMS mediation and arbitration applying the JAMS equivalent of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. If AAA and JAMS refuse to accept jurisdiction, the parties may litigate in a court of competent jurisdiction.
(o)      Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the scope, meaning, intent or interpretation of the provisions of this Award Agreement.
(p)      Nature of Payments . The Award granted hereunder shall constitute special incentive payments to the Recipient and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Recipient for the purpose of determining any retirement, death or other benefits under (i) any retirement, bonus, life insurance or other employee benefit plan of the Company, or (ii) any agreement between the Company and the Recipient, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.
(q)      Data Privacy . The Recipient understands that the Company and its affiliates hold certain personal information about the Recipient, including but not limited to the Recipient’s name, home address and telephone number, birthdate, social insurance number or other identification number, compensation, and details of the Award for purposes of administration (the “ Data ”). As a condition of receipt of this Award, the Recipient explicitly consents to the collection, use, transfer and retention, in electronic or other form, of the Data by and among, as applicable,

8



the Company, its affiliates and any third parties assisting the Company in administration of the Award, in each case, for the purpose of administering the Award.


9

EXHIBIT 12.1


CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013 (2)

 
2012

 
2011

Computation of Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense

$1,263

 

$1,268

 

($3,468
)
 

$1,024

 

$778

Fixed charges
503

 
417

 
499

 
669

 
941

Total Adjusted Earnings

$1,766



$1,685



($2,969
)


$1,693



$1,719

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computation of Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense (1)

$452

 

$363

 

$443

 

$619

 

$884

Portion of net rental expense deemed representative of interest
51

 
54

 
56

 
50

 
57

Total Fixed charges

$503

 

$417

 

$499

 

$669

 

$941

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

3.5
%
 
4.0
%
 
(5.9
)%
 
2.5
%
 
1.8
%

(1) The portion of rents shown as representative of the interest factor is one-quarter of total net operating lease expenses.
(2) The deficiency for this period was $3,468 million due in part to a goodwill impairment charge of $4,435 million ($4,080 million after tax).





EXHIBIT 12.2


CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
2013 (2)

 
2012

 
2011

Computation of Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense

$1,263

 

$1,268

 

($3,468
)
 

$1,024

 

$778

Fixed charges
510

 
417

 
499

 
669

 
941

Total Adjusted Earnings
$
1,773

 
$
1,685

 
$
(2,969
)
 
$
1,693

 
$
1,719

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computation of Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense

$452

 

$363

 

$443

 

$619

 

$884

Portion of net rental expense deemed representative of interest (1)
51

 
54

 
56

 
50

 
57

Preferred distribution
7

 

 

 

 

Total Fixed charges

$510

 

$417

 

$499

 

$669

 

$941

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends

3.5
%
 
4.0
%
 
(5.9
)%
 
2.5
%
 
1.8
%

(1) The portion of rents shown as representative of the interest factor is one-quarter of total net operating lease expenses.
(2) The deficiency for this period was $3,468 million due in part to a goodwill impairment charge of $4,435 million ($4,080 million after tax).




EXHIBIT 21.1

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SUBSIDIARIES

Name of Subsidiary
Jurisdiction of Organization
1215 Financial Center Associates, Ltd.
OH
5801 Southfield Service Drive Corp.
DE
CFG Investment Corp.
RI
CFG Service Corp.
DE
Citizens Asset Finance, Inc.
NY
Citizens Automobile Finance, Corp.
DE
Citizens Bank, National Association
United States
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
PA
Citizens Capital Markets, Inc.
MA
Citizens Charitable Foundation
RI
Citizens Funding Corp.
NH
Citizens One Community Development Corporation
NY
Citizens Plaza, Inc.
RI
Citizens RI Investment Corp. IV
RI
Citizens Securities, Inc.
RI
Citizens Ventures, Incorporated
MA
Connecticut Realty Investors, Inc.
CT
Court Street Holding, Inc.
MA
CSB Investment Corp.
RI
ICX Corporation
OH
JSA Financial Corporation
MA
Lexington Savings Corp.
MA
Mass Investment Corp.
RI
Minuteman Investments Corporation
MA
Montgomery Service Corporation
PA
Mountbatten Realty Corp.
DE
New England Acceptance Corporation
NH
PA Investment Corp. I
RI
PA Investment Corp. II
RI
RBS Citizens Insurance Agency, Inc.
OH
RI Realty Trust, Inc.
MA
Servco, Inc.
OH
Thistle Group Holding Co.
PA
Warwick Residential Mortgage Corp.
RI
West Register Citizens Corp.
DE
Windsor Realty Corp.
DE







EXHIBIT 23.1


                                    

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333- 207668 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement 333-19866 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 26, 2016, relating to the financial statements of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and the effectiveness of Citizens Financial Group Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Citizens Financial Group Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2015.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 26, 2016


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
I, Bruce Van Saun, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: February 26, 2016                
                                
 
/s/ Bruce Van Saun
Bruce Van Saun
Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
I, Eric W. Aboaf, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: February 26, 2016                    
                                
 
/s/ Eric W. Aboaf
Eric W. Aboaf
Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the "Company"), does hereby certify that:

1.
The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
    
2.
The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Dated: February 26, 2016


 
/s/ Bruce Van Saun
Bruce Van Saun
Chief Executive Officer


A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff on request.

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Financial Officer of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the "Company"), does hereby certify that:

1.
The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
    
2.
The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Dated: February 26, 2016



 
/s/ Eric W. Aboaf
Eric W. Aboaf
Chief Financial Officer



A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff on request.